Page Range | 7967-8237 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
80 FR 7977 - Television Broadcasting Services; Longview, Texas | |
80 FR 8069 - Sunshine Act Meetings | |
80 FR 8083 - Local Government Advisory Committee: Request for Nominations | |
80 FR 8058 - Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
80 FR 8110 - Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
80 FR 7977 - Endangered and Threatened Species; Designation of Critical Habitat for the Puget Sound/Georgia Basin Distinct Population Segments of Yelloweye Rockfish, Canary Rockfish and Bocaccio; Correction | |
80 FR 8119 - Contract Standard for Contractor Workforce Inclusion and Request for Public Comment | |
80 FR 7968 - Safety Zone; Triathlon National Championships, Milwaukee Harbor, Milwaukee, Wisconsin | |
80 FR 8061 - South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (SAFMC); Public Meetings | |
80 FR 7975 - Announcement of Ruling: Implementing United States v. Windsor for Purposes of Entitlement and Enrollment in Medicare Hospital Insurance and Supplementary Medical Insurance | |
80 FR 8081 - Environmental Impact Statements; Notice of Availability | |
80 FR 8080 - Migrant Education Program (MEP) Consortium Incentive Grants Program; Correction | |
80 FR 8023 - Receipt of Approval Requests for the Operation of Pressure-Assisted Multi-Point Ground Flare Technology | |
80 FR 8126 - Notice of Passenger Facility Charge (PFC) Approvals and Disapprovals | |
80 FR 8125 - Sixty-Fifth Meeting: RTCA Special Committee 135, Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment | |
80 FR 8133 - U.S. Merchant Marine Academy Board of Visitors Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 8126 - Third Meeting: RTCA Special Committee 230, Airborne Weather Detection Systems Committee | |
80 FR 8126 - Third Meeting: RTCA Special Committee 232, Airborne Selective Calling Equipment | |
80 FR 8082 - Pesticide Program Dialogue Committee; Request for Nominations to the Pesticide Program Dialogue Committee | |
80 FR 8085 - Notice of Agreements Filed | |
80 FR 8081 - Pesticide Program Dialogue Committee; Notice of Public Webinar | |
80 FR 7979 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Big Skate in the Central Regulatory Area of the Gulf of Alaska | |
80 FR 7967 - Benefits Payable in Terminated Single-Employer Plans; Interest Assumptions for Paying Benefits | |
80 FR 8133 - Hazardous Materials: Information Collection Activities | |
80 FR 8136 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request | |
80 FR 8076 - Notice of Availability and Notice of Public Meetings for the Draft Environmental Impact Statement for Land-Water Interface and Service Pier Extension, Naval Base Kitsap Bangor, Silverdale, WA | |
80 FR 8104 - Renewal of Agency Information Collection for Probate of Indian Estates | |
80 FR 8067 - Procurement List Deletions | |
80 FR 8064 - Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council (Council); Public Meeting | |
80 FR 8064 - Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
80 FR 8063 - Pacific Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
80 FR 8098 - National Environmental Policy Act: Implementing Procedures; Additions to Categorical Exclusions for Bureau of Indian Affairs (516 DM 10) | |
80 FR 8085 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 8109 - Community Oriented Policing Services; Public Teleconference With the President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing Discussing the Task Force Report | |
80 FR 8080 - Agency Information Collection Extension | |
80 FR 8014 - Emergency Employment of Army and Other Resources, Natural Disaster Procedures | |
80 FR 8086 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 8130 - Buy America Waiver Notification | |
80 FR 8068 - Procurement List; Proposed Additions and Deletions | |
80 FR 8058 - Notice of National Advisory Council on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Meeting | |
80 FR 8055 - Malheur National Forest; Blue Mountain Ranger District; Grant County, Oregon; Magone Project Environmental Impact Statement | |
80 FR 8110 - The Adams Express Company and Petroleum & Resources Corporation; Notice of Application | |
80 FR 8131 - Buy America Waiver Notification | |
80 FR 8103 - Endangered Species; Recovery Permit Application | |
80 FR 8057 - Black Hills National Forest Advisory Board | |
80 FR 8122 - Reporting and recordkeeping requirements under OMB review | |
80 FR 8065 - Marine Mammals; File No. 13430 | |
80 FR 8125 - Global Positioning System Adjacent Band Compatibility Assessment Workshop III | |
80 FR 8123 - Vermont Disaster #VT-00031 | |
80 FR 8065 - Marine Mammals; File No. 14301 | |
80 FR 8060 - Marine Mammals; File No. 18881 | |
80 FR 8100 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Initiation of 5-Year Status Reviews of 133 Species in Hawaii, Oregon, Idaho, and Washington | |
80 FR 8123 - Announcement of 2015 InnovateHER: Innovating for Women Business Challenge | |
80 FR 8078 - Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records | |
80 FR 8135 - Bogalusa Bayou Railroad, L.L.C. d/b/a Geaux Geaux Railroad-Operation Exemption-Geaux Geaux Railroad, LLC | |
80 FR 8108 - Certain Laser Abraded Denim Garments; Notice of Commission Decision Amending the Notice of Investigation and Extending the Target Date | |
80 FR 8084 - Information Collection Being Submitted for Review and Approval to the Office of Management and Budget | |
80 FR 8072 - Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records | |
80 FR 8087 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Export of Food and Drug Administration Regulated Products: Export Certificates; Correction | |
80 FR 8091 - Conditional Approval of New Animal Drugs; Public Meeting; Request for Comments | |
80 FR 8071 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
80 FR 8092 - Regulation of Combination Drug Medicated Feeds; Public Meeting; Request for Comments | |
80 FR 8088 - Determination That SUBUTEX (Buprenorphine Hydrochloride) Sublingual Tablets, Equivalent 2 Milligrams Base and Equivalent 8 Milligrams Base, Were Not Withdrawn From Sale for Reasons of Safety or Effectiveness | |
80 FR 8093 - The Tobacco Products Scientific Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting | |
80 FR 8070 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
80 FR 7980 - Regulatory Publication and Review Under the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 | |
80 FR 7994 - Consolidated Federal Oil & Gas and Federal & Indian Coal Valuation Reform | |
80 FR 8131 - Notice of Intent To Grant a Buy America Waiver to the Illinois Department of Transportation for the Use of Sure Close Self-Closing Force Adjustable Gate Hinges | |
80 FR 8108 - National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions | |
80 FR 8096 - Announcement of a Draft NIH Policy on Dissemination of NIH-Funded Clinical Trial Information | |
80 FR 8094 - Bethesda Campus Master Plan Record of Decision | |
80 FR 8115 - Pacific Life Insurance Company, et al; Notice of Application | |
80 FR 8030 - Clinical Trials Registration and Results Submission | |
80 FR 8055 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
80 FR 8069 - Request for Information Regarding an Initiative on Safe Student Banking | |
80 FR 8059 - Proposed Foreign-Trade Zone-Central Pennsylvania Under Alternative Site Framework | |
80 FR 8070 - Information Collection; Submission for OMB Review, Comment Request | |
80 FR 8089 - Identifying Potential Biomarkers for Qualification and Describing Contexts of Use To Address Areas Important to Drug Development; Request for Comments | |
80 FR 8074 - Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records | |
80 FR 7994 - Special Local Regulations and Safety Zones; Recurring Marine Events and Fireworks Displays Within the Fifth Coast Guard District | |
80 FR 8079 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Application Package for Grants Under the Minority Science & Engineering Improvement Program (MSEIP) (1894-0001) | |
80 FR 8107 - Notice of Availability of the Draft Environmental Impact Statement for the Gold Rock Mine Project, White Pine County, NV | |
80 FR 7971 - Pyrimethanil; Pesticide Tolerances | |
80 FR 8105 - Notice of Intent To Amend the Resource Management Plan for the Bureau of Land Management Gunnison Field Office and Prepare an Associated Environmental Impact Statement, Colorado | |
80 FR 8018 - Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; Alabama: Non-interference Demonstration for Federal Low-Reid Vapor Pressure Requirement for the Birmingham Area | |
80 FR 8053 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Remove the Modoc Sucker From the Federal List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife | |
80 FR 7970 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; West Virginia's Redesignation Request and Associated Maintenance Plan of the West Virginia Portion of the Martinsburg-Hagerstown, WV-MD Nonattainment Area for the 1997 Annual Fine Particulate Matter Standard; Correction | |
80 FR 8165 - Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Southwest Fisheries Science Center Fisheries Research | |
80 FR 8065 - Availability of Seats for National Marine Sanctuary Advisory Councils | |
80 FR 8059 - Request for Applicants for Appointment to the United States Section of the United States-Turkey Business Council; Amendment | |
80 FR 8139 - Federal Property Suitable as Facilities To Assist the Homeless | |
80 FR 7986 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes | |
80 FR 7989 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes | |
80 FR 7992 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes | |
80 FR 8031 - Expansion of Online Public File Obligations to Cable and Satellite TV Operators and Broadcast and Satellite Radio Licensees | |
80 FR 8109 - Advisory Board; Notice of Meeting |
Forest Service
Engineers Corps
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled
Economic Development Administration
Foreign-Trade Zones Board
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Engineers Corps
Navy Department
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
Children and Families Administration
Food and Drug Administration
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
Fish and Wildlife Service
Indian Affairs Bureau
Land Management Bureau
National Park Service
Office of Natural Resources Revenue
National Institute of Corrections
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Highway Administration
Federal Railroad Administration
Maritime Administration
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration
Surface Transportation Board
Comptroller of the Currency
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this page for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.thefederalregister.org and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
Final rule.
This final rule amends the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation's regulation on Benefits Payable in Terminated Single-Employer Plans to prescribe interest assumptions under the regulation for valuation dates in March 2015. The interest assumptions are used for paying benefits under terminating single-employer plans covered by the pension insurance system administered by PBGC.
Effective March 1, 2015.
Catherine B. Klion (
PBGC's regulation on Benefits Payable in Terminated Single-Employer Plans (29 CFR part 4022) prescribes actuarial assumptions—including interest assumptions—for paying plan benefits under terminating single-employer plans covered by title IV of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The interest assumptions in the regulation are also published on PBGC's Web site (
PBGC uses the interest assumptions in Appendix B to Part 4022 to determine whether a benefit is payable as a lump sum and to determine the amount to pay. Appendix C to Part 4022 contains interest assumptions for private-sector pension practitioners to refer to if they wish to use lump-sum interest rates determined using PBGC's historical methodology. Currently, the rates in Appendices B and C of the benefit payment regulation are the same.
The interest assumptions are intended to reflect current conditions in the financial and annuity markets. Assumptions under the benefit payments regulation are updated monthly. This final rule updates the benefit payments interest assumptions for March 2015.
The March 2015 interest assumptions under the benefit payments regulation will be 0.50 percent for the period during which a benefit is in pay status and 4.00 percent during any years preceding the benefit's placement in pay status. In comparison with the interest assumptions in effect for February 2015, these interest assumptions represent a decrease of 0.50 percent in the immediate annuity rate and are otherwise unchanged.
PBGC has determined that notice and public comment on this amendment are impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This finding is based on the need to determine and issue new interest assumptions promptly so that the assumptions can reflect current market conditions as accurately as possible.
Because of the need to provide immediate guidance for the payment of benefits under plans with valuation dates during March 2015, PBGC finds that good cause exists for making the assumptions set forth in this amendment effective less than 30 days after publication.
PBGC has determined that this action is not a “significant regulatory action” under the criteria set forth in Executive Order 12866.
Because no general notice of proposed rulemaking is required for this amendment, the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 does not apply. See 5 U.S.C. 601(2).
Employee benefit plans, Pension insurance, Pensions, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
In consideration of the foregoing, 29 CFR part 4022 is amended as follows:
29 U.S.C. 1302, 1322, 1322b, 1341(c)(3)(D), and 1344.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Final rule.
The Coast Guard is establishing a safety zone within Milwaukee Harbor in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. This zone is intended to restrict vessels from a portion of Milwaukee Harbor due to the 2015 Olympic and Sprint Distance National Championships. This safety zone is necessary to protect the surrounding public and vessels from the hazards associated with the 2015 Olympic and Sprint Distance National Championships.
This final rule is effective from August 1, 2015, until August 30, 2015.
Documents mentioned in this preamble are part of docket USCG-2014-0751. To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions on this rule, contact MST1 Joseph McCollum, Prevention Department, Coast Guard Sector Lake Michigan, Milwaukee, WI at (414) 747-7148 or by email at
On December 30, 2014, The Coast Guard published an NPRM entitled Safety Zone; Triathlon National Championships, Milwaukee Harbor, Milwaukee, Wisconsin in the
The legal basis for this rule is the Coast Guard's authority to establish safety zones: 33 U.S.C. 1231; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
In 2014, the Coast Guard was informed that the Olympic and Sprint Distance National Championships are scheduled to return to Milwaukee Harbor in 2015. Within and around Milwaukee Harbor at Lakeshore inlet, this event is expected to involve thousands of participants competing in a swim race surrounded by thousands of spectators. The swim portion of this event is anticipated to occur on three days during the second week of August, 2015. The Captain of the Port Lake Michigan has determined that the likelihood of transiting watercraft during the swim competition involving a large number of competitors presents a significant risk of serious injuries or fatalities.
The Captain of the Port Lake Michigan has determined that a safety zone is necessary to mitigate the aforementioned safety risks. Thus, this rule establishes a safety zone that encompasses all waters of Milwaukee Harbor, including Lakeshore inlet and the Marina at Pier Wisconsin, west of an imaginary line across the entrance to the Marina at Pier Wisconsin connecting coordinates 43°02.253′ N., 087°53.623′ W. and 43°01.737′ N., 087°53.727′ W. (NAD 83).
This rule will be effective from August 1, 2015, until August 30, 2015. Additionally, the Coast Guard anticipates that this safety zone will be enforced from 10:30 a.m. until 2:30 p.m. on August 7; from 6:30 a.m. until 4:30 p.m. on August 8, and from 6:30 a.m. until 11:30 a.m. on August 9, 2015. This 2015 enforcement schedule may change, and in the event of a change, the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan will issue a Notice of Enforcement with an updated enforcement schedule.
The Captain of the Port Lake Michigan will notify the public that the zone in this rule is or will be enforced by all appropriate means to the affected segments of the public including publication in the
All persons and vessels shall comply with the instructions of the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan or her designated on-scene representative. Entry into, transiting, or anchoring within the safety zone is prohibited unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan or her designated on-scene representative. The Captain of
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on these statutes or executive orders.
This rule is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, and does not require an assessment of potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of that Order. The Office of Management and Budget has not reviewed it under that Order. It is not “significant” under the regulatory policies and procedures of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). We conclude that this rule is not a significant regulatory action because we anticipate that it will have minimal impact on the economy, will not interfere with other agencies, will not adversely alter the budget of any grant or loan recipients, and will not raise any novel legal or policy issues. Overall, we expect the economic impact of this rule to be minimal and that a full Regulatory Evaluation is unnecessary.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, we have considered whether this rule would have significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
This rule will affect the following entities, some of which might be small entities: The owners or operators of vessels intending to transit or anchor within the waters of the marina at Pier Wisconsin or Lakeshore inlet during the times in which the safety zone is enforced in August of 2015.
This safety zone will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for the following reasons: This rule will be enforced for a limited time during the month of August; further, this safety zone has been designed to allow traffic to pass safely around the zone whenever possible, and vessels will be allowed to pass through the zone with the permission of the Captain of the Port.
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule so that they can better evaluate its effects on them and participate in the rulemaking process. If this rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in
This rule calls for no new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on State or local governments and would either preempt State law or impose a substantial direct cost of compliance on them. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it does not have implications for federalism.
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule would not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
This rule would not affect a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights.
This rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden.
We have analyzed this rule under Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks. This rule is not an economically significant rule and would not create an environmental risk to health or risk to safety that might disproportionately affect children.
This rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
This action is not a “significant energy action” under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use.
This rule does not use technical standards. Therefore, we did not consider the use of voluntary consensus standards.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have determined that this action is one of a category of actions which do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves the establishment of a safety zone and thus, is categorically excluded under paragraph (34)(g) of the Instruction. An environmental analysis checklist
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 46 U.S.C. Chapters 701, 3306, 3703; 50 U.S.C. 191, 195; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Pub. L. 107-295, 116 Stat. 2064; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) This safety zone is closed to all vessel traffic except as permitted by the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan or her designated on-scene representative.
(3) The “on-scene representative” of the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan is any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant, or petty officer who has been designated by the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan to act on her behalf. The Captain of the Port Lake Michigan or her designated on-scene representative may be contacted via VHF Channel 16.
(4) Vessel operators desiring to enter or operate within the safety zone shall contact the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan or her designated on-scene representative to obtain permission to do so. Vessel operators given permission to enter or operate in the safety zone must comply with all directions given to them by the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan or her on-scene representative.
Environmental Protection Agency.
Final rule; correcting amendments.
This document corrects an error in the rule language of a final rule pertaining to West Virginia's request to redesignate to attainment the West Virginia portion of the Martinsburg-Hagerstown, WV-MD nonattainment area for the 1997 annual fine particulate matter (PM
This document is effective on February 13, 2015.
Rose Quinto, (215) 814-2182 or by email at
On November 25, 2014 (79 FR 70099), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) published a final rulemaking action announcing the approval of West Virginia's request to redesignate to attainment the Martinsburg-Hagerstown, WV-MD nonattainment area for the 1997 annual PM
As published, the final redesignation contains an error. EPA inadvertently added the word “Moderate” in the table for the 1997 annual PM
Air pollution, National Parks, Wilderness areas.
Accordingly, 40 CFR part 81 is corrected by making the following correcting amendments:
42 U.S.C. 7401
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation establishes a tolerance for residues of pyrimethanil in or on pomegranate at 5.0 parts per million (ppm). Janssen PMP requested these tolerances under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA).
This regulation is effective February 13, 2015. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before April 14, 2015, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0530, is available at
Susan Lewis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of EPA's tolerance regulations at 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Publishing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0530 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before April 14, 2015. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0530, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
In the
Section 408(b)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue. . . .”
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for pyrimethanil including exposure resulting from the tolerances established by this action. EPA's assessment of exposures and risks associated with pyrimethanil follows.
EPA has evaluated the available toxicity data and considered its validity, completeness, and reliability as well as the relationship of the results of the studies to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children. Pyrimethanil is of low acute lethality by the oral, dermal, and inhalation routes. It is a slight eye irritant, is not irritating to the skin, and it is not a dermal sensitizer. A single oral dose of 1,000 milligram/kilogram (mg/kg) produced a number of acute signs of neurotoxicity, including ataxia, dilated pupils, and decreases in motor activity, hind limb grip strength, and body temperature. However, there was no evidence of neurotoxicity with repeated dosing in a subchronic neurotoxicity study in rats. The major target organs of repeated oral exposure were the liver, kidney, and the thyroid. These effects were accompanied by decreased body weight. Reproductive toxicity was not observed, and developmental effects (
Thyroid adenomas were seen in rats following long-term exposure, and it was concluded that they were mediated via disruption of the thyroid/pituitary axis. There were no concerns for mutagenicity. The EPA has classified pyrimethanil as “Not Likely To Be Carcinogenic To Humans At Doses That Do Not Alter Rat Thyroid Hormone Homeostasis.” This decision was based on the following:
1. There were treatment-related increases in thyroid follicular cell tumors in male and female Sprague-Dawley rats at doses which were considered adequate to assess carcinogenicity; however, rats are substantially more sensitive than humans are to the development of thyroid follicular cell tumors in response to thyroid hormone imbalance.
2. There were no treatment-related tumors seen in male or female CD-1 mice at doses which were considered adequate to assess carcinogenicity.
3. There is no mutagenicity concern and there is no evidence for thyroid carcinogenesis mediated through a mutagenic mode of action.
4. The non-neoplastic toxicological evidence (
For these reasons, EPA determined that quantification of carcinogenic risk is not required and that the no observed adverse effect level (NOAEL) (17 mg/kg/day) established for deriving the chronic reference dose (cPAD) would be protective of cancer effects. Due to the non-linear mode of action of pyrimethanil, exposure at the NOAEL is not expected to alter thyroid hormone homeostasis nor result in thyroid tumor formation.
Specific information on the studies received and the nature of the adverse effects caused by pyrimethanil as well as the no-observed-adverse-effect-level (NOAEL) and the lowest-observed-adverse-effect-level (LOAEL) from the toxicity studies are discussed in the final rule published in the
Once a pesticide's toxicological profile is determined, EPA identifies toxicological points of departure (POD) and levels of concern to use in evaluating the risk posed by human exposure to the pesticide. For hazards that have a threshold below which there is no appreciable risk, the toxicological POD is used as the basis for derivation of reference values for risk assessment. PODs are developed based on a careful analysis of the doses in each toxicological study to determine the dose at which no adverse effects are observed (the NOAEL) and the lowest dose at which adverse effects of concern are identified (the LOAEL). Uncertainty/safety factors are used in conjunction with the POD to calculate a safe exposure level—generally referred to as a population-adjusted dose (PAD) or a reference dose (RfD)—and a safe margin of exposure (MOE). For non-threshold risks, the Agency assumes that any amount of exposure will lead to some degree of risk. Thus, the Agency estimates risk in terms of the probability of an occurrence of the adverse effect expected in a lifetime. For more information on the general principles EPA uses in risk characterization and a complete description of the risk assessment process, see
A summary of the toxicological endpoints for pyrimethanil used for human risk assessment is discussed in Unit III. B. of the final rule published in the
1.
i.
Such effects were identified for pyrimethanil. In estimating acute dietary exposure, EPA used food consumption information from the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) 2003-2008 National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, What We Eat in America, (NHANES/WWEIA). As to residue levels in food, EPA assumed default processing factors (as necessary), empirical processing factors for orange and apple juice, tolerance-level residues, and 100 percent crop treated (PCT) for all commodities.
ii.
iii.
iv.
2.
Based on the Pesticide Root Zone Model/Exposure Analysis Modeling System (PRZM/EXAMS) and Screening Concentration in Ground Water (SCI-GROW) models, the estimated drinking water concentrations (EDWCs) of pyrimethanil for acute exposures are estimated to be 86.5 parts per billion (ppb) for surface water and 4.8 ppb for ground water. For chronic exposures for non-cancer assessments, they are estimated to be 29.4 ppb for surface water and 4.8 ppb for ground water. Modeled estimates of drinking water concentrations were directly entered into the dietary exposure model.
For acute dietary risk assessment, the water concentration value of 86.5 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water.
For chronic dietary risk assessment, the water concentration of value 29.4 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water.
3.
Pyrimethanil is not registered for any specific use patterns that would result in residential exposure.
4.
EPA has not found pyrimethanil to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and pyrimethanil does not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that pyrimethanil does not have a common mechanism of toxicity with other substances. For information regarding EPA's efforts to determine which chemicals have a common mechanism of toxicity and to evaluate the cumulative effects of such chemicals, see EPA's Web site at
1.
2.
3.
i. The toxicity database for pyrimethanil is complete.
ii. Although there is evidence of neurotoxicity in the acute neurotoxicity study, concern is low since effects were only seen at the limit dose, effects are well-characterized with clearly established NOAEL/LOAEL values, and the selected endpoints are protective for the observed effects. The thyroid has been shown to be one of the target organs in adult animals for pyrimethanil-induced toxicity thus raising a potential concern for thyroid toxicity in the young. EPA, however concluded that there is no concern for thyroid toxicity in the young based on the following weight of evidence considerations: The effects seen on the thyroid and the liver database, while treatment-related, are not severe in nature; and in each of the studies that show an effect on thyroid hormone levels, as well as in all studies chosen for PODs selection, there is a wide dose spread (~10-fold difference between NOELs and LOAELs) which provides a measure of protection for any potential effects linked to decreased thyroid hormone levels in offspring.
iii. There is no evidence that pyrimethanil results in increased susceptibility in
iv. The exposure databases are sufficient to determine the nature/magnitude of the residue in food and dietary analyses are unlikely to underestimate risk of exposure from pyrimethanil.
EPA determines whether acute and chronic dietary pesticide exposures are safe by comparing aggregate exposure estimates to the acute PAD (aPAD) and chronic PAD (cPAD). For linear cancer risks, EPA calculates the lifetime probability of acquiring cancer given the estimated aggregate exposure. Short-, intermediate-, and chronic-term risks are evaluated by comparing the estimated aggregate food, water, and residential exposure to the appropriate PODs to ensure that an adequate MOE exists.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Adequate enforcement methodology (high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)) is available to enforce the tolerance expression. The method may be requested from: Chief, Analytical Chemistry Branch, Environmental Science Center, 701 Mapes Rd., Ft. Meade, MD 20755-5350; telephone number: (410) 305-2905; email address:
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.
The Codex has not established a MRL for pyrimethanil in or on pomegranate.
Therefore, a tolerance is established for residues of pyrimethanil, in or on pomegranate at 5.0 ppm.
This action establishes a tolerance under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this action. In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
Notice of CMS ruling.
This document announces a CMS Ruling that states the CMS policies for implementing
The CMS ruling announced in this document is applicable beginning February 9, 2015, with respect to appeals pending on, initiated, or reopened in accordance with applicable rules after February 9, 2015, for entitlement and enrollment determinations made on or after June 26, 2013. This ruling does not apply to appeals of entitlement and enrollment determinations made before June 26, 2013.
Patty Helphenstine (410) 786-0622.
In “Windsor,” (570 U.S. 12, 133 S. Ct. 2675 (2013), the Supreme Court held that section 3 of the Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA), enacted in 1996 (codified at 1 U.S.C. 7), is unconstitutional.
The CMS Administrator signed Ruling CMS-4176-R on February 9, 2015. This CMS Ruling, as well as other CMS Rulings are available at
This Ruling states the CMS policies for implementing
Entitlement and Enrollment in Medicare Hospital Insurance (Part A) and Medicare Supplementary Medical Insurance (Part B)
Section 3 of the Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA), enacted in 1996 (codified at 1 U.S.C. 7), defined “marriage” and “spouse” as follows: “The word `marriage' means only a legal union between one man and one woman as husband and wife, and the word `spouse' refers only to a person of the opposite sex who is a husband or a wife.” However, in June 2013, the United States Supreme Court ruled that Section 3 of DOMA is unconstitutional.
Marital status is relevant to certain Medicare entitlements, premiums, benefits, and enrollment provisions. This Ruling provides binding CMS policy for the application of these provisions in the context of a same-sex marriage.
This Ruling states the CMS policies for implementing
Because section 3 of DOMA is unconstitutional, it no longer defines or controls the recognition of a marital relationship by the Federal government. In the absence of controlling law to the contrary, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has adopted a policy of treating same-sex marriages on the same terms as opposite-sex marriages to the greatest extent reasonably possible and of recognizing marriages between individuals of the same sex who were lawfully married under the law of the state, territory, or foreign jurisdiction where the marriage was entered into (“celebration rule”), regardless of where the couple resides. As a general matter, for determinations made solely under Title II of the Act, we note that rules applicable specifically to Title II of the Act apply. In addition, for determinations made under Title XVIII, we note that rules applicable specifically to Title XVIII of the Act apply.
Title II determinations within the scope of this Ruling are eligibility for Medicare based on age or end-stage renal disease under sections 226 and 226A of the Act. Section 216 of the Act explicitly provides the definitions of terms describing the marital relationship and directs recognition and deeming of marital relationships for all of Title II of the Act. As a result, section 216 of the Act is the controlling provision in determining family and marital status for purposes of eligibility for Medicare when eligibility is based on a provision under Title II of the Act. Section 216(h)(1)(A)(i) explicitly controls recognition of a marriage:
An applicant is the wife, husband, widow, or widower of a fully or currently insured individual for purposes of this subchapter if the courts of the State in which such insured individual is domiciled at the time such applicant files an application, or, if such insured individual is dead, the courts of the State in which he was domiciled at the time of death, or, if such insured individual is or was not so domiciled in any State, the courts of the District of Columbia, would find that such applicant and such insured individual were validly married at the time such applicant files such application or, if such insured individual is dead, at the time he died.
• GN 00210.002: Same-Sex Marriage—Determining Marital Status for Title II and Medicare Benefits.
• GN 00210.003: Same-Sex Marriage—Dates States Permitted or Recognized Same-Sex Marriage.
• GN 00210.004: Non-Marital Relationships (Such as Civil Unions and Domestic Partnerships).
• GN 00210.006: Same-Sex Marriages Celebrated in Foreign Jurisdictions.
CMS follows SSA interpretations on the application of section 216(h) to same sex marriages and same sex spouses for purposes of Title II. CMS policy illustrating the application of these policies to determinations made under sections 226 and 226A is articulated in the following POMS sections issued by SSA:
• GN 00210.100: Same-Sex Marriage and Non-Marital Legal Relationships—Benefits for Aged Spouses.
• GN 00210.400: Same-Sex Marriage—Benefits for Surviving Spouses.
• GN 00210.705: Same-Sex Marriage—Medicare Based on End-Stage Renal Disease (ESRD).
There are no controlling provisions in Title XVIII of the Act or regulations implementing the Title XVIII provisions within the scope of this Ruling that define or direct recognition or deeming of marital relationships. Therefore, CMS has adopted a policy of interpreting sections 1818(d), 1837(i) and 1839 of the Act in a manner that treats same-sex marriages on the same terms as opposite-sex marriages to the greatest extent reasonably possible and uses a celebration rule where possible. “Celebration rule” means that a same-sex marriage is recognized and treated as a lawful marriage (where marital status is relevant to a determination of entitlement) if the same-sex marriage was lawful where and when it occurred. Individuals in non-marital same-sex relationships (such as domestic partnerships or civil unions that are not marriages) are not considered married.
The SSA processes applications and initial eligibility determinations under these statutes by applying CMS policy. CMS policy for the implementation of
• GN 00210.706: Same-Sex Marriage—HI Premium Reduction for Aged and Disabled Individuals.
• GN 00210.700: Same-Sex Marriage—Eligibility for Medicare Special Enrollment Period (SEP).
• GN 00210.701: Same-Sex Marriage—Premium Surcharge Rollback.
This Ruling is effective on February 9, 2015, with respect to appeals on, initiated, or reopened in accordance with applicable rules after February 9, 2015, for entitlement and enrollment determinations made on or after June 26, 2013. This ruling does not apply to appeals of entitlement and enrollment determinations made before June 26, 2013.
Dated:
Federal Communications Commission.
Final rule.
A petition for rulemaking was filed by KCEB License Company, LLC (“KCEB License”), the licensee of KCEB(TV), channel 51, Longview, Texas, requesting the substitution of channel 26 for channel 51 at Longview. KCEB License filed comments reaffirming its interest in the proposed channel substitution and explained that the channel substitution will replicate KCEB(TV)'s current coverage area on channel 51 and serve 34,104 more persons than the current channel 51 facility. This will eliminate any potential interference with wireless operations in the Lower 700 MHz A Block and facilitate the clearing of the adjacent television band as expeditiously as possible.
Effective February 13, 2015.
Jeremy Miller,
This is a synopsis of the Commission's
This document does not contain information collection requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. In addition, therefore, it does not contain any information collection burden “for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees,” pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198,
The Commission will send a copy of the
Television.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission amends 47 CFR part 73 as follows:
47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336, and 339.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Correcting amendment.
This action corrects an omission in the final rule to designate critical habitat for three DPSs of rockfish from the Puget Sound/Georgia Basin. The final rule for “Designation of Critical Habitat for the Puget Sound/Georgia Basin Distinct Population Segments of Yelloweye Rockfish, Canary Rockfish and Bocaccio” failed to update the columns labeled “Critical habitat,” in the tables of threatened and endangered species to cross reference these new rules. Therefore, this document corrects the tables by citing the critical habitat designations in the columns of the tables.
This final rule is effective February 11, 2015.
Information regarding this final rule may be obtained by contacting NMFS, Endangered Species Division, 1315 East West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910.
Dr. Dwayne Meadows, NMFS, Office of Protected Resources (301) 427-8403.
In a final rule NMFS published on November 13, 2014 (79 FR 68041) to designate critical habitat for 3 DPSs of rockfishes, we did not update the columns labeled “Critical habitat” in the tables of threatened and endangered species in 50 CFR 223.102(e) and 50 CFR 224.101(h), respectively, to cross reference these new rules.
Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Transportation.
Administrative practice and procedure, Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR parts 223 and 224 are amended to read as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1531-1543; subpart B, § 223.201-202 also issued under 16 U.S.C. 1361
(e) * * *
16 U.S.C. 1531-1543 and 16 U.S.C. 1361
(h) * * *
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; closure.
NMFS is prohibiting retention of big skate in the Central Regulatory Area of the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). This action is necessary because the 2015 total allowable catch of big skate in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA will be reached.
Effective 1200 hours, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), February 11, 2015, through 2400 hrs, A.l.t., December 31, 2015.
Obren Davis, 907-586-7228.
NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the GOA exclusive economic zone according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.
The 2015 total allowable catch (TAC) of big skate in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA is 1,532 metric tons (mt) as established by the final 2014 and 2015 harvest specifications for groundfish of the GOA (79 FR 12890, March 6, 2014).
In accordance with § 679.20(d)(2), the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS (Regional Administrator), has determined that the 2015 TAC of big skate in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA will be reached. Therefore, NMFS is requiring that big skate caught in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA be treated as prohibited species in accordance with § 679.21(b).
This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay prohibiting the retention of big skate in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of February 9, 2015.
The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
This action is required by § 679.20 and § 679.21 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), Treasury; Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board); and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).
Notice of regulatory review; request for comments.
The OCC, Board, and FDIC (we or Agencies) are conducting a review of the regulations we have issued in order to identify outdated or otherwise unnecessary regulatory requirements imposed on insured depository institutions, as required by the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 (EGRPRA). In this notice, the Agencies are seeking public comment on regulations in the following categories: Banking Operations, Capital, and the Community Reinvestment Act.
Written comments must be received by no later than May 14, 2015.
Comments may be submitted through the Federal eRulemaking Portal: “Regulations.gov.” You can reach this portal through the Agencies' EGRPRA Web site,
We encourage commenters to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal,
In general, the OCC will enter all comments received into the docket and publish them without change on Regulations.gov. Comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, as well as any business or personal information you provide, such as your name and address, email address, or phone number, are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Therefore, please do not include any information with your comment or supporting materials that you consider confidential or inappropriate for public disclosure.
You may inspect and photocopy in person all comments received by the OCC at 400 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20219. For security reasons, the OCC requires that visitors make an appointment to inspect or photocopy comments. You may make an appointment by calling (202) 649-6700. Upon arrival, visitors will be required to present valid government-issued photo identification and submit to a security screening.
We encourage commenters to submit comments regarding the Board's regulations by any of the following methods:
•
• Federal eRulemaking Portal, in accordance with the directions above.
•
•
•
In general, the Board will enter all comments received into the docket and publish them without change on Regulations.gov. Comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, as well as any business or personal information you provide, such as your name and address, email address, or phone number, are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Therefore, please do not enclose any information with your comment or supporting materials that you consider confidential or inappropriate for public disclosure.
You may inspect and photocopy in person all comments received by the Board at 20th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20551. For security reasons, the Board requires that visitors make an appointment to inspect comments. You may make an appointment by calling (202) 452-3000. Upon arrival, visitors will be required to present valid government-issued photo identification and submit to a security screening.
We encourage commenters to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal, “Regulations.gov,” in accordance with the directions above. Alternatively, you may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
We will post all comments received to
Section 2222 of EGRPRA
The EGRPRA review also provides the Agencies and the public with an opportunity to consider how to reduce burden in general, but especially on community banks and other small, insured depository institutions or holding companies. We are keenly aware of the role that these institutions play in providing consumers and businesses across the nation with essential financial services and access to credit, and we are concerned about the impact of regulatory burden on these smaller institutions. We understand that when an Agency issues a new regulation or amends a current regulation, smaller institutions may have to devote considerable resources to determine if and how the regulation will affect them. Through the public comment process, the EGRPRA review can help the Agencies identify and target regulatory changes to reduce unnecessary burden on these smaller institutions.
Burden reduction must be consistent with the Agencies' statutory mandates, many of which require the issuance of regulations. This includes ensuring the safety and soundness of insured depository institutions, their affiliates, and the financial system as a whole. EGRPRA recognizes that effective burden reduction may require legislative change. Accordingly, as part of this review, we specifically ask the public to comment on the relationships among burden reduction, regulatory requirements, and statutory mandates.
In addition, we note that the Agencies also consider the burden imposed each time we propose, adopt, or amend a rule. For example, under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 and the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the Agencies assess each rulemaking with respect to the burdens the rule might impose. Furthermore, we invite the public to comment on every rule we propose, as required by the Administrative Procedure Act (APA).
Taken together for purposes of EGRPRA, the Agencies' regulations covering insured depository institutions encompass more than 100 subjects.
Applications and Reporting; Banking Operations; Capital; Community Reinvestment Act; Consumer Protection;
To carry out the EGRPRA review, the Agencies plan to publish four
To assist the public's understanding of how we have organized the EGRPRA review, the Agencies have included a table in Section IV that lists the three categories of regulations for which we are requesting comments. On the table, the left column divides the categories into specific subject-matter areas. The headings at the top of the table identify the types of institutions affected by the regulations.
After comments have been received, the Agencies will review the comments and decide whether further action is appropriate with respect to the regulations. The Agencies will make this decision jointly in the case of rules that we have issued on an interagency basis. Similarly, we will undertake any rulemaking to amend or repeal those rules on an interagency basis. For rules issued by a single agency, the issuing agency will review the comments received and independently determine whether amendments to or repeal of its rules are appropriate. If so, that Agency will initiate a rulemaking to effect such change. In all cases, the Agencies will provide the public with an opportunity to comment on any proposed amendment to or repeal of a regulation, as required by the APA.
Further, as part of the EGRPRA review, the Agencies are holding a series of outreach meetings to provide an opportunity for bankers, consumer and community groups, and other interested persons to present their views directly to senior management and staff of the Agencies on any of the categories of regulations in the EGRPRA review.
Finally, EGRPRA also requires the FFIEC or the Agencies to publish in the
In response to the First Notice, the Agencies received approximately 40 comments from financial institutions, industry trade groups, consumer advocacy groups, and other members of the public. The Agencies will carefully consider those comments, including the issues raised and the suggestions made, and discuss them in the EGRPRA report to Congress and as part of any rulemaking to which they relate.
In addition to comments regarding the regulations contained in the First Notice, the Agencies also received comments about the EGRPRA Review Process. First, we received comments concerning which of the Agencies' rules are included in the review. As explained above, we have not included in this review those rules that will go into effect during the EGRPRA review, new regulations that have only recently gone into effect, or rules that we have yet to implement fully. The Agencies consider burden when adopting regulations. In addition, the Agencies, financial institutions, and the public need the benefit of experience with these regulations in order to assess their effect on insured depository institutions.
We also received comments on which agencies participate in the EGRPRA review. As explained above, only the OCC, Board, and FDIC are statutorily required to undertake this review. Although other agencies may undertake regulatory reviews, those reviews are separate and distinct from this review. Finally, we received comments about whether the consumer regulations transferred to the CFPB by the Dodd-Frank Act are included in the EGRPRA review. The Agencies will seek comment only on those consumer regulations for which they retain rulemaking authority following passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, such as the fair housing advertising and recordkeeping, flood insurance, safeguarding customer information, and identity theft rules.
As noted previously, the Agencies are asking the public to comment on regulations in the Banking Operations, Capital, and the Community Reinvestment Act categories to identify outdated or otherwise unnecessary regulatory requirements imposed on insured depository institutions and their regulated holding companies. Where possible, we ask commenters to cite to specific regulatory language or provisions. We also welcome suggested alternative provisions or language in support of a comment, where appropriate. Where implementation of a suggestion would require modification of a statute, we ask the commenter to identify the statute and the needed change, where possible.
The Agencies note that recently promulgated rules
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
By order of the Board of Directors.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Airbus Model A330-243, A330-243F, A330-341, A330-342, and A330-343 airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by reports indicating that certain hinge sleeves on the cowl doors of the thrust reverser units (TRUs) were not heat treated. This proposed AD would require replacing the sleeves of certain hinges on the cowl doors of the TRUs with new parts. We are proposing this AD to prevent, in the event of a fan-blade-off event due to high vibration, in-flight loss of TRU heavy components, which might damage airplane structure or control surfaces, and consequent reduced controllability of the airplane.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by March 30, 2015.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAL, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 45 80; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Vladimir Ulyanov, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1138; fax 425-227-1149.
We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2014-0062, dated March 11, 2014 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for all Airbus Model A330-243, A330-243F, A330-341, A330-342, and A330-343 airplanes. The MCAI states:
A manufacturing discrepancy (lack of heat treatment) on a batch of the N°3 and N°4 hinge sleeves installed on [a] Thrust Reverser Unit (TRU) was identified. Those parts are only installed on A330 aeroplanes equipped with Rolls-Royce (RR) Trent 700 engines.
This condition, if not corrected, in case of a Fan Blade Off event due to high vibration level, could cause in-flight loss of some heavy components of the TRU, possibly resulting in injury to persons on the ground [or damage to airplane structure or control surfaces, and consequent reduced controllability of the airplane].
As current hinge sleeves are not serialized, it is not possible to identify the TRU hinge sleeves which did not receive the heat treatment. The part supplier has developed an identification procedure for these TRU hinge sleeves in order to identify the affected hinge sleeves, and to allow a better part traceability in the future.
For the reason described above, this [EASA] AD requires identification and replacement of the affected TRU hinge sleeves.
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
Airbus has issued Service Bulletin A330-78-3021, Revision 03, dated October 15, 2014. Aircelle has issued Service Bulletin 78-AG924, dated September 26, 2012. This service information describes procedures for modifying and marking the sleeves for hinges number 3 and number 4 on the cowl doors of Rolls-Royce Trent 700 engines. The actions described in this service information are intended to correct the unsafe condition identified in the MCAI. This service information is reasonably available; see
This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.
The FAA worked in conjunction with industry, under the Airworthiness Directives Implementation Aviation Rulemaking Committee (AD ARC), to enhance the AD system. One enhancement was a new process for annotating which procedures and tests in the service information are required for compliance with an AD. Differentiating these procedures and tests from other tasks in the service information is expected to improve an owner's/operator's understanding of crucial AD requirements and help provide consistent judgment in AD compliance. The actions specified in Airbus Service Bulletin A330-78-3021, Revision 03, dated October 15, 2014, include procedures and tests that are identified as RC (required for compliance) because these procedures have a direct effect on detecting, preventing, resolving, or eliminating an identified unsafe condition.
As specified in a NOTE under the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-78-3021, Revision 03, dated October 15, 2014, procedures and tests identified as RC must be done to comply with the proposed AD. However, procedures and tests that are not identified as RC are recommended. Those procedures and tests that are not identified as RC may be deviated from using accepted methods in accordance with the operators' maintenance or inspection program without obtaining approval of an alternative method of compliance (AMOC), provided the procedures and tests identified as RC can be done and the airplane can be put back in a serviceable condition. Any substitutions or changes to procedures or tests identified as RC will require approval of an AMOC.
We estimate that this proposed AD affects 24 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We also estimate that it would take about 29 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts would cost about $0 per product. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $59,160, or $2,465 per product.
In addition, we estimate that any necessary follow-on action would take up to 1 work-hour and require parts costing $0, for a cost of $85 per product. We have no way of determining the number of aircraft that might need this action.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
We must receive comments by March 30, 2015.
None.
This AD applies to all Airbus Model A330-243, A330-243F, A330-341, A330-342, and A330-343 airplanes, certificated in any category, all manufacturer serial numbers.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 78, Exhaust.
This AD was prompted by reports indicating that certain hinge sleeves on the cowl doors of the thrust reverser units were not heat treated. We are issuing this AD to prevent, in the event of a fan-blade-off event due to high vibration, in-flight loss of thrust reverser unit (TRU) heavy components, which might damage airplane structure or control surfaces, and consequent reduced controllability of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Within 12 months after the effective date of this AD: Identify the part number of the TRUs, in accordance with Aircelle Service Bulletin 78-AG924, dated September 26, 2012.
If the results of the part identification required by paragraph (g) of this AD reveal that the TRUs are affected: Within the compliance time defined in paragraph (g) of this AD, replace hinge sleeves numbers 3 and 4 of each TRU cowl door, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-78-3021, Revision 03, dated October 15, 2014.
Rolls-Royce Alert Service Bulletin RB.211-78-AG924, dated September 26, 2012, is an additional source of guidance for replacing the TRUs.
Modifying an airplane by incorporating Airbus Modification 202463 in production terminates the requirements specified in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this AD for that airplane.
As of the effective date of this AD, no person may install a TRU on any airplane unless it has been determined, using Aircelle Service Bulletin 78-AG924, dated September 26, 2012, that the cowl door hinge sleeves installed on the TRU are not affected by the requirements of this AD.
This paragraph provides credit for the actions required by paragraph (h) of this AD if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using the service information identified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), or (j)(3) of this AD, which are not incorporated by reference in this AD.
(1) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-78-3021, dated October 17, 2012.
(2) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-78-3021, Revision 01, dated July 30, 2013.
(3) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-78-3021, Revision 02, dated April 17, 2014.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA Airworthiness Directive 2014-0062, dated March 11, 2014, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAL, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 45 80; email
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Airbus Model A330-200, A330-200 Freighter, and A330-300 series airplanes; and all A340-200 and A340-300 series airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by reports that a bracket that attaches the cockpit instrument panel to the airplane structure, does not sustain the fatigue loads of the design service goal. This proposed AD would require repetitive inspections of that bracket for cracking and to determine if both lugs are fully broken, an inspection for cracking of an adjacent bracket, if necessary, and corrective actions if necessary. This AD would also provide an optional modification, which would terminate the repetitive inspections. We are proposing this AD to detect and correct cracking on a bracket of the cockpit instrument panel, which, combined with failure of the horizontal beam, could lead to collapse of the cockpit panel, and reduced controllability of the airplane.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by March 30, 2015.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAL, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 45 80; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Vladimir Ulyanov, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1138; fax 425-227-1149.
We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2014-0127, dated May 15, 2014 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for certain Airbus Model A330-200, A330-200 Freighter, and A330-300 series airplanes; and all A340-200, and A340-300 series airplanes. The MCAI states:
During flight tests, high stress levels have been measured on the bracket No 6 which attaches the cockpit instrument panel to the aeroplane structure, apparently introduced through the nose landing gear due to bumps on the runway. Airbus determined that the bracket does not sustain the fatigue loads during the Design Service Goal (DSG). This condition, if not detected and corrected, combined with failure of the horizontal beam, could lead to collapse of the cockpit panel, possibly resulting in reduced control of the aeroplane.
To address this potential unsafe condition, Airbus developed a program to inspect the condition of the affected cockpit instrument panel bracket No 6, and designed a stronger (reinforced titanium undrilled) bracket. The new bracket can be installed in-service through Airbus Service Bulletin (SB) A330-25-3548 or SB A340-25-4354, as applicable to aeroplane type.
For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD requires repetitive inspections of the cockpit instrument panel bracket No 6 and, depending on findings, the accomplishment of applicable corrective actions. This [EASA] AD also provides the installation of the stronger bracket as optional terminating action for the repetitive actions required by this [EASA] AD.
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
Airbus has issued the following service information.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A330-25-3538, Revision 02, dated April 24, 2014, which provides procedures for inspection of cockpit instrument panel bracket 6.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A330-25-3548, dated October 31, 2013, which provides procedures for reinforcement of cockpit instrument panel bracket 6.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A340-25-4351, Revision 01, dated January 31, 2014, which provides procedures for inspection of cockpit instrument panel bracket 6.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A340-25-4354, dated October 31, 2013, which provides procedures for reinforcement of cockpit instrument panel bracket 6.
The actions described in this service information are intended to correct the unsafe condition identified in the MCAI. This service information is reasonably available; see
This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of these same type designs.
The FAA worked in conjunction with industry, under the Airworthiness Directives Implementation Aviation Rulemaking Committee (AD ARC), to enhance the AD system. One enhancement was a new process for annotating which procedures and tests in the service information are required for compliance with an AD. Differentiating these procedures and tests from other tasks in the service information is expected to improve an owner's/operator's understanding of crucial AD requirements and help provide consistent judgment in AD compliance. The actions specified in Airbus Service Bulletin A330-25-3538, Revision 02, dated April 24, 2014; and Airbus Service Bulletin A340-25-4351, Revision 01, dated January 31, 2014; include procedures and tests that are identified as RC (required for compliance) because these procedures have a direct effect on detecting, preventing, resolving, or eliminating an identified unsafe condition.
As specified in a NOTE under the Accomplishment Instructions of the specified service information, procedures and tests identified as RC must be done to comply with the proposed AD. However, procedures and tests that are not identified as RC are recommended. Those procedures and tests that are not identified as RC may be deviated from using accepted methods in accordance with the operator's maintenance or inspection program without obtaining approval of an alternative method of compliance (AMOC), provided the procedures and tests identified as RC can be done and the airplane can be put back in a serviceable condition. Any substitutions or changes to procedures or tests identified as RC will require approval of an AMOC.
We estimate that this proposed AD affects 76 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We also estimate that it would take about 8 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $51,680, or $680 per product.
We have received no definitive data that would enable us to provide cost estimates for the follow-on repairs specified in this AD.
In addition, we estimate that any necessary follow-on replacements would take about 23 work-hours and require parts costing $0, for a cost of $1,955 per product. We have no way of determining the number of aircraft that might need these actions.
We estimate that the optional modification would take about 9 work hours and require parts costing $1,770, for a cost of $2,535.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
We must receive comments by March 30, 2015.
None.
This AD applies to the Airbus airplanes identified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this AD, certificated in any category.
(1) Model A330-201, -202, -203, -223, -243, -223F, -243F, -301, -302, -303, -321, -322, -323, -341, -342, and -313 airplanes, all manufacturer serial numbers except those on which Airbus Modification 203287 has been embodied in production.
(2) Model A340-211, -212, -213, -311, -312, and -313 airplanes, all manufacturer serial numbers.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 25, Equipment/Furnishings.
This AD was prompted by reports that a bracket that attaches the cockpit instrument panel to the airplane structure, does not sustain the fatigue loads of the design service goal. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct cracking on a bracket of the cockpit instrument panel, which, combined with failure of the horizontal beam, could lead to collapse of the cockpit panel, and reduced controllability of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
At the latest of the times specified in paragraphs (g)(1), (g)(2), and (g)(3) of this AD: Do a detailed inspection of bracket No. 6 of the cockpit instrument panel for cracking and to determine if both bracket lugs are fully broken, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-25-3538, Revision 02, dated April 24, 2014; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-25-4351, Revision 01, dated January 31, 2014; as applicable. Repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed 2,600 flight cycles.
(1) Prior to accumulating 17,200 total flight cycles since the airplane's first flight.
(2) Prior to bracket No. 6 of the cockpit instrument panel accumulating 17,200 total flight cycles since installation on an airplane.
(3) Within 500 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD.
(1) If, during any inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD, any cracking of bracket No. 6 of the cockpit instrument panel is found, but both bracket lugs are not fully broken: Within 2,600 flight cycles after that inspection, replace bracket No. 6 of the cockpit instrument panel with a serviceable part, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-25-3538, Revision 02, dated April 24, 2014; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-25-4351, Revision 01, dated January 31, 2014; as applicable. Replacement of bracket No. 6 of the cockpit instrument panel does not constitute terminating action for the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (g) of this AD.
(2) If, during any inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD, any cracking of bracket No. 6 of the cockpit instrument panel is found and both bracket lugs are fully broken: Before further flight, do a detailed inspection of bracket No. 7 of the cockpit instrument panel for cracking, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-25-3538, Revision 02, dated April 24, 2014; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-25-4351, Revision 01, dated January 31, 2014; as applicable.
(i) If, during the inspection required by paragraph (h)(2) of this AD, no cracking is found in bracket No. 7 of the cockpit instrument panel: Before further flight, replace bracket No. 6 and bracket No. 7 of the cockpit instrument panel with serviceable parts, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-25-3538, Revision 02, dated April 24, 2014; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-25-4351, Revision 01, dated January 31, 2014; as applicable. Replacement of bracket No. 6 of the cockpit instrument panel does not constitute terminating action for the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (g) of this AD.
(ii) If, during the inspection required by paragraph (h)(2) of this AD, any cracking is found in bracket No. 7 of the cockpit instrument panel: Although Airbus Service Bulletin A330-25-3538, Revision 02, dated April 24, 2014; and Airbus Service Bulletin A340-25-4351, Revision 01, dated January 31, 2014; specify to contact Airbus for repair instructions, and specify that action as “RC” (Required for Compliance), repair the cracking before further flight using a repair method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA); or Airbus's EASA Design Organization Approval (DOA).
Modifying an airplane by replacing bracket No. 6 of the cockpit instrument panel with a new, reinforced bracket, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A330-25-3548, dated October 31, 2013; or Airbus Service Bulletin A340-25-4354, dated October 31, 2013; as applicable; terminates the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (g) of this AD.
This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraphs (g) and (h) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using the service information identified in paragraph (j)(1), (j)(2), or (j)(3) of this AD, which are not incorporated by reference in this AD.
(1) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-25-3538, dated September 10, 2013.
(2) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-25-3538, Revision 01, dated April 24, 2014.
(3) Airbus Service Bulletin A340-25-4351, dated September 10, 2014.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA Airworthiness Directive 2014-0127, dated May 15, 2014, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAL, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 45 80; email
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Airbus Model A300 B4-2C, B4-103, and B4-203 airplanes; Airbus Model A300 B4-600 series airplanes; and Airbus Model A300 B4-600R series airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by reports indicating that, on airplanes that received a certain repair following crack findings, cracks can re-initiate. This proposed AD would require repetitive inspections for cracking of the frame (FR) 40 forward fittings for airplanes previously repaired. We are proposing this AD to detect and correct cracking on the FR 40 forward fittings, which could result in rupture of the forward fittings and reduction of in-flight structural strength.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by March 30, 2015.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAW, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Dan Rodina, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-2125; fax 425-227-1149.
We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2014-0199, dated September 05, 2014 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for certain Airbus Model A300 B4-2C, B4-103, and B4-203 airplanes; Airbus Model A300 B4-600 series airplanes; and Airbus Model A300 B4-600R series airplanes. The MCAI states:
During routine inspection on an A300-600 aeroplane, a crack was found in the right-hand frame (FR) 40 forward fitting between stringer (STRG) 32 and STRG 33. The subject aeroplane had previously been modified, as a crack prevention measure, in accordance with Airbus SB A300-57-6053 (mod 10453).
To ensure the structural integrity of FR 40, pending completion of the full root cause analysis using a refined Finite Element Model (FEM), EASA issued AD 2009-0094 [dated April 21, 2009,
Thereafter, cracks were found during maintenance check in the FR 40 forward fitting on two aeroplanes, one A300 with Airbus SB A300-53-0297 embodied and one A300-600 with Airbus SB A300-57-6053 embodied. EASA AD 2009-0094 had been accomplished on both aeroplanes.
Consequently, EASA issued AD 2011-0163 [dated August 30, 2011,
A detailed FEM study was recently completed which demonstrated that, on aeroplanes repaired following crack findings in accordance with the instructions of Airbus SB A300-53-0297 or SB A300-57-6053 at any revision, as applicable, cracks can re-initiate.
For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD requires repetitive inspections of the FR 40 forward fitting for aeroplanes repaired in accordance with the instructions of Airbus SB A300-53-0297 or SB A300-57-6053 following crack findings.
The corrective actions include a repair using a method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA); or Airbus's EASA Design Organization Approval (DOA).
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
We reviewed the following Airbus service information:
• Airbus A300 Alert Operators Transmission (AOT) A53W002-14, dated April 02, 2014.
• Airbus A300 AOT A57W003-14, Revision 01, dated April 17, 2014.
Airbus A300 Alert Operators Transmission (AOT) A53W002-14, dated April 02, 2014, describes procedures for repetitive inspections of the FR40 forward fitting on A300 aircraft post MOD 10453S20571. Airbus A300 AOT A57W003-14, Revision 01, dated April 17, 2014, describes procedures for repetitive inspections of the FR40 forward fitting on A300-600 aircraft pre MOD 10221S20394 and post MOD 10453S20571. The actions described in this service information are intended to correct the unsafe condition identified in the MCAI. This service information is reasonably available; see
This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.
We estimate that this proposed AD affects 26 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We also estimate that it would take about 3 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $6,630, or $255 per product.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
We must receive comments by March 30, 2015.
None
(1) This AD applies to the airplanes identified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this AD, certificated in any category.
(i) Airbus Model A300 B4-2C, B4-103, and B4-203 airplanes, all manufacturer serial numbers (MSN), on which modification 10453 has been embodied as a repair following a crack finding, as specified in Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-0297 (modification 10453).
(ii) Airbus Model A300 B4-601, B4-603, B4-620, B4-622, B4-605R, and B4-622R airplanes, all MSN as specified in Airbus Service Bulletin A300-57-6053.
(2) This AD does not apply to airplanes that have been modified, as a preventive measure, as specified in Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-0297 or A300-57-6053 (modification 10453), as applicable to airplane model.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 53, Fuselage.
This AD was prompted by reports indicating that, on airplanes that received a certain repair following crack findings, cracks can re-initiate. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct cracking on the frame (FR) 40 forward fittings, which could result in rupture of the forward fittings and reduction of in-flight structural strength.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Within 300 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD, do a detailed inspection of the forward fitting at FR 40 without nut removal to detect cracks on both left-hand and right-hand sides of the airplane, in accordance with Airbus A300 Alert Operators Transmission (AOT) A53W002-14, dated April 2, 2014 (for Airbus Model A300 B4-2C, B4-103, and B4-203 airplanes); or Airbus A300AOT A57W003-14, Revision 01, dated April 17, 2014 (for Airbus Model A300 B4-600 series airplanes, and Airbus Model A300 B4-600R series airplanes); as applicable. If any crack is detected, repair before further flight using a method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA); or Airbus's EASA Design Organization Approval (DOA). Repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed 300 flight cycles.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA Airworthiness Directive 2014-0199, dated September 5, 2014, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAW, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email
Office of Natural Resources Revenue, Interior.
Proposed rule; notice of extension of comment period.
The Office of Natural Resources Revenue (ONRR) published a notice of proposed rulemaking in the
You must submit comments on or before May 8, 2015.
You may submit comments to ONRR on the proposed rulemaking, as follows: (1) Electronically go to
Armand Southall, ONRR, telephone (303) 231-3221 or email
The current Federal oil valuation regulations have been in effect since 2000, with a subsequent amendment relating, primarily, to the use of index pricing in some circumstances. The current Federal gas valuation regulations have been in effect since March 1, 1988, with various subsequent amendments relating, primarily, to the transportation allowance provisions. The current Federal and Indian coal valuation regulations have been in effect since March 1, 1989, with minor subsequent amendments relating, primarily, to the Federal black lung excise taxes, abandoned mine lands fees, State and local severance taxes, and washing and transportation allowance provisions. In the years since we wrote these regulations, the Secretary of the Interior's (Secretary) responsibility to determine the royalty value of minerals produced has not changed, but the industry and marketplace have changed dramatically. ONRR proposes these amendments to our valuation regulations to permit the Secretary to discharge the Department of the Interior's (Department) royalty valuation responsibility in an environment of continuing and accelerating change in the industry and in the marketplace. The Secretary's responsibilities regarding oil and gas production from Federal leases and coal production from Federal and Indian leases require the development of flexible valuation methodologies that lessees can accurately comply with in a timely manner.
To increase the effectiveness and efficiency of our rules, ONRR is proposing proactive and innovative changes. We intend for this proposed rulemaking to provide regulations that (1) offer greater simplicity, certainty, clarity, and consistency in product valuation for mineral lessees and mineral revenue recipients; (2) are more understandable; (3) decrease industry's cost of compliance and ONRR's cost to ensure industry compliance; and (4) provide early certainty to industry and to ONRR that companies have paid every dollar due. Therefore, ONRR proposes to amend the current regulations at 30 CFR part 1202, subpart F, and part 1206, subparts C, D, F, and J, governing the valuation, for royalty purposes, of oil, gas, and coal produced from Federal leases and coal produced from Indian leases.
ONRR received requests for an extension to the comment deadline for this proposed rule. This action extends the comment period until May 8, 2015. ONRR believes that this extension allows adequate time for interested parties to submit comments. ONRR will review and carefully consider all comments that we receive on the proposed rule.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Coast Guard proposes to amend the regulations established for recurring marine events and fireworks displays that take place within the Fifth Coast Guard District area of responsibility. Under that rule, the list
Comments and related material must be received by the Coast Guard on or before March 16, 2015.
You may submit comments identified by docket number using any one of the following methods:
(1) Federal eRulemaking Portal:
(2) Fax: 202-493-2251.
(3) Mail or Delivery: Docket Management Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Deliveries accepted between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays. The telephone number is 202-366-9329.
See the “Public Participation and Request for Comments” portion of the
If you have questions on this rule, call or email Dennis Sens, Fifth Coast Guard District, Prevention Division, (757) 398-6204,
We encourage you to participate in this rulemaking by submitting comments and related materials. All comments received will be posted without change to
If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this rulemaking, indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation. You may submit your comments and material online at
To submit your comment online, go to
If you submit your comments by mail or hand delivery, submit them in an unbound format, no larger than 8
To view comments, as well as documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
Anyone can search the electronic form of comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review a Privacy Act notice regarding our public dockets in the January 17, 2008, issue of the
We do not now plan to hold a public meeting. But you may submit a request for one, using one of the methods specified under
The special local regulations listed in 33 CFR 100.501 and safety zones listed in 33 CFR 165.506 were last amended on July 21, 2014 (79 FR 42197).
This rulemaking is authorized by 33 U.S.C. 1231, 1233; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701, 3306, 3703; 50 U.S.C. 191, 195; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, 160.5; Public Law 107-295, 116 Stat. 2064; and DHS Delegation No. 0170.1. It updates the list of permanent special local regulations at 33 CFR 100.501 and safety zones at 33 CFR 165.506, established for recurring marine events and fireworks displays at various locations within the Fifth Coast Guard District area of responsibility (AOR). The Fifth Coast Guard District AOR is defined in 33 CFR 3.25.
Publishing these regulatory updates in a single rulemaking promotes efficiency and provides the public with notice through publication in the
This rule would add 2 new special local regulations for marine events, remove 1 regulation and revise 10 previously established regulations for marine events listed in the Table to § 100.501. Other than changes to the dates and locations of certain events, the other provisions in 33 CFR 100.501 remain unchanged.
The Coast Guard proposes to revise regulations at 33 CFR 100.501 by adding 2 new special local regulations. The proposed special local regulations are listed in TABLE 1, including reference
One previously published special local regulation for marine event would be removed from 33 CFR 100.501,
This rule would revise 10 preexisting special local regulations that involves change to marine event date(s) and/or coordinates. These events are listed in TABLE 2, with reference by section as printed in the TABLE to § 100.501.
Based on the nature of marine events, large number of participants and spectators, and event locations, the Coast Guard has determined that the events listed in this rule could pose a risk to participants or waterway users if normal vessel traffic were to interfere with the event. Possible hazards include risks of participant injury or death resulting from near or actual contact with non-participant vessels traversing through the regulated areas. In order to protect the safety of all waterway users including event participants and spectators, this rule establishes special local regulations for the time and location of each marine event.
This rule prevents vessels from entering, transiting, mooring or anchoring within areas specifically designated as regulated areas during the periods of enforcement unless authorized by the Captain of the Port (COTP), or designated Coast Guard Patrol Commander. The designated “Patrol Commander” includes Coast Guard commissioned, warrant, or petty officer who has been designated by the COTP to act on their behalf. On-scene patrol commander may be augmented by local, State or Federal officials authorized to act in support of the Coast Guard.
This rule would add 6 new safety zones, remove 1 safety zone and revise 11 previously established safety zones listed in the Table to § 165.506. Other than changes to the dates and locations of certain safety zones, the other provisions in 33 CFR 165.506 remain unchanged.
The Coast Guard proposes to revise the regulations at 33 CFR 165.506 by adding 6 new safety zone locations to the permanent regulations listed in this section. The new safety zones are listed in TABLE 3, including reference by section as printed in the Table to § 165.506.
One safety zone would be removed from 33 CFR 165.506, specifically, the fireworks display that took place over the Potomac River, near Newburg, MD.
The rule would revise 11 preexisting safety zones that involves change to event date(s) and coordinates. These
Each year, organizations in the Fifth Coast Guard District sponsor fireworks displays in the same general location and time period. Each event uses a barge or an on-shore site near the shoreline as the fireworks launch platform. A safety zone is used to control vessel movement within a specified distance surrounding the launch platforms to ensure the safety of persons and property. Coast Guard personnel on scene may allow boaters within the safety zone if conditions permit.
The enforcement period for these safety zones is from 5:30 p.m. to 1 a.m. local time. However, vessels may enter, remain in, or transit through these safety zones during this time frame if authorized by the COTP or designated Coast Guard patrol commander on scene, as provided for in 33 CFR 165.23. This rule provides for the safety of life on navigable waters during the events.
We developed this proposed rule after considering numerous statutes and executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes or executive orders.
This proposed rule is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, as supplemented by Executive Order 13563, Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review, and does not require an assessment of potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of Executive Order 12866 or under section 1 of Executive Order 13563. The Office of Management and Budget has not reviewed it under those Orders.
We expect the economic impact of this rule to be so minimal that a full Regulatory Evaluation is unnecessary. This finding is based on the short amount of time that vessels will be restricted from regulated areas, and the small size of these areas that are usually positioned away from high vessel traffic zones. Generally vessels would not be precluded from getting underway, or mooring at any piers or marinas currently located in the vicinity of the regulated areas. Advance notifications would also be made to the local maritime community by issuance of Local Notice to Mariners, Broadcast Notice to Mariners, Marine information and facsimile broadcasts so mariners can adjust their plans accordingly. Notifications to the public for most events will typically be made by local newspapers, radio and TV stations. The Coast Guard anticipates that these special local regulated areas and safety zones will only be enforced one to three times per year.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this proposed rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This rule will affect the following entities some of which may be small entities: The owners and operators of vessels intending to transit or anchor in these regulated areas during the times the zones are enforced.
These special local regulated areas and safety zones will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for the following reasons: The Coast Guard will ensure that small entities are able to operate in the areas where events are occurring to the extent possible while ensuring the safety of event participants and spectators. The enforcement period will be short in duration and, in many of the areas, vessels can transit safely around the regulated area. Generally, blanket permission to enter, remain in, or transit through these regulated areas will be given, except during the period that the Coast Guard patrol vessel is present. Before the enforcement period, we will issue maritime advisories widely.
If you think that your business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction qualifies as a small entity and that this rule would have a significant economic impact on it, please submit a comment (see
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this proposed rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
This proposed rule will not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520.).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this proposed rule under that Order and determined that this rule does not have implications for federalism.
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this proposed rule would not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
This proposed rule would not cause a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights.
This proposed rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden.
We have analyzed this proposed rule under Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks. This rule is not an economically significant rule and would not create an environmental risk to health or risk to safety that might disproportionately affect children.
This proposed rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it would not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
This proposed rule is not a “significant energy action” under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use.
This proposed rule does not use technical standards. Therefore, we did not consider the use of voluntary consensus standards.
We have analyzed this proposed rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA)(42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have made a preliminary determination that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment.
This rule involves implementation of regulations within 33 CFR part 100 that apply to organized marine events on the navigable waters of the United States. Some marine events by their nature may introduce potential for adverse impact on the safety or other interest of waterway users or waterfront infrastructure within or close proximity to the event area. The category of water activities includes but is not limited to sail boat regattas, boat parades, power boat racing, swimming events, crew racing, and sail board racing. This section of the rule is categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(h) of Figure 2-1 of the Commandant Instruction. An environmental analysis checklist supporting this determination and a Categorical Exclusion Determination are not required for this section of the rule.
This rule involves implementation of regulations at 33 CFR part 165 that establish safety zones on navigable waters of the United States for fireworks events. These safety zones are enforced for the duration of fireworks display events. The fireworks are generally launched from or immediately adjacent to navigable waters of the United States. The category of activities includes fireworks launched from barges or at the shoreline that generally rely on the use of navigable waters as a safety buffer. Fireworks displays may introduce potential hazards such as accidental discharge of fireworks, dangerous projectiles, and falling hot embers or other debris. This section of the rule is categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(g) of Figure 2-1 of the Commandant Instruction. A preliminary environmental analysis checklist supporting this determination and a Categorical Exclusion Determination are available in the docket where indicated under
Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Waterways.
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard proposes to amend 33 CFR parts 100 and 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1233.
33 U.S.C. 1231; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701, 3306, 3703; 50 U.S.C. 191, 195; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, 160.5; Pub. L. 107-295, 116 Stat. 2064; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, DoD.
Advance notice of proposed rulemaking.
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) is issuing this advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPR) to request public comment on potential revisions to its regulations. USACE is specifically requesting input on potential changes to policies related to disaster preparedness; eligibility criteria for rehabilitation assistance for flood control works; options to address complex natural resource challenges while mitigating impacts to threatened or endangered species; and non-structural alternative projects. Consideration of Water Resources Reform and Development Act of 2014 provisions regarding resiliency for hurricane or shore protection projects, Section 3022, and the inclusion of modifications for hurricane or shore protection projects, Section 3029, are
Comments must be received on or before April 14, 2015.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number COE-2015-0004, by any of the following methods:
Docket: For access to the docket to read background documents or comments received, go to
Mr. Jeffrey D. Jensen, Office of Homeland Security, Directorate of Contingency Operations, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, at (703) 428-9068 or
A. Authority. Section 5 of the Flood Control Act of 1941, as amended, (
B. Need for Revision. The Code of Federal Regulations, 33 CFR part 203, details administrative policies, guidance, and operating procedures for the Public Law 84-99 program and was last revised in 2003, 68 FR 19357-01, 21 April 2003. Since then, significant disasters, including Hurricane Sandy (2012), flooding on the Mississippi and Missouri Rivers (2008, 2011, and 2013) and Hurricane Katrina (2005), provided information regarding system performance and the need for improved system and community resilience that should be considered in formulating revised Pub. L. 84-99 rehabilitation policies. A more detailed understanding of the nature and severity of risk associated with flood control projects and the development of risk-informed decision making approaches and other technological advancements have influenced the outlook about how Pub. L. 84-99 activities could be implemented with a shift towards better alignment with USACE's Levee Safety and National Flood Risk Management Programs as well as the National Preparedness and Response Frameworks. Both of these USACE programs work with non-federal sponsors and stakeholders to assess, communicate and manage the risks to people, property, and the environment associated with levee systems and flood risks. Additionally, significant input from state and federal agencies, stakeholders, and other interested parties regarding the challenges of satisfying USACE vegetation management guidelines in light of the needs of listed threatened and endangered species caused USACE to reevaluate using technical criteria to determine active status in the Public Law 84-99 Rehabilitation Program.
The following reference material is available on the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
A. Does this Action Apply to Me? This action is directed to the public in general, but will be of particular interest to a wide variety of organizations, to include tribal, state, and local emergency management agencies, water resource agencies, environmental and fish and wildlife management agencies and organizations, floodplain and levee safety managers, and non-federal interests (this term should be understood to include “non-federal sponsors” as used in 33 U.S.C. 701n and as defined at 33 CFR 203.15) with flood control works and hurricane or shore protection projects.
B. What Should I Consider As I Prepare My Comments for Submission? Commenters not familiar with current policy should review the references cited above available on the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
C. What Is the Intent of USACE in this Rulemaking Effort? The intent of USACE is to revise and update 33 CFR part 203 so that it incorporates new information from recent storm events and better aligns with the current strategy of the USACE National Flood Risk Management Program and Levee Safety Program, while following these guiding principles:
1. Effective risk management and levee safety includes working with non-federal sponsors and stakeholders to assess, communicate, and manage life-safety risks.
2. Federal assistance under authority of Pub. L. 84-99 supplements tribal, state, and local efforts, and does not replace them.
3. Non-federal sponsors have primary responsibility for operations and maintenance (O&M) of flood control works and risk communication activities associated with their projects.
4. USACE will promote the use of a risk-informed decision making process to guide non-federal sponsors O&M activities and inspection activities for flood control projects.
5. USACE will encourage a collaborative approach to address complex natural resources issues, tribal treaty rights, and complex systemic deficiencies.
6. USACE will work to develop policies and procedures that maintain the benefits of any federal investment(s).
1. Advance Measures. USACE may undertake emergency measures in advance of imminent threats of unusual flooding. The current eligibility criteria are listed in 33 CFR 203.72.
(a) USACE may perform Advance Measures prior to flooding or flood fighting activities to protect against loss of life and significant damages to urban areas and public facilities due to an imminent threat of unusual flooding. Advance Measures assistance may be technical and/or direct assistance. Technical assistance may include: providing personnel to inspect projects to identify problems and solutions and requirements for additional flood protection; provide existing hydraulic, hydrologic, structural and/or geotechnical analysis; provide existing information to local entities for use in evacuation or contingency flood fight plans. Typically direct assistance will be temporary in nature, using temporary construction standard and methods, technically feasible, designed to deal effectively with the specific threat, and capable of construction in time to prevent projected damages. To be eligible for Advance Measures a public sponsor must agree to execute a cooperative agreement (CA), and, at no cost to USACE, when the operation is over, remove all temporary advance measures constructed by USACE or agree to upgrade the work to standards acceptable to USACE. In addition, the public sponsor is responsible for providing the traditional lands, easements, rights-of-way, relocations, and borrow and dredged or excavated materials disposal areas (LERRDs) necessary for the project, at its own expense, in accordance with the CA.
• Question 1: What (if any) additional types of Advance Measures assistance should be considered?
• Question 2: What (if any) additional eligibility or performance requirements should be considered generally for Advance Measures assistance?
(b) Permanent structures constructed as Advance Measures are currently cost shared at 75 percent federal and 25 percent local with the LERRDs necessary for the project provided at no cost to the federal government. However, flood control works constructed under other USACE authorities have a minimum cost share of 65 percent federal and 35 percent local with credit provided for the LERRDs necessary for the project. USACE is considering changing the cost share for permanent structures constructed as part of Advance Measures to be consistent with other authorities and to encourage non-federal interests to develop permanent structures through the standard USACE planning process for new projects so that full cost and benefit analyses can be conducted and appropriate public comments considered.
Question 3: Would changing the cost share serve as an effective incentive for promotion of the standard USACE planning process? If not, what other incentives or requirements for using the standard USACE planning process for permanent construction should be considered?
1. Eligibility for Rehabilitation Assistance. USACE is considering changing the criteria used to determine eligibility for rehabilitation assistance (commonly known as Active status under 33 CFR 203.41) for flood control projects from a strict, condition-based overall inspection rating of the project to a broader set of actions by non-federal sponsors such as emergency preparedness planning, flood risk communication, and implementation of risk-prioritized O&M activities. USACE is considering these changes to: 1) promote risk-informed, cost effective prioritization of risk management activities; 2) encourage community awareness of risks and promote a broad set of flood risk management activities to manage risk; 3) encourage dialogue and problem solving between USACE and non-federal sponsors, and 4) provide flexibility to align flood risk management activities with requirements to protect and restore natural resources.
Question 4: What should USACE evaluate to determine if a non-federal sponsor is adequately operating and maintaining its flood control project? What should be considered adequate operations and management for eligibility purposes?
Question 5: How should USACE evaluate a non-federal sponsor's emergency preparedness, notification, evacuation planning and exercise plan and activities to determine if they are adequate? What should USACE evaluate? What should be considered adequate?
Question 6: How should USACE evaluate a non-federal sponsor's risk communications plan and activities for informing local officials, residents, and business owners about risks associated with the potential failure of the flood control project (
Question 7: Are there other criteria that USACE should consider using to determine eligibility for rehabilitation assistance that would assist and encourage non-federal sponsors and flood-prone communities to reduce their risks from flooding?
2. Improving Collaboration to Address Complicated Natural Resources Challenges and System-Wide Repairs. USACE intends to incorporate the System Wide Improvement Framework (SWIF) policy into 33 CFR part 203. The SWIF allows non-federal sponsors (currently, of levees and floodwalls only) to retain eligibility for rehabilitation assistance while actively conducting longer-term, system-wide improvement activities that are beyond the scope of usual O&M activities. This includes activities related to complex, serious or systemic deficiencies, addressing complex natural resources challenges such as threatened or endangered species, undocumented encroachments, and tribal treaty rights, all of which require additional time and coordination beyond what is normally allowed under current policy. The purpose is to ensure the imperatives of public safety, tribal rights, and environmental principles are met while still reducing the risk from floods.
Question 8: What improvements to the existing SWIF policy should be made?
Question 9: Currently, the SWIF policy has only been used for levee projects. Should the SWIF concept be applied to other types of flood control projects like channels? If so, for what purposes and using what criteria?
Question 10: If the eligibility for rehabilitation assistance moves away from a standards-based inspection criteria and moves toward an activities-based approach (as is considered in Section B.1 above), what role should the SWIF policy play? Under what circumstances would development of a SWIF be useful to non-federal sponsors?
3. Mitigating Impacts to Threatened or Endangered Species and Tribal Treaty Rights During Project Rehabilitation. USACE is considering allowing additional types of features and approaches that can be incorporated into rehabilitation efforts to minimize or address impacts to threatened and endangered species and impacts on tribal treaty rights. Features currently being considered include planting berms, set back levees, and overbuilt sections.
Question 11: Are there other types of features and approaches that USACE should allow during rehabilitation efforts to minimize or address impacts on threatened and endangered species and tribal treaty rights while still providing the intended benefits of the flood control projects and reducing the risk of loss of life and significant economic damages?
4. Early identification of Nonstructural Alternative Projects (NSAPs). USACE currently has the authority to undertake a nonstructural alternative project in lieu of a structural rehabilitation effort at the request of the non-federal sponsor and in accordance with 33 CFR Section 203.50. However, 15 years of experience shows that NSAPs can be difficult to implement in the immediate aftermath of a flood. Challenges to NSAP implementation include difficulties in obtaining easements, land transfers, and municipal permits, as well as legal limitations of some non-federal sponsors, and a lack of public awareness. USACE is considering how to enable non-federal interests to identify viable NSAPs prior to a flood event so that the non-federal sponsors may be able to effectively implement as viable NSAPS an alternative to structural rehabilitation efforts after a flood event.
Question 12: What advance planning activities could USACE undertake with non-federal interests to enable non-federal interests to consider NSAPs as viable alternatives to structural rehabilitation efforts if the project is damaged in a future flood event?
Question 13: How can the current NSAP policy be improved?
Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), USACE must determine whether a regulatory action is “significant” and therefore subject to review by OMB and the requirements of the Executive Order. The Executive Order defines “significant regulatory action” as one that is likely to result in a rule that may:
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or state, local, or tribal governments or communities;
(2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in the Executive Order.
After consideration of Executive Orders 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563, entitled “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011), this advance notice of proposed rulemaking has been determined to be not significant for the purposes of Executive Order 12866.
Because this document does not impose or propose any requirements, and instead seeks comments and suggestions for USACE to consider in possibly developing a subsequent proposed rule, the various other review requirements that apply when an agency imposes requirements do not apply to this action. Nevertheless, as part of your comments on this ANPR, you may include any comments or information that could help the Agency to assess the potential impact of a subsequent regulatory action on small entities pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve the State of Alabama's November 14, 2014, State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision, submitted through the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM), in support of the State's request that EPA change the Federal Reid Vapor Pressure (RVP) requirements for Jefferson and Shelby Counties (hereinafter referred to as the “Birmingham Area” or “Area”). Alabama's November 14, 2014, SIP revision evaluates whether changing the Federal RVP requirements in this Area would interfere with the Area's ability to meet the requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act). Specifically, Alabama's SIP revision concludes that relaxing the Federal RVP requirement from 7.8 pounds per square inch (psi) to 9.0 psi for gasoline sold between June 1 and September 15 of each year in the Area would not interfere with attainment or maintenance of the national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) or with any other CAA requirement. EPA has preliminarily determined that Alabama's November 14, 2014, SIP revision is consistent with the applicable provisions of the CAA.
Written comments must be received on or before March 6, 2015.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID Number EPA-R04-OAR-2014-0867 by one of the following methods:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Richard Wong of the Air Regulatory Management Section, in the Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Mr. Wong may be reached by phone at (404) 562-8726 or via electronic mail at
This rulemaking proposes to approve Alabama's noninterference demonstration, submitted on November 14, 2014, in support of the State's request that EPA relax the Federal RVP requirement from 7.8 psi to 9.0 psi for gasoline sold between June 1 and September 15 of each year (
This preamble is hereinafter organized into five parts. Section II provides the background of the Birmingham Area designation status with respect to the various ozone NAAQS. Section III describes the applicable history of federal gasoline regulation. Section IV provides the Agency's policy regarding relaxation of the volatility standards. Section V provides EPA's analysis of the information submitted by Alabama to support a change for the conventional gasoline volatility standard in the Birmingham Area.
The Birmingham Area was originally designated as a 1-hour ozone nonattainment area by EPA on March 3, 1978 (43 FR 8962). The Birmingham nonattainment area at that time was geographically defined as Jefferson County, Alabama. On November 6, 1991, by operation of law under section 181(a) of the CAA, EPA classified the Birmingham nonattainment area as a marginal nonattainment area for ozone and added Shelby County to the nonattainment area.
ADEM originally requested a redesignation of the Birmingham Area to attainment for the 1-hour ozone NAAQS in 1997. EPA disapproved this request on September 19, 1997, due to a violation of the ozone NAAQS.
On April 30, 2004, EPA designated and classified areas for the 8-hour ozone NAAQS that was promulgated on July 18, 1997, as unclassifiable/attainment or nonattainment for the new 8-hour ozone NAAQS.
On March 2, 2012, Alabama submitted a SIP revision requesting that EPA remove the State's 7.0 psi RVP requirement for the Area from the SIP. EPA approved Alabama's March 2, 2012, SIP revision on April 20, 2012.
Effective July 20, 2012, EPA designated the Birmingham Area as unclassifiable/attainment for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS.
Alabama is now requesting that EPA remove the federal 7.8 psi RVP requirement for the Birmingham Area, and it submitted a SIP revision on November 14, 2014, containing a noninterference demonstration to support its request.
On August 19, 1987 (52 FR 31274), EPA determined that gasoline nationwide had become increasingly volatile, causing an increase in evaporative emissions from gasoline-powered vehicles and equipment. Evaporative emissions from gasoline, referred to as volatile organic compounds (VOCs), are precursors to the formation of tropospheric ozone and contribute to the nation's ground-level ozone problem. Exposure to ground-level ozone can reduce lung function (thereby aggravating asthma or other respiratory conditions), increase susceptibility to respiratory infection, and may contribute to premature death in people with heart and lung disease.
The most common measure of fuel volatility that is useful in evaluating gasoline evaporative emissions is RVP. Under section 211(c) of CAA, EPA promulgated regulations on March 22, 1989 (54 FR 11868), that set maximum limits for the RVP of gasoline sold during the high ozone season. These regulations constituted Phase I of a two-phase nationwide program, which was designed to reduce the volatility of commercial gasoline during the summer ozone control season. On June 11, 1990 (55 FR 23658), EPA promulgated more stringent volatility controls as Phase II
The 1990 CAA Amendments established a new section, 211(h), to address fuel volatility. Section 211(h) requires EPA to promulgate regulations making it unlawful to sell, offer for sale, dispense, supply, offer for supply, transport, or introduce into commerce gasoline with an RVP level in excess of 9.0 psi during the high ozone season. Section 211(h) prohibits EPA from establishing a volatility standard more stringent than 9.0 psi in an attainment area, except that EPA may impose a lower (more stringent) standard in any former ozone nonattainment area redesignated to attainment.
On December 12, 1991 (56 FR 64704), EPA modified the Phase II volatility regulations to be consistent with section 211(h) of the CAA. The modified regulations prohibited the sale of gasoline with an RVP above 9.0 psi in all areas designated attainment for ozone, beginning in 1992. For areas designated as nonattainment, the regulations retained the original Phase II standards published on June 11, 1990 (55 FR 23658). A current listing of the RVP requirements for states can be found on EPA's Web site at:
As explained in the December 12, 1991 (56 FR 64704), Phase II rulemaking, EPA believes that relaxation of an applicable RVP standard is best accomplished in conjunction with the redesignation process. In order for an ozone nonattainment area to be redesignated as an attainment area, section 107(d)(3) of the Act requires the state to make a showing, pursuant to section 175A of the Act, that the area is capable of maintaining attainment for the ozone NAAQS for ten years after redesignation. Depending on the area's circumstances, this maintenance plan will either demonstrate that the area is capable of maintaining attainment for ten years without the more stringent volatility standard or that the more stringent volatility standard may be necessary for the area to maintain its attainment with the ozone NAAQS. Therefore, in the context of a request for redesignation, EPA will not relax the volatility standard unless the state requests a relaxation and the maintenance plan demonstrates, to the satisfaction of EPA, that the area will maintain attainment for ten years without the need for the more stringent volatility standard.
As noted above, Alabama did not request relaxation of the applicable 7.8 psi federal RVP standard when the Birmingham Area was redesignated to attainment for the either the 1-hour or the 1997 8-hour ozone NAAQS but did take a conservative approach in estimating emissions for the maintenance plan associated with its redesignation request for the 1997 8-hour ozone NAAQS by using a level of 9.0 psi.
To support Alabama's request to relax the federal RVP requirement in the Birmingham Area, the State must demonstrate that the requested change will satisfy section 110(l) of the CAA. Section 110(l) requires that a revision to the SIP not interfere with any applicable requirement concerning attainment and reasonable further progress (as defined in section 171), or any other applicable requirement of the Act. EPA's criterion for determining the approvability of Alabama's November 14, 2014, SIP revision is whether the noninterference demonstration associated with the relaxation request satisfies section 110(l). Although the modeling associated with Alabama's maintenance plans for the 1997 8-hour ozone NAAQS and the 1997 Annual PM
EPA evaluates each section 110(l) noninterference demonstration on a case-by-case basis considering the circumstances of each SIP revision. EPA interprets 110(l) as applying to all NAAQS that are in effect, including those that have been promulgated but for which the EPA has not yet made designations. The degree of analysis focused on any particular NAAQS in a noninterference demonstration varies depending on the nature of the emissions associated with the proposed SIP revision. EPA's analysis of Alabama's November 14, 2014, SIP revision pursuant to section 110(l) is provided below.
EPA notes that in today's action, it is only proposing to approve the State's technical demonstration that the Area can continue to attain and maintain the NAAQS and meet other CAA requirements after switching to the sale of gasoline with an RVP of 9.0 psi in the Birmingham Area during the high ozone season and to amend the SIP to include this demonstration. Consistent with CAA section 211(h) and the Phase II volatility regulations, EPA will initiate a separate rulemaking to relax the current federal requirement to use gasoline with an RVP of 7.8 psi in the Birmingham Area.
On November 14, 2014, ADEM submitted a noninterference demonstration to support the State's request to modify the RVP summertime gasoline requirement from 7.8 psi to 9.0 psi for the Birmingham Area. This demonstration includes an evaluation of the impact that the removal of the 7.8 psi RVP requirement would have on maintenance of the 1997 and 2008 ozone standards and on the maintenance of the other NAAQS.
ADEM's noninterference analysis utilized EPA's 2010b Motor Vehicle Emissions Simulator (MOVES) emission modeling system to estimate emissions
Tables 2 and 3, below, show that overall 24-hour and annual mobile emissions of NO
As discussed above, the Birmingham Area is currently designated as attainment for both the 1997 8-hour ozone NAAQS and the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS.
Table 4 also shows that there is an overall downward trend in ozone concentrations in the Birmingham Area. This decline can be attributed to federal and State programs that have led to significant emissions reductions in ozone precursors. Given this downward trend, the current ozone concentrations in the Area, and the results of Alabama's mobile source modeling, EPA has preliminarily determined that a change to 9.0 psi RVP fuel in the Birmingham Area would not interfere with maintenance of the 1997 or 2008 ozone NAAQS in the Area.
Over the course of several years, EPA has reviewed and revised the PM
EPA promulgated designations for the 1997 Annual PM
As mentioned above, EPA revised the Annual PM
The main precursor pollutants for PM
The PM
Given the current PM
On February 17, 2012, EPA designated all counties in Alabama as unclassifiable/attainment for the 2010 NO
EPA is proposing to approve the State of Alabama's noninterference demonstration, submitted on November 14, 2014, in support of the State's request that EPA change the Federal RVP requirements for the Birmingham Area from 7.8 psi to 9.0 psi. Specifically, EPA is proposing to find that this change in the RVP requirements for the Birmingham Area will not interfere with attainment or maintenance of any NAAQS or with any other applicable requirement of the CAA.
EPA has preliminarily determined that Alabama's November 14, 2014, SIP revision, containing the noninterference demonstration associated with the State's request for the change of the Federal RVP requirements is consistent with the applicable provisions of the CAA. EPA is not proposing action today to remove the Birmingham Area from the Federal 7.8 psi RVP requirement. Any such proposal will occur in a separate and subsequent rulemaking.
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submittal that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this proposed action merely proposes to approve state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not propose to impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this proposed action:
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, October 7, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements and Volatile organic compounds.
42 U.S.C. 7401
Environmental Protection Agency.
Request for comments.
On August 5, 2014, The Dow Chemical Company (Dow) requested an Alternative Means of Emission Limitation (AMEL) under the Clean Air Act (CAA) in order to operate pressure-assisted multi-point ground flares at its Propane Dehydrogenation Plant and its Light Hydrocarbons Plant at its Texas Operations site located in Freeport, Texas. On October 21, 2014, ExxonMobil Chemical Company (ExxonMobil) requested an AMEL under the CAA for its pressure-assisted multi-point ground flares at its' Olefins Plant in Baytown, Texas, and its' Plastics Plant in Mont Belvieu, Texas. In this document, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is soliciting comment on all aspects of the AMEL requests and the resulting alternative operating conditions that are necessary to achieve a reduction in emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOC) and hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) at least equivalent to the reduction in emissions required by various standards in 40 CFR parts 60, 61 and 63 that apply to emission sources controlled by these pressure-assisted multi-point ground flares. These standards point to the operating requirements for flares in the General Provisions to parts 60 and 63, respectively, to comply with the emission reduction requirements. Because pressure-assisted multi-point ground flares cannot meet the velocity requirements in these General Provisions, Dow and ExxonMobil are seeking an AMEL.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA OAR- 2014-0738, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
For questions about this proposed action, contact Ms. Brenda Shine, Sector Policies and Programs Division (E143-01), Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711; telephone number: (919) 541-3608; fax number: (919) 541-0246; and email address:
We use multiple acronyms and terms in this document. While this list may not be exhaustive, to ease the reading of this document and for reference purposes, the EPA defines the following terms and acronyms here:
In their requests, Dow and ExxonMobil cite various regulatory requirements in 40 CFR parts 60, 61 and 63 that will apply to the different vent gas streams that will be collected and routed to their pressure-assisted multi-point ground flares (MPGF) at each plant. These requirements are included in Table 1.
As shown in Table 1, the applicable rules require that control devices achieve destruction efficiencies of either 95 percent or 98 percent either directly, or by reference, or allow control by flares meeting the flare operating requirements in 40 CFR 60.18 or 63.11. The flare operating requirements in 40 CFR 60.18 and 63.11 specify that flares shall be: (1) Steam-assisted air-assisted, or non-assisted;
The MPGF proposed by both Dow and ExxonMobil are conceptually similar yet inherently different in both flare head design and operation than the more traditional steam-assisted, air-assisted and non-assisted flare types currently able to comply with the flare operating requirements in 40 CFR 60.18 or 63.11. The MPGF technology operates by using the pressure upstream of each individual flare tip burner to enhance mixing with air at the flare tip due to high exit velocity, which allows the MPGF to operate with smokeless burning. The MPGF are constructed differently than normal elevated flares in that they consist of many rows of individual flare tips which are approximately 8 feet above ground level. The ground flare staging system opens and closes staging valves according to gas pressure such that stages containing multiple burners are activated as the flow and pressure increase or decrease in the header. While information supplied by Dow, and relied on by both Dow and ExxonMobil, indicates that the flare tips operate smokelessly and achieve high destruction efficiencies, the MPGF cannot meet the exit velocity requirements in 40 CFR 60.18 and 40 CFR 63.11, which limit the exit velocity at the flare tip to a maximum of 400 feet per second. The exit velocities from MPGF typically range from 600 feet per second up to sonic velocity (which ranges from 700 to 1,400 feet per second for common hydrocarbon gases), or Mach =1 conditions. As a result, Dow and ExxonMobil are seeking an alternative means of complying with the flare operating requirements in 40 CFR 60.18 and 63.11; specifically, the exit velocity requirements in 40 CFR 60.18(c)(3), (c)(4), and (c)(5) and in 40 CFR 63.11(b)(6),(b)(7) and (b)(8).
As noted in Table 1, the specific rules in 40 CFR parts 60, 61 and 63, or the General Provisions for parts 60, 61 and 63 of the CAA
In its August 5, 2014, request, Dow indicates that it plans to construct and operate two new MPGFs at its Texas Operations site in Freeport, TX. One MPGF would be located at Dow's Propane Dehydrogenation Plant (PDH-1), scheduled to start-up in early 2015 and whose primary product is propylene. The other MPGF would be located at Dow's Light Hydrocarbons Plant (LHC-9), scheduled to start-up in early 2017 and whose primary product is ethylene.
The flare systems proposed for use by Dow at both plants consist of a staged design concept. The first stage, which is not at issue nor specifically part of the notice requesting an AMEL because it can meet the flare operating requirements of 40 CFR of 60.18 and 63.11, is a steam-assisted ground flare which has the primary function of controlling waste gases during periods of normal operation. The remaining stages consist of arrays of pressure-assisted flare tips (the MPGFs) and will control waste gases during periods of upset, maintenance, startup and shutdown (high-pressure, high flow periods). Pressure-assisted flares are also known as sonic flares because the exit velocity during periods of high-pressure feeds is at sonic velocities.
At Dow, Stage 1 is the low pressure stage in which the flare acts as a steam-assisted flare. Stages 2 and beyond are activated for high-pressure/high exit velocity flows. The flare system is surrounded by a panel type fence to protect nearby workers from the radiant heat from the flare system. At various times ranging from 2 hours for startup of processing equipment to 160 hours for a complete plant shutdown, Dow will have emissions from the MPGF for the following maintenance, start-up and shutdown (MSS) activities: Perform plant start-up and shutdown, process equipment startup and shutdown, off-spec flaring, non-routine clearing and commissioning of process equipment and piping, fuel purging and flaring to maintain pressure of the net-gas system.
Dow conducted testing on the two types of individual flare tips in its MPGF design to demonstrate that the MPGF can achieve good combustion efficiency under certain conditions and has proposed operating requirements for these MPGF that can achieve the emissions standards in the applicable NSPS and NESHAP. These proposed operating requirements are contained in Dow's request dated August 5, 2014, located in the docket for this document. A summary of test data and a complete copy of the emission testing report and appendices are available in the docket. The tests were conducted on individual flare tips because it is not possible to test the full field of MPGF because of the size and configuration of the full-scale MPGF installation (there are approximately 300 flare tips in the proposed array pattern that cover the size approximately equivalent to that of a football field in the actual installations). Although two flare tip types were tested during the effort, the results of one burner type, a steam-assisted flare burner, John Zink model SKEC, are not discussed further as Dow is not seeking an AMEL for this burner because it operates at lower velocity and, thus, can meet the existing flare operating requirements.
In its October 21, 2014, request, ExxonMobil indicates it plans to construct and operate two MPGFs, one at its Baytown Olefins Plant (BOP) in Baytown, TX, and the other at its Mont Belvieu Plastics Plant (MBPP) in Mont Belview, TX. Both of the proposed control strategies will be designed such that vent gases are routed to either a low pressure system, or in infrequent cases where high-pressure/high flow events occur, the high pressure MPGF. Both low pressure control systems at the BOP and MBPP consist of an elevated flare, but the MBPP low pressure control system also consists of three flameless thermal oxidizers. The elevated flares at both the BOP and MBPP will comply with 40 CFR 60.18 and/or 40 CFR 63.11, as applicable.
ExxonMobil did not supply any additional test data, but rather is relying on a series of publically available MPGF emissions tests, among them the 2013 test submitted by Dow, a 2012 test done by Marathon Petroleum Corporation, LP, a 2006 pipeline burner test done by Dow, and two earlier tests conducted by the EPA in the 1980s. ExxonMobil indicates that the BOP and MBPP burner tip designs will have comparable performance to the burners recently tested and submitted December 14, 2014, supplemental application containing additional information on plans to use the John Zink LRGO burners for the MPGF installation at the MBPP, and ZEECO burners at the BOP. ExxonMobil asserts that the ZEECO burner design provides equivalent combustion efficiency and flame stability as that of the John Zink burners tested, although ExxonMobil has not supplied any data or information that could confirm this assertion of equivalency. We are requesting comment on this assertion as well as specifically soliciting data and comments from the public on burner design and performance of these MPGF burners.
Dow and ExxonMobil are proposing to follow all of the flare operating requirements contained in either 40 CFR 60.18 or 63.11, except for the exit velocity requirements. They are proposing to operate their high pressure MPGFs at higher velocity than the current requirements because their data indicate that these burners can operate with a stable flame at higher velocities and still achieve good combustion and destruction efficiencies. Instead of complying with the exit velocity requirements in 40 CFR 60.18 and 63.11, Dow and ExxonMobil are requesting that EPA grant their AMEL requests to allow them to operate the high pressure sections of their MPGFs such that the vent gas flowing to the flare tips is maintained with a net heating value that has been demonstrated to be equal to or greater than the values that were determined to achieve a reduction in emissions of pollutants being controlled by a steam-assisted, air-assisted or non-assisted flare complying with the requirements of either 40 CFR 63.11(b) or 40 CFR 60.18(b) during the burner emission tests.
In the emission tests, the high pressure burners were subjected to a number of different operating conditions, and each set of conditions represented a separate test series. For purposes of this discussion, the relevant test results are those from Dow's 2013 test report, which are comprised of runs from test series P1 through P4 and were tested on John Zink's pressure assisted flare burner model LRGO-HC, as well as emissions data reported in Marathon's 2012 test report, which are from test series PA1 and PA2 and were tested on John Zink's pressure assisted flare burner model LRGO-D. These tests used the analytical technique of passive fourier transform infrared (PFTIR) spectroscopy to assess combustion efficiency. Dow's 2013 test report also presents data collected using an extractive method where flue gas was extracted from a collection hood that was suspended above the burner tip and analyzed using standard EPA methods.
The results of the PFTIR testing indicated that when a flame was present on the pressure-assisted flare burners tested that an average combustion efficiency of 99 percent or greater was always achieved. Each set of operating conditions tested by both Dow and Marathon for both combustion efficiency and flame stability generally consisted of a series of triplicate runs. In all, a total of 34 test runs were analyzed from these two tests (21 from Dow's P1 through P3 test series and 13 from Marathon's PA1 and PA2 test series). For test series P4, which was conducted as part of Dow's 2013 test using a 90 volume percent hydrogen/10 volume percent natural gas mixture, no combustion efficiency test was conducted; instead, a qualitative indication that the flame was stable at the conditions tested was made. We note that in Dow's 2013 test report that three of the 21 test runs were aborted because of loss of flame (which we refer to as flameout); only two of the three test runs (one in the P2H series and one in the P2L series) produced enough information before flameout to be analyzed in more detail. We requested more detailed information from Dow on the conditions that resulted in this loss of flame as it informs us of the conditions that would create a failure of the burners to sustain a stable flame and achieve good combustion. This document is included in the docket titled “Supplement 1 to Dow report.” Additionally, we also note that in Marathon's 2012 test report that two of the 13 test runs also experienced loss of flame (test PA1 Runs 4(2) and 4(4)). The results of all of these test runs are discussed in the memorandum titled “Review of Available Test Data on Multipoint Ground Flares,” located in the docket.
There are two general conclusions from these test reports that are consistent with the earlier EPA 1985 study done on pressure-assisted flares (see conclusions on pages 2-19 and 2-22 in September 1985 EPA report titled “Evaluation of the efficiency of industrial flares: Flare head design and gas composition”). The first is that “flare head design can influence the flame stability curve.” This is evident in Figures 2-3 and 2-5 of the 1985 EPA report where different stability curves were generated for the different flare heads (burners) tested over a range of differing exit velocities and flare gas net heating values. When comparing the current maximum flare tip velocity requirements in the general provisions with those tested on pressure-assisted flare burners, this conclusion still holds true. The agency's current requirements would require that flares meet an increasing minimum net heating value with increasing velocity, all the way up to a minimum waste gas net heating value of 1,000 BTU/scf and maximum velocity of 400 feet per second. However, the recent test reports on pressure-assisted burners show that flame stability can be achieved at significantly higher velocities (
In order to assess the proper operating envelope for these flare types, the EPA evaluated both the net heating value (in BTU/scf), which is how the 40 CFR part 60 and 63 General Provisions currently address combustion zone properties, as well as the lower flammability limit (LFL) because the LFL may be a better indicator of performance than net heating value for some flare vent gas streams, notably those with the potential for high hydrogen content. Hydrogen is relatively flammable, but its net heating value is low on a BTU/scf basis when compared to other hydrocarbons. By using LFL, we eliminate the need to correct the hydrogen heat content or to select a lower BTU/scf limit for high hydrogen cases. Although Dow has requested operating limits in the form of BTU/scf and has presented the test data in BTU/scf, we believe it is important to consider both types of operating limits.
Our review indicates that the LRGO burners tested achieve a high level of combustion efficiency when the lower flammability limit of waste gases burned in the flare is less than 6.5 volume percent (vol%) LFL or above 800 BTU/scf. We suggest the 6.5 vol% LFL based on the flammability of the stream during the flame out conditions experienced during the high pressure test run P2H1 (at 6.6 vol% LFL). The corresponding BTU content of the waste gas at this value was 789 BTU/scf (according to Dow, the gas chromatograph analysis indicated this value was 746 BTU/scf, although the John Zink report based on measured flow rates indicated it was 789 BTU/scf). Dow's proposed operating conditions included startup/shutdown cases where the waste gas heat content could be as low as 690 BTU/scf and as high as 6.9 vol% LFL, and data from these tests indicate that good combustion can occur at these conditions. However, to establish the alternative operating requirements at a level that ensures good combustion and flame stability at all times under all operating conditions, we believe it is reasonable to establish the heat content requirements for BTU/scf above which there were no flame out observations. For LFL, that level would be set below which there are no flame out observations. This is because gas mixtures with a relatively high LFL are less flammable when released to the air than mixtures with a relatively low LFL. A gas mixture with a relatively high LFL requires a larger volume of the mixture to burn in a specific volume of air, than would a mixture of gases with a relatively low LFL being combusted in that same volume of air. We believe the flame out observations establish the limiting case because a flameout is a complete failure of the burner, indicating zero-percent combustion. Because of the quantity of waste gases potentially flared in the high-pressure zones of these MPGF, we believe it would be prudent to establish limits on the conservative side to prevent air emissions of unburned waste gas.
We also reviewed whether we should consider velocity or burner operating pressure in describing conditions that should be met during the MPGF operation and whether we should require some testing to ensure that the individual burners will ignite properly when a new stage goes into service. Dow provided information on its process control system and indicated that cross-light testing (testing of burner ignition from pilots) of individual burners at its off-site test facility has been conducted
Because these flares are located at ground level, it is possible that ambient concentrations of pollutants could be higher than they would be under an alternative scenario where waste gases would be flared in an elevated flare, enabling greater dispersion and potentially lessening the impact to neighboring communities. To that end, we are soliciting comment on whether additional ambient monitoring is warranted to provide for immediate notification to emergency planning officials and the community during significant events and malfunctions of the system.
Considering the above requests from both Dow and ExxonMobil, we are seeking the public's input on the operating requirements for the proposed pressure-assisted MPGFs that would be used by both companies which would establish an AMEL that will achieve a reduction in emissions at least equivalent to the reduction in emissions being controlled by a steam-assisted, air-assisted or non-assisted flare complying with the requirements of either 40 CFR 63.11(b) or 40 CFR 60.18(b). Information provided in the AMEL requests and the available emissions test data from the test reports described above indicate that the following list of operating requirements for pressure-assisted MPGF result in destruction efficiencies at least equivalent to destruction efficiencies expected from complying with the requirements of 40 CFR 63.11(b) and 40 CFR 60.18(b) for the pressure-assisted MPGF being proposed for use by both Dow and ExxonMobil:
1. The flare system must be designed and operated such that the net heating value of the combustion zone gas (NHV
2. The flare system must be operated with a flame present at all times when in use. Each row of flare burners must have at least one pilot with a constant pilot flame. The pilot flame(s) must be continuously monitored by a thermocouple. The time, date and duration of any loss of pilot flame must be recorded. Each monitoring device must be maintained or replaced at a frequency in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
3. The flare system must be operated with no visible emissions except for periods not to exceed a total of 5 minutes during any 2 consecutive hours. A video camera can be used in order to conduct visible emission observations since operating personnel cannot enter the fenced area while the MPGF is operating.
4. The operator must install and operate an on-line vent gas flow meter and an on-line gas chromatograph to measure the flow and composition of the vent gas to each flare. We would expect the operator to comply with similar monitoring and testing requirements and recordkeeping and reporting requirements for these monitoring systems as currently proposed in 79 FR 36980-40 CFR 63.670(i)-(j) and (l)-(m).
5. The operator should install and operate pressure and/or flow monitors on each stage of the flare. We would expect the operator to comply with similar applicable monitoring and testing requirements and recordkeeping and reporting requirements for these monitoring systems as currently proposed in 79 FR 36980-40 CFR 63.670(i).
We solicit comments on all aspects of these requests for an AMEL. We specifically seek comment regarding whether or not the potential alternative operating requirements listed in section III above would be adequate for ensuring that the MPGF will achieve good combustion at all times and enable the facilities to meet their applicable emission standards. Additionally, several other entities have indicated to us that they intend to make similar requests for the ability to operate pressure-assisted MPGFs. We are also soliciting comment on whether the requirements listed above, if followed by these other entities, could enable these other facilities to receive approval of their own AMELs. As noted in section II.B above, we also solicit comment and data on other pressure-assisted flare burner types. Commenters should include data or specific examples in support of their comments.
National Institutes of Health, Department of Health and Human Services.
Proposed rule; extension of comment period; request for comments.
The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) is extending the public comment period for the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) on Clinical Trials Registration and Results Submission. The proposed rule was published on November 21, 2014 (79 FR 69566) with a deadline for public comments of February 19, 2015. The comment period is being extended to provide additional time for commenters to prepare their responses. The comment period will close at 5 p.m. Eastern Standard Time (EST) on March 23, 2015.
Comments on the NPRM must be received before 5 p.m. EST on March 23, 2015 in order to ensure we will be able to consider the comments when preparing the final rule and policy.
Individuals and organizations interested in submitting comments on the NPRM, identified by RIN 0925-AA52 and Docket Number NIH-2011-0003, may do so by any of the following methods:
•
•
HHS published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) on Clinical Trials Registration and Results Submission in the
NIH published a related request for public comments on a draft NIH Policy on Dissemination of NIH-Funded Clinical Trial Information in the
Federal Communications Commission.
Proposed rule.
In this
Comments may be filed on or before March 16, 2015, and reply comments may be filed April 14, 2015. Written comments on the proposed information collection requirements, subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Pub. L. 104-13, should be submitted on or before April 14, 2015.
You may submit comments, identified by MB Docket No. 14-127, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
In addition to filing comments with the Secretary, a copy of any comments on the Paperwork Reduction Act proposed information collection requirements contained herein should be submitted to the Federal Communications Commission via email to
Kim Matthews, Media Bureau, Policy Division, 202-418-2154, or email at
This is a summary of the Commission's Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), FCC 14-209, adopted on December 17, 2014 and released on December 18, 2014. The full text of this document is available for public inspection and copying during regular business hours in the FCC Reference Center, Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-A257, Washington, DC 20554. This document will also be available via ECFS at
This
To view a copy of this information collection request (ICR) submitted to OMB: (1) Go to the Web page
OMB Control Numbers: 3060-xxxx.
Title: Sections 25.701, Other DBS Public Interest Obligations, and 25.702, Other SDARS Public Interest Obligations.
Form Number: None.
Type of Review: New collection.
Respondents: Business or other for profit entities.
Number of Respondents and Responses: 3 respondents and 3 responses.
Estimated Hours per Response: 18 hrs.
Frequency of Response: On occasion reporting requirement, Recordkeeping requirement, Third party disclosure requirement.
Total Annual Burden: 54 hours.
Total Annual Cost: $592.
Obligation to Respond: Required to be obtained or retained for benefits. The statutory authority for this information collection is contained in sections 154, 301, 302, 303, 307, 309, 319, 332, 605, and 721 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended.
Nature and Extent of Confidentiality: There is no need for confidentiality with this collection of information.
Privacy Act Assessment: The Commission prepared a system of records notice (SORN), FCC/MB-2, “Broadcast Station Public Inspection Files,” that covers the PII contained in the broadcast station public inspection files located on the Commission's Web site. The Commission will revise appropriate privacy requirements as necessary to include any entities and information added to the online public file in this proceeding.
Needs and Uses: In FCC 14-209, the Commission proposes to expand the requirement that public inspection files be posted to the FCC-hosted online public file database to Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) providers and Satellite Digital Audio Radio Services (SDARS) licensees, among other entities. The Commission's goal is to make information that these entities are already required to make publicly available more accessible, by placing this information online, while also reducing costs both for the government and the public sector. The public and FCC use the information in the public file to evaluate information about the DBS or SDARS entity's performance and to ensure that the entity is operating pursuant to the FCC's rules. In addition, maintenance of political files by DBS and SDARS entities enables the public to assess money expended and time allotted to a political candidate and to ensure that equal access was afforded to other legally qualified candidates for public office.
OMB Control Numbers: 3060-0214.
Title: Sections 73.3526 and 73.3527, Local Public Inspection Files; Sections 76.1701 and 73.1943, Political Files.
Form Numbers: None.
Type of Review: Revision of a currently approved collection.
Respondents: Business or other for profit entities; Not for profit institutions; State, Local or Tribal government; Individuals or households.
Number of Respondents/Responses: 24,961 respondents; 59,902 responses.
Estimated Hours per Response: 1-52 hours per response.
Frequency of Response: On occasion reporting requirement, Recordkeeping requirement, Third party disclosure requirement.
Total Annual Burden: 1,860,656 hours.
Total Annual Cost: $3,653,372.
Obligation to Respond: Required to obtain or retain benefits. The statutory authority for this information collection is contained in sections 154, 303, 334, 336, and 339 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended.
Nature and Extent of Confidentiality: There is no need for confidentiality with this collection of information.
Privacy Act Assessment: The Commission prepared a system of records notice (SORN), FCC/MB-2, “Broadcast Station Public Inspection Files,” that covers the PII contained in the broadcast station public inspection files located on the Commission's Web site. The Commission will revise appropriate privacy requirements as necessary to include any entities and information added to the online public file in this proceeding.
Needs and Uses: In FCC 14-209, the Commission proposes to expand the requirement that public inspection files be posted to the FCC-hosted online public file database to commercial and
OMB Control Number: 3060-0316.
Title: 47 CFR Sections 76.1700, Records to be maintained locally by Cable System Operators; 76.1702, Equal Employment Opportunity; 76.1703, Commercial Records on Children's Programs; 76.1707, Leased Access; 76.1711, Emergency Alert System (EAS) Tests and Activation.
Form Number: Not applicable.
Type of Review: Revision of a currently approved collection.
Respondents: Business or other for profit entities.
Number of Respondents/Responses: 3,000 respondents; 3,000 responses.
Estimated Hours per Response: 18 hours.
Frequency of Response: Recordkeeping requirement.
Total Annual Burden: 54,000 hours.
Total Annual Cost: $591,840.
Obligation to Respond: Required to obtain or retain benefits. The statutory authority for this information collection is contained in Sections 151, 152, 153, 154, 301, 302, 302a, 303, 303a, 307, 308, 309, 312, 315, 317, 325, 339, 340, 341, 503, 521, 522, 531, 532, 534, 535, 536, 537, 543, 544, 544a, 545, 548, 549, 552, 554, 556, 558, 560, 561, 571, 572, and 573 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended.
Nature and Extent of Confidentiality: There is no need for confidentiality with this collection of information.
Privacy Act Assessment: The Commission prepared a system of records notice (SORN), FCC/MB-2, “Broadcast Station Public Inspection Files,” that covers the PII contained in the broadcast station public inspection files located on the Commission's Web site. The Commission will revise appropriate privacy requirements as necessary to include any entities and information added to the online public file in this proceeding.
Needs and Uses: In FCC 14-209, the Commission proposes to expand the requirement that public inspection files be posted to the FCC-hosted online public file database to cable operators, among other entities. The Commission's goal is to make information that these entities are already required to make publicly available more accessible, by placing this information online, while also reducing costs both for the government and the public sector. Among other things, the public and FCC use the information in the public file to evaluate information about the broadcast licensee's performance and to ensure that the station is addressing issues concerning the community which it is licensed to serve. In addition, maintenance of political files by broadcast and cable entities enables the public to assess money expended and time allotted to a political candidate and to ensure that equal access was afforded to other legally qualified candidates for public office. Section 76.1700 contains the recordkeeping requirements applicable to cable systems, including public inspection file requirements. This NPRM proposes to revise Section 76.1700 to reflect the requirement that cable operators maintain their public inspection file online on the Web site hosted by the FCC. In addition, this NPRM proposes a reorganization of Section 76.1700 to more clearly address which records must be maintained in the public inspection file versus those that must be made available to the Commission or franchising authority upon request. Among other changes, the Commission proposes to clarify that proof-of-performance test data and signal leakage logs and repair data must be made available only to the Commission and, in the case of proof-of-performance test data, also to the franchisor, and not to the public. Accordingly, this information would not be required to be included in the public inspection file or in the online public inspection file.
1. In this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“
2. One of a broadcaster's fundamental public interest obligations is to air programming responsive to the needs and interests of its community of license. To ensure that stations meet this obligation, the Commission relies on viewers and listeners as an important source of information about the nature of a station's programming, operations, and compliance with Commission rules. To provide the public with access to information about station operations, the Commission's rules have long required television and radio broadcast stations to maintain a physical public inspection file, including a political file, at their respective stations or headquarters and to place in the file records that provide information about station operations. The purpose of the public inspection file requirement is to “make information to which the public already has a right more readily available, so that the public will be encouraged to play a more active part in dialogue with broadcast licensees.”
3. The Commission promulgated its first political file rule in 1938. That initial rule was essentially identical to our current political file regulation in its requirement that the file be available for public inspection and include both candidate requests for time and the disposition of those requests, including the “charges made” for the broadcast time. In 1965, following action by Congress to allow greater public participation in the broadcast licensing process, the Commission adopted a broader public inspection file rule to enable local inspection of broadcast applications, reports, and related documents. The Commission noted that Congress' actions “zealously guarded the rights of the general public to be informed” and that the Commission's goal was to make “practically accessible to the public information to which it is entitled.”
4. Cable, DBS, and SDARS entities also have public and political file requirements modeled, in large part, on the longstanding broadcast requirements. In 1974, the Commission adopted a public inspection file requirement for cable, noting that “[i]f the public is to play an informed role in the regulation of cable television, it must have at least basic information about a local system's operations and proposals.” The Commission also noted that “[r]equiring cable systems to maintain a public file merely follows our policy for broadcast licensees and is necessary for similar reasons” and that “[t]hrough greater disclosure we hope to encourage a greater interaction between the Commission, the public, and the cable industry.” With respect to DBS providers, the Commission adopted public and political inspection file requirements in 1998 in conjunction with the imposition of certain public interest obligations, including political broadcasting requirements, on those entities. DBS providers were required to “abide by political file obligations similar to those requirements placed on terrestrial broadcasters and cable systems” and were also required to maintain a public file with records relating to other DBS public interest obligations. Finally, the Commission imposed equal employment opportunity and political broadcast requirements on SDARS licensees in 1997, noting that the rationale behind imposing these requirements on broadcasters also applies to satellite radio.
5. In 2002, Congress adopted the Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act (“BCRA”) which amended the political file requirements in section 315 of the Communications Act of 1934. 47 U.S.C. 315. The amendments apply to broadcast television, cable, and DBS. The BCRA essentially codified the Commission's existing political file obligations by requiring that information regarding any request to purchase advertising time made on behalf of a legally qualified candidate for public office be placed in the political file. In addition, the BCRA expanded political file obligations by requiring that television, cable, and DBS entities also place in the political file information related to any advertisements that discuss a “political matter of national importance,” including in the case of an issue advertisement the name of the person or entity purchasing the time and a list of the chief executive officers or members of the executive committee or of the board of directors of any such entity.
6. In 2012 the Commission replaced the decades-old requirement that commercial and noncommercial television stations maintain public files at their main studios with a requirement to post most of the documents in those files to a central, online public file hosted by the Commission.
7. In June 2011, the Commission staff released “The Information Needs of Communities” Report (“INC Report”), a comprehensive report on the current state of the media landscape created by a working group including Commission staff, scholars, and consultants.
8. Based upon commenter suggestions, in the
9. In addition, to smooth the transition for both television stations and the Commission and to allow smaller broadcasters additional time to begin posting their political files online, the Commission phased-in the new political file posting requirement. Stations affiliated with the top four national networks (ABC, NBC, CBS, and Fox) and licensed to serve communities in the top 50 Designated Market Areas (“DMAs”) were required to begin posting their political file documents online starting August 2, 2012, but other stations were exempted from posting their political file documents online until July 1, 2014. In the
10. The Commission stated in the
11. In July 2014, the Campaign Legal Center, Common Cause, and the Sunlight Foundation (collectively, “Petitioners” or “CLC”) filed a joint Petition for Rulemaking requesting that the Commission initiate a rulemaking to expand to cable and satellite systems the requirement that public and political file documents be posted to the FCC's online database.
12. On August 7, 2014, the Media Bureau issued a Public Notice seeking comment on the Petition and, in addition, on whether it should initiate a rulemaking to expand online public file obligations to broadcast radio stations.
13. We propose to adopt a phased-in approach to expanding the online file requirements to cable and DBS providers and broadcast and satellite radio entities. The implementation of the television online file represents a significant achievement in the Commission's ongoing effort to modernize disclosure procedures to improve access to public file material. Since it was launched on August 2, 2012, more than 650,000 documents have been successfully uploaded into the online file, and the site has generated close to six million page views. Despite initial concerns, NAB characterized the first wave of implementation as “uneventful.” As of July 1, 2014, all television broadcast stations have fully transitioned to the online file and, with this transition now complete, it is time to seek comment on expanding the online file to encompass cable, satellite, and radio public file material.
14. As the Commission stated in the
15. Our goal in this proceeding is to modernize the outdated procedures for providing public access to cable, DBS, radio, and SDARS files in a manner that avoids unnecessary burdens on these entities. By taking advantage of the efficiencies made possible by digital technology, we intend to make information that cable and DBS providers and broadcast and satellite radio licensees are already required to make publicly available more accessible while also reducing costs both for the government and the private sector. The Internet is an effective, low-cost means of maintaining contact with, and distributing information to, viewers and
16. Expansion of the online public file to more media is particularly important with respect to improving public access to political files. As Petitioners point out, political advertising is increasingly shifting from broadcast television to cable and satellite television, and the advent of technological advances such as addressable advertising are likely to further this trend. Political advertising on radio is also on the rise. According to CLC, political advertising expenditures on radio in 2012 ranked third behind spending on broadcast television and cable and could reach as high as 7 percent of overall spending on political advertising in 2014. Adding cable, satellite television, and broadcast and satellite radio political file material to the existing television online database would facilitate public access to disclosure records for all these media and allow the public to view and analyze political advertising expenditures more easily in each market as well as nationwide.
17. We propose to take the same general approach to transitioning cable, DBS, broadcast radio, and SDARS to the online file that the Commission took with television broadcasters, tailoring the requirements as necessary to the different services. We also propose to take similar measures to minimize the effort and cost entities must undertake to move their public files online. Specifically, we propose to require entities only to upload to the online file public file documents that are not already on file with the Commission or that the Commission maintains in its own database. We also propose to exempt existing political file material from the online file requirement and to require only that political file documents be uploaded on a going-forward basis.
18. With only minor exceptions—requiring cable operators to provide information about the geographic areas they serve, clarifying the documents required to be included in the cable public file, and requiring cable, DBS, broadcast radio, and SDARS entities to provide the location and contact information for their local file—we do not propose new or modified public inspection file requirements in this proceeding. Our goal is simply to adapt our existing public file requirements to an online format. We seek comment on this approach. While we propose to place the entire public file online, we invite comment on whether we should instead require only that certain components of the public file be placed on the Commission's online database. We note that limiting online file requirements to certain components of the public file would require entities to upload certain documents and maintain others in the local public file, thereby potentially imposing a greater burden than moving documents to the online file over time. We seek comment on these issues. One benefit of this proceeding, however, is to ensure that, within a short timeframe, there will be less need for the public to visit the affected entities, which will enable such entities to improve security and minimize risks to employees. We seek comment on these issues, including ways to further reduce the burdens of the public file and limit visits to the affected entities.
19. While no commenter responding to the Public Notice opposed the extension of the online public file to cable or DBS providers, as discussed above a number of commenters either opposed imposing online public file obligations on broadcast radio or urged the Commission carefully to consider a number of obstacles unique to radio before requiring radio stations to use the online file. In general, these commenters argue that many radio stations are very small and have limited financial resources and small staffs. Some argue that, for many stations, the additional responsibility of maintaining an online file would take time and resources that would be better devoted to providing local programming and information. Other commenters note that many small stations already face significant economic challenges simply to stay on the air and might be unable to withstand any additional financial pressure an online public file obligation would impose. Finally, some commenters argue that local radio listeners that might be interested in accessing the current public file can do so easily. These commenters contend that moving the public file online would not improve access for current listeners but only encourage complaints from advocacy groups and that responding to these complaints would further strain stations' limited resources.
20. In the television online public file proceeding, the Commission rejected similar arguments regarding the burden an online file requirement would pose and concluded that the benefits of the online file outweighed any potential burden. The Commission also took a number of steps to minimize the costs of moving public files online, most of which we propose to take in this proceeding as well. With respect to radio, we recognize that concerns regarding the potential cost of an online public file requirement carry more weight, particularly for very small radio stations, which may struggle financially and have fewer resources than small television stations. While we believe that moving toward an online public file makes sense in today's world for all entities that currently have public file requirements, we are committed to considering carefully all concerns raised in this proceeding with respect to potential online file requirements. With respect to broadcast radio licensees, as discussed further below, we propose to commence the transition to an online file with commercial stations in larger markets with five or more full-time employees, while postponing temporarily all online file requirements for other radio stations. We believe that this approach addresses the concerns raised by commenters and will help ensure that the transition to the online file is not unduly burdensome.
21. We reject the argument that we should not expand the online file requirement to broadcast radio because doing so will benefit only non-local advocacy groups. Making the file available online will make it easier for the public generally to access the file, including local listeners, and will give the Commission and the public the information needed to evaluate whether stations are meeting their responsibilities to their local community.
22. We recognize that adding cable, DBS, broadcast radio, and SDARS entities to the Commission's online file will greatly increase the number of users of the file and the volume of material that must be uploaded. NAB notes that, if radio stations are required to use the online file, there could be more than 17,500 broadcast entities uploading quarterly issues/programs lists on the same four dates in a year. In addition, we recognize that there is likely to be a heavy demand on the online file during peak political seasons, when many
23. The Commission noted in the
24. Television stations are not required to upload material to the online file that is already filed with the Commission or available on a Commission database, and we propose to take a similar approach with respect to cable, DBS, broadcast radio, and SDARS entities. Broadcast radio licensees, like television broadcasters, file material electronically with the Commission via CDBS (which is currently being migrated to LMS), which is already connected to the online public file. Filings and data concerning cable systems, however, are currently maintained in the Commission's Cable Operations and Licensing System (“COALS”) database, which does not currently interface with the Commission's online file database. The Commission intends to create a connection between this database and the online file database as appropriate and plans to complete that process before the effective date of any cable online filing requirement that may be adopted in this proceeding.
25. In general, we propose to adopt a similar approach with respect to cable, DBS, broadcast and satellite radio online file requirements as we did for the television online file. Specifically, we propose that these entities' entire public files be hosted online by the Commission and that entities be responsible for uploading only items now required to be in the public file but not otherwise filed with the Commission or available on the Commission's Web site. As with the television online file, we propose that the Commission itself upload to the online public file material that is already on file with the Commission or that currently resides in a Commission database.
26.
27.
28.
29. With respect to existing public file materials, we also seek comment on the amount of time we should provide entities to upload these documents to the online public file. Television stations were given six months from the effective date of the
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37. Certain issues related to the online public file requirement are unique to each service. Accordingly, we address each service separately below and also address whether and how to phase-in certain requirements for each service.
38. The FCC's rules regarding records to be maintained by cable systems distinguish between records that must be retained for inspection by the public and those that must be made available to Commission representatives or local franchisors only. The rules also impose different recordkeeping requirements based on the number of subscribers to the cable system. Operators of cable systems with fewer than 1,000 subscribers are exempt from many public inspection file requirements, including the political file, sponsorship identification, EEO records, and records regarding children's commercial programming. Operators of systems with between 1,000 and 5,000 subscribers must provide certain information “upon request” but must also “maintain for public inspection” a political file, while operators of systems having 5,000 or
39. Cable system political file requirements are similar to those for television stations. The political file must contain a “complete and orderly record . . . of all requests for cablecast time made by or on behalf of a candidate for public office” including the disposition of such requests. The file must also show the “schedule of time purchased, when spots actually aired, the rates charged, and the classes of time purchased.” With respect to issue advertisements, the file must disclose the name of the purchasing organization and a list of the board of directors. These records must be filed “immediately absent unusual circumstances,” and must be retained for at least two years.
40. As discussed above, consistent with the rules we adopted for television broadcasters, we propose to require that cable operators upload to the online public file all documents and information that are required to be in the public file but which are not also filed in COALS or maintained by the Commission on its own Web site. The Commission proposes to import these latter documents or information into the online public file itself.
41. We note that the only document that cable operators file with the Commission that must also be retained in their public inspection files is the EEO program annual report, which we propose that the Commission upload to the online file. Cable operators are not required to maintain in their public inspection files documents similar to The Public and Broadcasting manual, which television and radio broadcasters must retain in their public files and which the Commission makes available to the online file for television stations and will make available to the online file for radio stations. Accordingly, as the Commission maintains very few documents cable operators must retain in their public inspection files, most documents in the cable online file will be required to be uploaded by cable operators themselves.
42. Certain information that must be included in cable operators' public files is collected through FCC Form 325 (Annual Cable Operator Report), which is filed annually by cable systems with 20,000 or more subscribers. For example, operators must maintain at the “local office” a “current” listing of the cable television channels delivered to subscribers and must “maintain for public inspection” a list of all broadcast television stations carried in fulfillment of the must-carry requirements. Some of this information is also collected on FCC Form 325. Cable operators required to file the form are required to identify on the form whether a broadcast station is carried pursuant to must-carry obligations, but the form does not request all of the specific information about the system's must-carry channels that is required to be placed in the public file pursuant to 47 CFR 76.1709. We invite comment on whether the Commission should make FCC Form 325 available in the online file for those systems required to file this form annually. We also invite comment on any other ways we can import to the online file information cable operators would otherwise be required to upload to the file themselves in order to reduce the burden on operators of uploading information to the online file.
43. NCTA requests that the Commission review the ongoing need for channel lineups to be placed in the public inspection file as this information is provided to consumers in paper format and, according to NCTA, is available on operators' Web sites. We seek comment on this request. If most operators maintain this information electronically, we believe it would not be burdensome to require operators to upload this information to the online public file. We seek comment on this view. If we were to require all cable systems to upload channel lineups to the online file, should we require this information to be uploaded or updated annually or on some other schedule? To the extent an operator maintains the required information on a channel lineup its own Web site, we also seek comment on whether the operator should be permitted to provide a link directly to this channel lineup in lieu of uploading this information to the public file.
44. As discussed below, we propose to clarify our rules regarding proof-of-performance test data and signal leakage logs and repair data. Specifically, we propose to make it clear in our rules that this information must be made available only to the Commission and, in the case of proof-of-performance test data, also to the franchisor, and not to the public. Accordingly, this information would not be required to be included in the online public inspection file, thereby reducing the amount of material cable operators would be required to upload to the file.
45. We propose that cable systems be required to upload other material currently required to be maintained for public inspection or made available to the public “upon request.” For cable systems with 1,000 or more subscribers, this material would include new political file material, sponsorship identification information, commercial records on children's programs, certain EEO materials, leased access policy information, records concerning operator interests in video programming, and copies of requests for waiver of the prohibition on scrambling/encryption. While cable systems with 1,000 or more subscribers but fewer than 5,000 subscribers are currently required to provide certain materials to the public only “upon request,” we believe these systems should be required to place these materials in the online file as this will facilitate public access to these materials. We believe this requirement will be no more burdensome than placing the materials in a physical file and should be less burdensome over time. We invite comment on this approach.
46. We also propose to exempt cable systems with fewer than 1,000 subscribers from all online public file requirements, either permanently or at least initially. As discussed above, these systems have far fewer public file requirements than larger systems and are not required to maintain a political file. Alternatively, we could exempt systems with fewer than 1,000 subscribers that maintain public file information on their own Web sites. We seek comment on these possible approaches and any other suggestions for ways we should provide regulatory relief to very small cable systems.
47.
48. To smooth the transition for both cable operators and the Commission and to allow smaller cable systems additional time to begin posting their political files online, we propose to phase-in the requirement to commence uploading political file documents to the online file for smaller cable systems. We invite comment on ways in which this phase-in period should be structured. One approach would be to start by requiring cable systems with 5,000 or more subscribers to post new political file materials online, while exempting systems with fewer than 5,000 subscribers for some period of time. As cable systems with fewer than 1,000 subscribers are exempt from all political file requirements, this temporary exemption would apply to systems with 1,000 or more subscribers but fewer than 5,000 subscribers. As discussed above, the rules currently exempt systems with fewer than 5,000 subscribers from some recordkeeping requirements, and we invite comment on whether this 5,000 subscriber cutoff should also be used to provide regulatory relief in this context. Another approach would be to define “small cable system” for purposes of the exemption as a system with fewer than 15,000 subscribers that is not affiliated with a larger operator serving more than 10 percent of all MVPD subscribers. The Commission used this definition for purposes of determining eligibility for a streamlined financial hardship waiver in the CALM Act Report and Order. The Commission explained in that Order that it believed that the streamlined waiver “should be available only to those systems that are most likely to face financial hardships in complying with” the Commission's CALM Act requirements. We invite comment on the appropriate definition of “small cable system” for purposes of the political file exemption and on the appropriate period of time we should exempt small systems from the requirement to commence posting political file material online. Should there be a means of providing the public with information regarding which systems' political files are included in the online file, and which are exempt, either temporarily or permanently?
49. While we are proposing to delay the transition to the online political file for small cable systems, we propose to allow these systems to commence uploading documents to the online political file on a voluntary basis at the same time that online political file requirements become effective for larger cable systems. In addition, if we were to decide to exempt systems with fewer than 1,000 subscribers from all online public file obligations, we propose to allow these systems to participate in the online file database on a voluntary basis. Regardless of whether we determine to delay or exempt small systems from online filing requirements, we believe it is appropriate to permit any system that desires to participate in the online database to do so voluntarily. We invite comment on this proposal.
50.
51. We also invite comment on any ways to facilitate access to the online database by consumers. Cable operators are currently required to maintain their public files on a per-system basis and we tentatively conclude that the same should apply to the online database. However, as NCTA notes, cable public files cannot be organized by call sign and the analogous unit, a physical system identifier, is not readily known by consumers. If we require cable operators to provide information on the geographic area served by the system, should we use that geographic information to help identify cable systems in the cable online file? Are there other ways in which systems can be identified to consumers so that they can quickly find the information they are seeking?
52. NCTA argues that we should streamline cable public file requirements to avoid requiring cable operators to incur the cost of posting unnecessary material. While we decline to undertake a comprehensive review of cable public inspection file requirements in this proceeding, we seek comment on several issues raised by NCTA and propose to clarify certain requirements. First, NCTA asks that we eliminate the requirement that proof-of-performance and signal leakage information be retained in the public inspection file. We note that the current recordkeeping rules regarding this information are unclear. While 47 CFR 76.1700(a), which sets out recordkeeping requirements, includes “proof-of-performance test data” and “signal leakage logs and repair records” in the list of items either to be made available “upon request” (for systems with 1,000 or more but fewer than 5,000 subscribers) or to be maintained in the public inspection file (for systems with 5,000 or more subscribers), the rule sections specifically addressing these requirements require only that this information be maintained for inspection by the Commission and local franchisor. We agree with NCTA that this information is unlikely to be of interest to the general public and does not need to be made available online. Accordingly, we propose to clarify that this information must be maintained and made available to the Commission and franchisor upon request, but does not need to be maintained in the system's public inspection file or uploaded to the online file. We seek comment on this proposal.
53. Second, NCTA requests that the Commission evaluate whether it should exclude headend location information from any online public inspection file as it is of no interest to the general public and revealing this information in a centralized database available to Internet users “raises potentially serious security risks.” We propose to exclude headend location information from the online public file and seek comment on this proposal.
54. Third, NCTA requests that the Commission consider eliminating the current requirement that cable operators post certain EEO materials on the system's own Web site, if it has one, as these materials would be available on
55. We believe that a limited reorganization and clarification of the public inspection file rules would make them easier to locate and understand. The public inspection file rules for broadcasters are contained in two rule sections that identify all public inspection file requirements for commercial and noncommercial educational broadcasters, with references to other rule sections as appropriate. In contrast, the cable recordkeeping requirements are spread over several rule sections in part 76, subpart U (Documents to be Maintained for Inspection), with some requirements contained in a separate rule subpart. While 47 CFR 76.1700 of the rules includes references to many of these recordkeeping requirements it does not cite them all. Revising our rules to identify all cable recordkeeping requirements in a single rule section, with references to other sections as appropriate, would make these requirements easier to locate and facilitate compliance. Moreover, as confirmed by our discussion above regarding maintenance of proof-of-performance and signal leakage information, some of the current rules are confusing and inconsistent. We propose to revise 47 CFR 76.1700 to include references to all public inspection file requirements and to more clearly address which records must be maintained in the file versus those that must be made available to the Commission or franchising authority. We invite comment on these proposed revisions, which are set out in Appendix B.
56. DBS providers are required to maintain a public file containing four categories of information: Information regarding compliance with the carriage obligation for noncommercial programming (the “noncommercial set-aside”); information regarding compliance with the commercial limits in children's programming; certain EEO materials; and a political file. With respect to the noncommercial set-aside, the rules require that DBS providers “keep and permit public inspection of a complete and orderly record of,” among other things, measurements of channel capacity, a record of entities to whom noncommercial capacity is being provided, the rates paid by the entity to whom capacity is provided, and a record of entities requesting capacity and the disposition of those requests. With respect to compliance with the children's programming commercial limits, DBS providers airing children's programming must maintain records sufficient to verify compliance with the rules and “make such records available to the public.” With respect to EEO materials, DBS operators are required to maintain in their public file EEO reports and certain EEO program information.
57. DBS providers are also required to “keep and permit public inspection of a complete and orderly political file” and to “prominently disclose the physical location of the file and the telephonic and electronic means to access” it. The file must include, among other things, records of “all requests for DBS origination time” and the schedule of time purchased, when spots actually aired, the rates charged, and the classes of time purchased for each request. These records must be placed in the file “as soon as possible” and must be retained for at least two years. Unlike broadcasters and cable systems, DBS providers must “make available via fax, email, or by mail upon telephone request, photocopies of documents in their political files and shall assist callers by answering questions about the contents of their political files.” In 2004, the Commission explained that it was requiring DBS providers to abide by political file obligations similar to those requirements placed on terrestrial broadcasters and cable systems. Because DBS is a national service and each provider's headquarters is not necessarily readily accessible to most of its viewers and to candidates, we require DBS providers to make their political files available upon telephone or electronic request. They may provide access to the file by fax, email, via Internet Web site access, or, if so requested, by mailing photocopies of the documents in their political files. We expect that DBS providers will assist callers by promptly answering questions about how to access the contents of the DBS providers' political files. DBS providers may require individuals requesting documents to pay for photocopying if the requester prefers delivery by mail, but the DBS provider must pay for postage. DBS providers are encouraged to put their political files on their respective Web sites but must provide alternatives for individuals who do not have Internet access. In view of these requirements and expectations, we do not find it necessary to require that a provider maintain a public file in every community that receives its signal. We do, however, require, that DBS providers prominently disclose the toll-free telephone number and email address of the department responsible for responding to requests for access to the political file. In addition, because DBS experience with the political broadcasting rules is relatively new, and to facilitate a future Staff Report, we will require that DBS providers maintain all requests for time from candidates or individuals on behalf of candidates, including general requests for availabilities and rate information. In addition, and for the same reasons, DBS providers will be required to retain information in their political files for four years, until 2006, and thereafter for two years, as is required of cable operators and terrestrial broadcast stations.
58. We propose to treat DBS providers in the same manner as television, cable, and broadcast and satellite radio entities by requiring them to upload to the online file only material that is not already on file at the Commission. Similar to cable operators, the only document that DBS providers file with the Commission that must also be retained in their public inspection files is the EEO program annual report, which we propose that the Commission upload to the online file. Like cable operators, the other information DBS providers are required to maintain in their public inspection files is not currently filed with or maintained by the Commission. Accordingly, most material required to be kept in the online file would have to be uploaded by DBS providers themselves, which includes channel capacity measurements and other records related to the use of and requests for noncommercial capacity, records related to compliance with children's commercial limits, certain EEO materials, and political file material.
59. We do not believe that requiring DBS providers to upload this material to
60. We tentatively conclude, consistent with our approach for television stations and our proposal herein for cable systems and broadcast radio licensees, that DBS providers should not be required to upload their existing political files to the online file but rather should be permitted to maintain existing material in their physical political file and only upload documents to the online political file on a going-forward basis. If we require DBS providers to upload their political files, we propose to eliminate the requirement that they mail photocopies of documents in that file to individuals requesting copies, as these materials would be available online Additionally, to the extent that political file materials relate to ads shown on a local or hyper-local basis, we seek comment on how DBS providers can indicate in their public files the area in which such ads were or will be shown. We also invite comment on whether there are any aspects of our current DBS political file requirements that are unclear and that should be clarified in connection with our proposal to transition to an online political file.
61. The public inspection file rules for radio broadcasters are generally similar to those for television broadcasters. Every permittee or licensee of an AM or FM station in the commercial or noncommercial educational broadcast service must maintain a public inspection file containing, among other things, FCC authorizations, applications, contour maps, ownership reports, EEO materials, issues/programs lists, and time brokerage (also known as “local marketing”) and joint sales agreements. The file must be maintained at the station's main studio.
62. Radio stations must maintain a political file as part of the public inspection file. The political file must contain a “complete and orderly record” of requests for broadcast time made by or on behalf of a candidate for public office.” The file must also show the “schedule of time purchased, when spots actually aired, the rates charged, and the classes of time purchased.” With respect to issue advertisements, stations must disclose the name of the purchasing organization and a list of the board of directors. These records must be filed “as soon as possible, meaning immediately, absent unusual circumstances,” and must be retained for at least two years.
63. As discussed above, consistent with the rules we adopted for television broadcasters we propose to require that radio broadcast licensees upload to the online public file all documents and information that are required to be in the public file but that are not also filed in CDBS (or LMS) or otherwise maintained by the Commission on its own Web site. Under this proposal, radio stations would be required to upload citizen agreements, certain EEO materials, issues/programs lists, local public notice announcements, time brokerage agreements, joint sales agreements, materials related to FCC investigations or complaints (other than investigative information requests from the Commission), and any new political file material. We propose that any document or information required to be in the public file that is electronically filed with CDBS (or LMS) will be imported to the online file by the Commission. For radio broadcasters, under this proposal the documents the Commission would upload to the online file include authorizations, applications and related materials, contour maps, ownership reports and related materials, EEO Reports, The Public and Broadcasting manual, and Letters of Inquiry and other investigative requests from the Commission, unless otherwise directed by the inquiry itself.
64. While all stations will have issues/programs lists and materials related to local public notice announcements, few will have time brokerage agreements and very few will have citizen agreements or materials related to an FCC investigation or complaint. While many stations will have political file material, in general we expect that these files will be smaller for radio stations than for television stations as fewer political advertisements air on radio. In addition, radio stations with fewer than five full-time employees are exempt from many of the EEO recordkeeping requirements. We seek comment on these issues.
65.
66.
67. Another issue raised by radio commenters is the lack of computer or Internet access at some small, rural stations. According to NAB, some radio stations in remote locations, including Alaska, Maine, and areas of the Southwest, do not have access to reliable Internet service or even are without Internet access altogether. Other stations have no in-house computing resources or broadband capacity. According to Native Public Media, many Native-owned NCE radio stations operate on Tribal lands where broadband penetration rates are between five and 10 percent. Moreover, according to these commenters, in communities where broadband is theoretically available actual access is often severely hampered by high latency, slow dial-up speeds, and unreliable coverage. Native Public Media argues that it would be difficult, if not impossible, to require stations facing these circumstances to upload large files to the Commission's online database. In addition, these commenters argue that the cost of maintaining an online file would significantly outweigh the benefits in communities where listeners have limited Internet access.
68. We recognize that some radio stations may face financial or other obstacles that could make the transition to an online public file more difficult. Accordingly, we believe that it is reasonable to commence the transition to an online public file for radio with stations with more resources while delaying, for some period of time, all mandatory online public file requirements for other stations. We propose that other stations be permitted to voluntarily transition to the online file early, but not be required to participate until we have gained some experience with the inclusion of stations with greater resources. Adding radio stations to the online file incrementally over time will give us more time to address any technical issues that may arise in connection with our online file database as the volume of users increases. Given the large number of radio stations and the volume of material they will be uploading to the online file, we believe it makes sense to proceed in stages to include radio stations in the Commission's online database.
69. We seek comment generally on this approach. Is it appropriate to temporarily exempt a certain category of radio stations from all online public file requirements or should we instead temporarily exempt some stations from only the online political file? How should we define the category of stations that should be eligible for a temporary exemption? We note that, in the television online file proceeding, we implemented the online political file first with television stations in the top 50 DMAs that were also affiliated with the top four networks. With respect to radio, however, network affiliation is not a useful way to identify stations with more resources. Accordingly, we propose to begin implementation of online public file requirements for radio with commercial stations in markets 1 through 50, as defined by Nielsen Audio (formerly Arbitron), that have five or more full-time employees. We propose that these stations commence compliance with online public file requirements at the same time as cable, DBS, and SDARS entities. With respect to all other radio stations, we propose to delay all online public file requirements for two years. This two-year delay is the same length of time we delayed, in the television online file proceeding, the implementation of political file obligations for television stations in smaller markets and those unaffiliated with the top four networks. We propose to initially exempt NCE radio stations as well as those with fewer than five full-time employees from the online public file to help ensure that we commence online file requirements for radio with stations with greater resources. With respect to radio stations with fewer than five full-time employees, as noted above our rules exempt these stations from many EEO requirements. One advantage of tying an exemption for small radio stations to this EEO exemption is that information regarding the stations that are exempt from EEO requirements is readily available to the public, as this information is filed with the FCC and is available via the FCC's Web site. We seek comment on this and any other possible approach to structuring the temporary delay in online file requirements for certain radio stations. We also seek comment on whether we should permanently exclude certain radio stations, such as NCEs and stations with fewer than five full-time employees, from all online public file requirements, rather than simply delaying implementation of online file requirements for these stations.
70. While we are proposing to delay the transition to the online public file for certain radio stations, we also propose to allow these stations to commence uploading all or part of their public file documents to the online file on a voluntary basis before the delayed effective date of any online file requirement for these stations. As discussed above, public television licensees in the television online file proceeding requested that we allow NCE radio stations, or at least those licensed to the same entity as, or under common control with, an NCE television station, to maintain their public inspection files online on the Commission's Web site on a voluntary basis. Public television licensees argued that this would allow radio stations that were jointly owned or operated with television stations to avoid duplicative efforts from having to maintain two separate public file systems, involving some of the same documents. If we decide to delay implementation of online file requirements for all or some NCEs in this proceeding, we believe it is appropriate to allow them and any other smaller radio station to voluntarily transition to the Commission's online file early. We seek comment on this proposal.
71. We believe our proposal addresses many of the concerns raised regarding radio stations that may have fewer resources and, therefore, might find transitioning to the online file more burdensome. These stations would not be required to commence uploading documents to the Commission's database until stations with more resources have completed part or all of their transition to the online file. This delayed transition will assist small stations to budget for any initial costs to upload documents to the file and any extra staff time required for this effort. In the meantime, stations may commence uploading documents to the online database early on a voluntary basis. We invite comment on this approach and on ways we can help ensure that permitting stations to commence uploading documents early on a voluntary basis is not confusing to members of the public trying to locate and access public file material.
72. Radio stations are currently required to include in their public inspection files “any service contour maps submitted with any application” together with “any other information in the application showing service
73. We also propose to require stations to provide information to the online file regarding the location of the station's main studio. The Commission's rules do not currently require the reporting of this information and it is not included on contour maps. We believe that information regarding the location of the main studio would help members of the public to engage in an active dialogue with radio licensees regarding their service, which is one of the goals of this proceeding. In addition, we believe this information is necessary to inform the public of the location of the correspondence file and existing political file (until its retention period expires in two years), both of which will be publicly available at the station. Therefore, consistent with the approach we took in the television station online file proceeding, we propose to require stations to include in the online public file the station's main studio address and telephone number, and the email address of the station's designated contact for questions about the public file. In addition, we propose that stations with a main studio located outside of their community of license be required to list the location of the correspondence file and existing political file, as well as the required local or toll free number. We seek comment on this proposal.
74. In the
75. NCE stations are required to retain in the public inspection file lists of donors supporting specific programs. Native Public Media asks that, for the same reason the Commission excluded letters and emails from the public from the television online file requirement, donor lists also be excluded from any NCE online file requirements to ensure the privacy of donors. In the
76. Licensees in the satellite radio service are required to maintain a public file with two categories of material. First, as discussed above, SDARS licensees are required to comply with EEO requirements similar to those imposed on broadcasters, including the requirement to file EEO reports and to maintain those reports in their public file together with other EEO program information. Second, also as discussed above, satellite radio licensees are required to maintain a political file. In addition, SiriusXM, the current, sole U.S. SDARS licensee, is required to retain a third category of material in the public file. SiriusXM made a voluntary commitment to make capacity available for noncommercial educational and informational programming, similar to the requirement imposed on DBS providers, in connection with its merger application. As part of its approval of the merger, the Commission required that the merged entity reserve channels for educational and informational programming, offer those channels to qualified programmers, and comply with the public file requirements of 47 CFR 25.701(f)(6), which sets forth public file requirements for the noncommercial set-aside for DBS providers.
77. We propose to treat satellite radio licensees in the same manner as television, cable, DBS, and broadcast radio entities by requiring them to upload to the online file only material that is not already on file at the Commission. We seek comment on this proposal. Similar to cable operators and DBS providers, the only document that SDARS entities file with the Commission that must be retained in the public inspection file is the EEO program annual report, which we propose that the Commission upload to the online file. We do not believe that requiring SDARS licensees to upload to the online file other material required to be maintained in the public file would be burdensome as the number of public file requirements for this service is fewer than for other services and entities discussed in this item and because the current, sole U.S. SDARS licensee has ample financial resources to comply with any online file requirement we ultimately adopt in this proceeding. We also believe that, similar to DBS, the transition to an online file is particularly important for satellite radio because of that service's nationwide reach and the fact that the current licensee maintains only one public and political file for the entire U.S., making in-person access very difficult.
78. With respect to the political file, we propose to treat satellite radio similar to DBS, as they are both nationwide services with few licensed service providers. As we do with respect to the DBS political file herein, we tentatively conclude, consistent with our approach for television stations and our proposal herein for cable systems and radio broadcasters, that SDARS licensees should not be required to upload their existing political files to the online file but rather should be permitted to maintain existing material in their physical political file, and only upload documents to the online political file on a going-forward basis. In addition, to the extent that political file materials relate to ads shown on a local or hyper-local basis, we seek comment on how satellite radio licensees can indicate in their public files the area in which such ads were or will be shown.
1. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended (“RFA”), the Commission has prepared this Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (“IRFA”) concerning the possible significant economic impact on small entities of the policies and rules proposed in this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“
2. This
3. In general, this
4. The proposed action is authorized pursuant to sections 1, 2, 4(i), 303, 315, 317, 335, 601, 611, 651 and 653 of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i), 303, 315, 317, 335, 601, 611, 651, and 653.
5. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be affected by the proposed rules, if adopted. The RFA generally defines the term “small entity” as having the same meaning as the terms “small business,” “small organization,” and “small governmental jurisdiction.” In addition, the term “small business” has the same meaning as the term “small business concern” under the Small Business Act. A small business concern is one which: (1) Is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria established by the SBA. Below, we provide a description of such small entities, as well as an estimate of the number of such small entities, where feasible.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10. In addition, an element of the definition of “small business” is that the entity not be dominant in its field of operation. The Commission is unable at this time to define or quantify the criteria that would establish whether a specific radio station is dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly, the estimate of small businesses to which rules may apply does not exclude any radio station from the definition of a small business on this basis and therefore may be over-inclusive to that extent. Also, as noted, an additional element of the definition of “small business” is that the entity must be independently owned and operated. The Commission notes that it is difficult at times to assess these criteria in the context of media entities and the estimates of small businesses to which they apply may be over-inclusive to this extent.
11.
12.
13. Certain rule changes proposed in this
14. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant alternatives that it has considered in reaching its proposed approach, which may include the following four alternatives (among others): (1) The establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities; (3) the use of performance, rather than design, standard; and (4) an exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small entities.
15. This
16. In addition, with respect to radio licensees this
None.
17. This document contains proposed information collection requirements. The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, invites the general public and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to comment on the information collection requirements contained in this document, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. In addition, pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, we seek specific comment on how we might “further reduce the information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.”
18. Permit-But-Disclose. This proceeding will be treated as a “permit-but-disclose” proceeding in accordance with the Commission's ex parte rules. Persons making ex parte presentations must file a copy of any written presentation or a memorandum summarizing any oral presentation within two business days after the presentation (unless a different deadline applicable to the Sunshine period applies). Persons making oral ex parte presentations are reminded that memoranda summarizing the presentation must (1) list all persons attending or otherwise participating in the meeting at which the
19. Comments and Replies. Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.415, 1.419, interested parties may file comments and reply comments on or before the dates indicated on the first page of this document. Comments may be filed using the Commission's Electronic Comment Filing System (ECFS).
Electronic Filers: Comments may be filed electronically using the Internet by accessing the ECFS:
Paper Filers: Parties who choose to file by paper must file an original and one copy of each filing. If more than one docket or rulemaking number appears in the caption of this proceeding, filers must submit two additional copies for each additional docket or rulemaking number.
Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery, by commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.
All hand-delivered or messenger-delivered paper filings for the Commission's Secretary must be delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445 12th St. SW., Room TW-A325, Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand deliveries must be held together with rubber bands or fasteners. Any envelopes and boxes must be disposed of
Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300 East Hampton Drive, Capitol Heights, MD 20743.
U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority mail must be addressed to 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554.
People with Disabilities: To request materials in accessible formats for people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic files, audio format), send an email to
20. Additional Information. For additional information on this proceeding, please contact Kim Matthews of the Media Bureau, Policy Division,
21. Accordingly, it is ordered that, pursuant to the authority contained in sections 1, 4(i), 4(j), 303(r), and 335 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 154(j), 303(r), and 335 this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking is adopted.
22. It is further ordered that the Commission's Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference Information Center, shall send a copy of this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, including the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration.
23. It is further ordered that the Petition for Rulemaking filed by the Campaign Legal Center, Common Cause, and the Sunlight Foundation is granted.
Direct Broadcast Satellite, Satellite radio.
Broadcast radio.
Cable television.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR parts 25, 73, and 76 as follows:
Interprets or applies sections 4, 301, 302, 303, 307, 309, 319, 332, 705, and 721 of the Communications Act, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 154, 301, 302, 303, 307, 309, 319, 332, 605, and 721, unless otherwise noted.
Notwithstanding other EEO provisions within these rules, an entity that uses an owned or leased Fixed-Satellite Service or Direct Broadcast Satellite Service or 17/24 GHz Broadcasting-Satellite Service facility (operating under this part) to provide video programming directly to the public on a subscription basis must comply with the equal employment opportunity requirements set forth in part 76, subpart E, of this chapter, if such entity exercises control (as defined in part 76, subpart E, of this chapter) over the video programming it distributes. Notwithstanding other EEO provisions within these rules, a licensee or permittee of a direct broadcast satellite station operating as a broadcaster, and a licensee or permittee in the satellite DARS service, must comply with the equal employment opportunity requirements set forth in part 73.
(d)
(1) The political file shall contain, at a minimum:
(i) A record of all requests for DBS origination time, the disposition of those requests, and the charges made, if any, if the request is granted. The “disposition” includes the schedule of time purchased, when spots actually aired, the rates charged, and the classes of time purchased; and
(ii) A record of the free time provided if free time is provided for use by or on behalf of candidates.
(2) All records required to be retained by this section must be placed in the political file as soon as possible and must be retained for a period of two years. After the effective date of this section, DBS providers shall place all new political file material required to be retained by this section in the online file hosted by the Commission.
(3) DBS providers shall assist callers by answering questions about the contents of their political files.
(e) * * *
(3) DBS providers airing children's programming must maintain in the online file hosted by the Commission records sufficient to verify compliance with this rule. Such records must be maintained for a period sufficient to cover the limitations period specified in 47 U.S.C. 503(b)(6)(B).
(f) * * *
(6)
(A) Quarterly measurements of channel capacity and yearly average calculations on which it bases its four percent reservation, as well as its response to any capacity changes;
(B) A record of entities to whom noncommercial capacity is being provided, the amount of capacity being provided to each entity, the conditions under which it is being provided and the rates, if any, being paid by the entity;
(C) A record of entities that have requested capacity, disposition of those requests and reasons for the disposition.
(ii) All records required by paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this section shall be placed in the online file hosted by the Commission as soon as possible and shall be retained for a period of two years.
(iii) Each DBS provider must also place in the online file hosted by the Commission the records required to be placed in the public inspection file by § 25.701(e) (commercial limits in children's programs) and by § 25.601 and 47 CFR part 76, subpart E (equal employment opportunity requirements) and retain those records for the period required by those rules.
(iv) Each DBS provider must provide a link to the public inspection file hosted on the Commission's Web site from the home page of its own Web site, if the provider has a Web site, and provide on its Web site contact information for a representative who can assist any person with disabilities with issues related to the content of the public files. Each DBS provider also must include in the online public file the address of the provider's local public file and the name, phone number, and email address of the provider's designated contact for questions about the public file.
(a)
(b)
(1) The political file shall contain, at a minimum:
(i) A record of all requests for SDARS origination time, the disposition of those requests, and the charges made, if any, if the request is granted. The “disposition” includes the schedule of time purchased, when spots actually aired, the rates charged, and the classes of time purchased; and
(ii) A record of the free time provided if free time is provided for use by or on behalf of candidates.
(2) SDARS licensees shall place all records required by this section in the political file as soon as possible and shall retain the records for a period of two years. After the effective date of this section, SDARS licensees shall place all new political file material required to be retained by this section in the online file hosted by the Commission.
(c)
47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336, and 339.
(d)
(b)
(1) For radio licensees temporarily exempt from the online file, as discussed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a hard copy of the public inspection file shall be maintained at the main studio of the station. For all licensees, letters and emails from the public, as required by paragraph (e)(9) of this section, shall be maintained at the main studio of the station. An applicant for a new station or change of community shall maintain its file at an accessible place in the proposed community of license or at its proposed main studio.
(2)(i) A television station licensee or applicant, and any radio station licensee or applicant not temporarily exempt as described in this paragraph, shall place the contents required by paragraph (e) of this section, of its public inspection file on the online file hosted by the Commission, with the exception of letters and emails from the public as required by paragraph (e)(9) of this section, which shall be retained at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and the political file as required by paragraph (e)(6) of this section, as discussed in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Any radio station not in the top 50 Nielsen Audio markets, and any radio station with fewer than five full-time employees, shall continue to retain the public inspection file at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section until [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127]. However, any radio station that is not required to place its public inspection file in the online file hosted by the Commission before [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127] may choose to do so, instead of retaining the public inspection file at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(ii) A station must provide a link to the public inspection file hosted on the Commission's Web site from the home page of its own Web site, if the station has a Web site, and provide contact information on its Web site for a station representative that can assist any person with disabilities with issues related to the content of the public files. A station also is required to include in the online public file the station's main studio address and telephone number, and the email address of the station's designated contact for questions about the public file. To the extent this section refers to the local public inspection file, it refers to the public file of an individual station, which is either maintained at the station or on the Commission's Web site, depending upon where the documents are required to be maintained under the Commission's rules.
(3)(i) A licensee or applicant shall place the contents required by paragraph (e)(6) of this section of its political inspection file in the online file hosted by the Commission. Political inspection file material in existence 30 days after the effective date of this provision shall continue to be retained at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section until the end of its retention period.
(ii) Any television station not in the top 50 DMAs, and any station not affiliated with one of the top four broadcast networks, regardless of the size of the market it serves, shall continue to retain the political file at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section until July 1, 2014. For these stations, effective July 1, 2014, any new political file material shall be placed in the online file hosted by the Commission, while the material in the political file as of July 1, 2014, if not placed in the Commission's Web site, shall continue to be retained at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section until the end of its retention period. However, any station that is not required to place its political file in the online file hosted by the Commission before July 1, 2014 may choose to do so, instead of retaining the political file at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(iii) Any radio station not in the top 50 Nielsen Audio markets, and any radio station with fewer than five full-time employees, shall continue to retain the political file at the station in the matter discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section until [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127]. For these stations, effective [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127], any new political file material shall be placed in the online file hosted by the Commission, while the material in the political file as of [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127], if not placed in the online file hosted by the Commission, shall continue to be retained at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section until the end of its retention period. However, any station that is not required to place its political file on the Commission's Web site before [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127] may choose to do so, instead of retaining the political file at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(4) The Commission will automatically link the following items to the electronic version of all licensee and applicant public inspection files, to the extent that the Commission has these items electronically: Authorizations, applications, contour maps; ownership reports and related materials; portions of the Equal Employment Opportunity file held by the Commission; “The Public and Broadcasting”; Letters of Inquiry and other investigative information requests from the Commission, unless otherwise directed by the inquiry itself; Children's television programming reports; and DTV transition education reports. In the event that the online public file does not reflect such required information, the licensee will be responsible for posting such material.
(b)
(1) For radio licensees, a hard copy of the public inspection file shall be maintained at the main studio of the station until [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127] except that, as discussed in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, any radio station may voluntarily place its public inspection file online before [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127] if it chooses to do so instead of retaining the file at the station. An applicant for a new station or change of community shall maintain its file at an accessible place in the proposed community of license or at its proposed main studio.
(2)(i) A noncommercial educational television station licensee or applicant shall place the contents required by paragraph (e) of its public inspection file in the online file hosted by the Commission, with the exception of the political file as required by paragraph (e)(5) of this section, which may be retained at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section until July 1, 2014. Effective July 1, 2014, any new political file material shall be placed in the online file hosted by the Commission, while the material in the political file as of July 1, 2014, if not placed on the Commission's Web site, shall continue to be retained at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section until the end of its retention period. However, any noncommercial educational station that is not required to place its political file in the online file hosted by the Commission before July 1, 2014 may choose to do so instead of retaining the political file at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(ii) Beginning [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127], noncommercial educational radio station licensees and applicants shall place the contents required by paragraph (e) of this section in the online public inspection file hosted by the Commission. For these stations, effective [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127], any new political file material shall be placed on the Commission's Web site, while the material in the political file as of [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127], if not placed in the online file hosted by the Commission, shall continue to be retained at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section until the end of its retention period. However, any radio station that is not required to place its public inspection file in the online file hosted by the Commission before [2 years following the effective date of the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-127] may choose to do so, instead of retaining the public inspection file at the station in the manner discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(iii) A station must provide a link to the public inspection file hosted on the Commission's Web site from the home page of its own Web site, if the station has a Web site, and provide contact information for a station representative on its Web site that can assist any person with disabilities with issues related to the content of the public files. A station also is required to include in the online public file the station's main studio address and telephone number, and the email address of the station's designated contact for questions about the public file. To the extent this section refers to the local public inspection file, it refers to the public file of an individual station, which is either maintained at the station or on the Commission's Web site, depending upon where the documents are required to be maintained under the Commission's rules.
(3) The Commission will automatically link the following items to the electronic version of all licensee and applicant public inspection files, to the extent that the Commission has these items electronically: Authorizations; applications; contour maps; ownership reports and related materials; portions of the Equal Employment Opportunity file held by the Commission; and “The Public and Broadcasting”.
(d) * * *
(4) * * *
(i)
Our license will expire on (date). We must file an application for renewal with the FCC (date four calendar months prior to expiration date). When filed, a copy of this application will be available for public inspection at
Individuals who wish to advise the FCC of facts relating to our renewal application and to whether this station has operated in the public interest should file comments and petitions with the FCC by (date first day of last full calendar month prior to the month of expiration).
Further information concerning the FCC's broadcast license renewal process is available at (address of location of the station's public inspection file) or may be obtained from the FCC, Washington, DC 20554.
Our license will expire on (date). We must file an application for renewal with the FCC (date four calendar months prior to expiration date). When filed, a copy of this application will be available for public inspection at
Individuals who wish to advise the FCC of facts relating to our renewal application and to whether this station has operated in the public interest should file comments and petitions with the FCC by (date first day of last full calendar month prior to the month of expiration).
Further information concerning the FCC's broadcast license renewal process is available at (address of location of the station) or may be obtained from the FCC, Washington, DC 20554.
(ii)
Our license will expire on (date). We have filed an application for renewal with the FCC.
A copy of this application is available for public inspection at
Individuals who wish to advise the FCC of facts relating to our renewal application and to whether this station has operated in the public interest should file comments and petitions with the FCC by (date first day of last full calendar month prior to the month of expiration).
Further information concerning the FCC's broadcast license renewal process is available at (address of location of the station) or may be obtained from the FCC, Washington, DC 20554.
Our license will expire on (date). We have filed an application for renewal with the FCC.
A copy of this application is available for public inspection at
Individuals who wish to advise the FCC of facts relating to our renewal application and to whether this station has operated in the public interest should file comments and petitions with the FCC by (date first day of last full calendar month prior to the month of expiration).
Further information concerning the FCC's broadcast license renewal process is available at (address of location of the station's public inspection file) or may be obtained from the FCC, Washington, DC 20554.
47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 153, 154, 301, 302, 302a, 303, 303a, 307, 308, 309, 312, 315, 317, 325, 339, 340, 341, 503, 521, 522, 531, 532, 534, 535, 536, 537, 543, 544, 544a, 545, 548, 549, 552, 554, 556, 558, 560, 561, 571, 572, 573.
(a) * * *
(2) Requests for waivers of this prohibition must demonstrate either a substantial problem with theft of basic tier service or a strong need to scramble basic signals for other reasons. As part of this showing, cable operators are required to notify subscribers by mail of waiver requests. The notice to subscribers must be mailed no later than 30 calendar days from the date the request for waiver was filed with the Commission, and cable operators must inform the Commission in writing, as soon as possible, of that notification date. The notification to subscribers must state:
On (date of waiver request was filed with the Commission), (cable operator's name) filed with the Federal Communications Commission a request for waiver of the rule prohibiting scrambling of channels on the basic tier of service. 47 CFR 76.630(a). The request for waiver states (a brief summary of the waiver request). A copy of the request for waiver shall be available for public inspection at
Individuals who wish to comment on this request for waiver should mail comments to the Federal Communications Commission by no later than 30 days from (the date the notification was mailed to subscribers). Those comments should be addressed to the: Federal Communications Commission, Media Bureau, Washington, DC 20554, and should include the name of the cable operator to whom the comments are applicable. Individuals should also send a copy of their comments to (the cable operator at its local place of business).
Cable operators may file comments in reply no later than 7 days from the date subscriber comments must be filed.
(a)
(1) Political file. All requests for cablecast time made by or on behalf of a candidate for public office and all other information required to be maintained pursuant to § 76.1701;
(2) Equal employment opportunity. All EEO materials described in § 76.1702 except for any EEO program annual reports, which the Commission will link to the electronic version of all systems' public inspection files;
(3) Commercial records on children's programs. Sufficient records to verify compliance with § 76.225 in accordance with § 76.1703;
(4) Performance tests (channels delivered). The operator of each cable television system shall maintain at its local office a current listing of the cable television channels which that system delivers to its subscribers in accordance with § 76.1705;
(5) Leased access. If a cable operator adopts and enforces written policy regarding indecent leased access programming, such a policy shall be published in accordance with § 76.1707;
(6) Principal headend. The operator of every cable system shall maintain the designation and location of its principal headend in accordance with § 76.1708;
(7) Availability of signals. The operator of every cable television system
(8) Operator interests in video programming. Cable operators shall maintain records regarding the nature and extent of their attributable interests in all video programming services as well as information regarding their carriage of such vertically integrated video programming services on cable systems in which they have an attributable interests in accordance with § 76.1710;
(9) Sponsorship identification. Whenever sponsorship announcements are omitted pursuant to § 76.1615(f) of subpart T, the cable television system operator shall maintain a list in accordance with § 76.1715;
(10) Compatibility with consumer electronics equipment. Cable system operators generally may not scramble or otherwise encrypt signals carried on the basic service tier. Copies of requests for waivers of this prohibition must be available in the public inspection file in accordance with § 76.630.
(b)
(1) Proof-of-performance test data. The proof of performance tests shall be made available upon request in accordance with § 76.1704;
(2) Complaint resolution. Cable system operators shall establish a process for resolving complaints from subscribers about the quality of the television signal delivered. Aggregate data based upon these complaints shall be made available for inspection in accordance with § 76.1713.
(c)
(1) Proof-of-performance test data. The proof of performance tests shall be made available upon request in accordance with § 76.1704;
(2) Signal leakage logs and repair records. Cable operators shall maintain a log showing the date and location of each leakage source in accordance with § 76.1706;
(3) Emergency alert system and activations. Every cable system shall keep a record of each test and activation of the Emergency Alert System (EAS). The test is performed pursuant to the procedures and requirements of part 11 of this chapter and the EAS Operating Handbook. The records are kept in accordance with part 11 and § 76.1711 of this chapter;
(4) Complaint resolution. Cable system operators shall establish a process for resolving complaints from subscribers about the quality of the television signal delivered. Aggregate data based upon these complaints shall be made available for inspection in accordance with § 76.1713;
(5) Subscriber records and public inspection file. The operator of a cable television system shall make the system, its public inspection file, and its records of subscribers available for inspection upon request in accordance with § 76.1716.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a) The operator of every cable television system shall maintain for public inspection a file containing a list of all broadcast television stations carried by its system in fulfillment of the must-carry requirements pursuant to § 76.56. Such list shall include the call sign, community of license, broadcast channel number, cable channel number, and in the case of a noncommercial educational broadcast station, whether that station was carried by the cable system on March 29, 1990.
(b) Such records must be maintained in accordance with the provisions of § 76.1700.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Proposed rule; reopening of comment period.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce the reopening of the public comment period on our February 13, 2014, proposed rule to remove the Modoc sucker (
We will consider comments received or postmarked on or before March 16, 2015. Comments submitted electronically using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see
(1)
(2)
We request that you send comments only by the methods described above. We will post all comments on
Laurie Sada, Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Klamath Falls Fish and Wildlife Office, 1936 California Avenue, Klamath Falls, OR 97601; telephone 541-885-8481; or facsimile 541-885-7837.
On February 13, 2014, we published in the
In order to comply with the public notification requirements of the Act under section 4(b)(5)(D) and to ensure that the public has an adequate opportunity to review and comment on our proposal, we are reopening the comment period on the proposed rule for an additional 30 days (see
We intend that any final action resulting from the proposed rule will be based on the best scientific and commercial data available and be as accurate and complete as possible. Therefore, we request comments or information from other concerned Federal and State agencies, the scientific community, or any other interested party concerning the proposal to remove the Modoc sucker from the Federal List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife. Please see the Information Requested section of the February 13, 2014, proposed rule (79 FR 8656) for a list of the information and comments that we particularly seek.
If you previously submitted comments or information on the proposed rule, please do not resubmit them. We have incorporated them into the public record, and we will fully consider them in our final rulemaking. Our final determination concerning the proposed rule will take into consideration all written comments and any additional information we receive.
Please note that submissions merely stating support for or opposition to the action under consideration without providing supporting information, although noted, will not be considered in making a determination, as section 4(b)(1)(A) of the Act directs that determinations as to whether any species is an endangered or threatened species must be made “solely on the basis of the best scientific and commercial data available.”
You may submit your comments and materials concerning the proposed rule by one of the methods listed in
Comments and materials we receive, as well as supporting documentation we used in preparing the proposed rule, will be available for public inspection on
The authority for this action is the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments regarding (a) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by March 16, 2015 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, 725—17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20502. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement.
The Forest Service will prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) to disclose the environmental effects of commercial and non-commercial vegetation management activities, prescribed burning, road activities, recreation
Comments concerning the scope of the analysis must be received within 30 days from the date of publication in the
Send written comments to Dave Halemeier, District Ranger, Blue Mountain Ranger District, c/o Sasha Fertig, P.O. Box 909, John Day, OR 97845. Comments may also be sent via email to
Sasha Fertig, Lead NEPA Planner, Blue Mountain Ranger District, 431 Patterson Bridge Road, P.O. Box 909, John Day, OR 97845. Phone: 541-575-3061. Email:
The Magone project planning area encompasses approximately 27,000 acres in the Grub Creek and East Fork Beech Creek subwatersheds that drain into the Upper John Day River. The legal description for the project planning area includes Townships 11 and 12 South, Ranges 31 and 32 East, Willamette Meridian, Grant County, Oregon.
The purpose and need for the Magone Project was developed by comparing the management objectives and desired conditions in the Malheur Forest Plan to the existing conditions in the project planning area related to forest resiliency and function. Comparison of the existing and desired condition indicates the specific needs to: (1) Restore forest structure, composition, and density toward more resilient vegetative conditions given the historical fire regime; (2) reduce the fuel loadings by reducing the density and connectivity of standing vegetation, surface fuels, and ladder fuels; (3) maintain or improve habitat for fish and wildlife species present in the project planning area; (4) improve one or more of the nine roadless area characteristics within the Nipple Butte inventoried roadless area; and (5) provide for a variety of social values and opportunities in the watershed, including availability of traditional use plants, a variety of wood products, enhanced recreation experiences around Magone Lake, and forest management employment opportunities.
The Forest proposed action includes silviculture treatments, prescribed burning, road activities, recreation opportunity improvements, and Magone Lake restoration activities to address the purpose and need. These activities would occur over approximately the next 10 years. The proposed action includes:
(1) Commercial thinning (5,500 acres), non-commercial thinning (1,200 acres), post and pole removal (400 acres), biomass removal (may occur within units designated for commercial and non-commercial thinning), and mountain mahongany and bitterbursh enhancement (within commercial and non-commercial thinning units). Silviculture treatments would help restore forest structure, composition, and density toward more resistant and resilient vegetative conditions.
(2) Prescribed fire on up to 28,500 acres to reduce and maitain fuel loadings. Treated stands would see a combination of burning piled material and underburning (approximately 5,800 acres). Those stands not mechanically treated would be managed exclusively with the use of prescribed burning. As conditions and stand characteristics allow, natural ignitions within the planning area would be used to meet the objectives of prescribed burning. In the project planning area, the Grant County Community Wildfire Protection Plan identified 2 county roads and the Malheur National Forest identified 4 Forest Service roads as potential escape route/safety corridors in the event of a wildland fire. Fuel breaks would be created and maintained using a combination of mechanical treatments and prescribed burning. Additionally, the decreased fuel loadings in strategically placed, shaded fuel breaks would afford suppression forces a higher probability of success controlling wildfires.
(3) Approximately 85 miles of road would be maintained for haul and 9 miles of temporary road would be constructed (and rehabilitated following use). The following changes to the road system are also proposed: Decommissioning 1.3 miles of road, closing 2.3 miles of currently open road, closing currently open roads and co-designating those roads as trails (1.3 miles), and converting a road to a trail (1.2 miles). These changes would reduce water quality issues, close roads that are already effectively closed on the ground, and decommission and close roads that are within the Nipple Butte inventoried roadless area (IRA).
(4) A variety of recreation opportunities would be developed to enhance recreational experiences in the project planning area. An expanded trail system would be centered around the Magone Lake developed recreation area. Several connecting trail options would provide for longer hikes, varied returns, and a more broad recreation experience. New construction of single-track bicycle trails within the Nipple Butte IRA would connect with existing bicycle trails and the other newly constructed trails. All of the trails would be single-track bicycle and hiker trails with measures to prevent any off-highway vehicle (OHV) use. Approximately 50 miles of trail would be designated, with 42 miles of that being new trail construction. New interpretive signs would be placed at Four Corners and the Magone Lake Campground. Fishing and recreational boating opportunities would be enhanced with expansion of the existing floating boat dock located at the boat launch, modifying the existing two piece floating dock adjacent to the campground, and placing a new floating fishing dock on the east side of Magone Lake.
(5) The proposed action also includes restoration activities within Magone Lake to increase near shore habitat complexity for fish. Fish cribs and fish sticks (bunches of 3 to 5 trees) would be placed on the ice during winter, to sink into the lake during ice melt.
Preliminary connectivity corridors have been identified between late and old structure stands to allow for movement of old-growth dependent species. The goal of creating “connectivity” is to manage stands in corridors at higher canopy densities when compared to more intensively managed stands located outside of corridors. Corridors established for old-growth dependent species in the project planning area would allow for big game migratory and dispersal movements, as well as providing higher cover rates and forage. The designated connectivity corridors are approximately 1,900 acres in size.
The Magone Project will also include a variety of project design criteria that serve to mitigate impacts of activities to forest resources, including wildlife, soils, watershed condition, aquatic species, riparian habitat conservation areas, heritage resources, visuals, rangeland, botanical resources, and invasive plants. The proposed action
The Forest Service will consider a range of alternatives. One of these will be the “no action” alternative in which none of the proposed action would be implemented. Additional alternatives may be included in response to issues raised by the public during the scoping process or due to additional concerns for resource values identified by the interdisciplinary team.
The Forest Supervisor of the Malheur National Forest, 431 Patterson Bridge Road, John Day, OR 97845, is the Responsible Official. As the Responsible Official, I will decide if the proposed action will be implemented. I will document the decision and rationale for the decision in the Record of Decision. I have delegated the responsibility for preparing the draft EIS and final EIS to the District Ranger, Blue Mountain Ranger District.
Based on the purpose and need, the Responsible Official reviews the proposed action, the other alternatives, the environmental consequences, and public comments on the analysis in order to make the following decision:
(1) Whether to implement timber harvest and associated fuels treatments, prescribed burning, and watershed work, including the design features and potential mitigation measures to protect resources; and if so, how much and at what specific locations;
(2) What, if any, specific project monitoring requirements are needed to assure design features and potential mitigation measures are implemented and effective, and to evaluate the success of the project objectives. A project specific monitoring plan will be developed.
This notice of intent initiates the scoping process, which guides the development of the environmental impact statement. The interdisciplinary team will continue to seek information, comments, and assistance from Federal, State, and local agencies, Tribal governments, and other individuals or organizations that may be interested in, or affected by, the proposed action. There is a collaborative group in the area that the interdisciplinary team will interact with during the analysis process.
It is important that reviewers provide their comments at such times and in such manner that they are useful to the agency's preparation of the environmental impact statement. Therefore, comments should be provided prior to the close of the comment period and should clearly articulate the reviewer's concerns and contentions.
Comments received in response to this solicitation, including names and addresses of those who comment, will be part of the public record for this proposed action. Comments submitted anonymously will be accepted and considered, however.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Black Hills National Forest Advisory Board (Board) will meet in Rapid City, South Dakota. The Board is established consistent with the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (5 U.S.C. App. II), the Forest and Rangeland Renewable Resources Planning Act of 1974 (16 U.S.C. 1600
The meeting will be held Wednesday, February 18, 2015 at 1:00 p.m.
All meetings are subject to cancellation. For updated status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Mystic Ranger District, 8221 South Highway 16, Rapid City, South Dakota. Written comments may be submitted as described under
Scott Jacobson, Committee Coordinator, by phone at 605-673-9216, or by email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to provide:
(1) Motorized Travel Fees for FY 16—Working Group Update;
(2) FY 15-19 MPB/Fuels Restoration Areas—Recommendation;
(3) Over Snow Use Forum;
(4) Lakes Enhancement Project Update; and
(5) Northern Long Eared Bat Proposed Listing Update.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should submit a request in writing by February 16, 2015 to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the Board may file written statements with the Board's staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and time requests for oral comments must be sent to Scott Jacobson, Black Hills National Forest Supervisor's Office, 1019 North Fifth Street, Custer, South Dakota 57730; by email to
Wednesday, February 18, 2015, 9:00 a.m.-11:30 a.m. EST.
Cohen Building, Room 3321, 330 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20237.
Notice of Meeting of the Broadcasting Board of Governors.
The Broadcasting Board of Governors (Board) will be meeting at the time and location listed above. The Board will vote on a consent agenda consisting of the minutes of its December 18, 2014 meeting, a resolution honoring Michael Meehan for his service on the Board, and a resolution on revised BBG meeting dates in 2015. The Board will also receive a review of the Voice of America.
This meeting will be available for public observation via streamed webcast, both live and on-demand, on the agency's public Web site at
The public may also attend this meeting in person at the address listed above as seating capacity permits. Members of the public seeking to attend the meeting in person must register at
Persons interested in obtaining more information should contact Oanh Tran at (202) 203-4545.
United States Commission on Civil Rights.
Notice of Commission Business Meeting.
Lenore Ostrowsky, Acting Chief, Public Affairs Unit (202) 376-8591.
Hearing-impaired persons who will attend the briefing and require the services of a sign language interpreter should contact Pamela Dunston at (202) 376-8105 or at
This meeting is open to the public.
Economic Development Administration, Department of Commerce.
Notice of an open meeting.
The National Advisory Council on Innovation and Entrepreneurship (NACIE) will hold a meeting on Thursday, March 5, 2015 from 2:00-3:00 p.m. and Friday, March 6, 2015, from 8:30 a.m.-1:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time (EST) and will be open to the public. During this time, members will discuss potential committee initiatives on innovation, entrepreneurship, and workforce/talent. The meeting will take place at the U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Room 4830, Washington, DC 20230.
U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Room 4830, Washington, DC 20230.
The Council was chartered on November 10, 2009 to advise the Secretary of Commerce on matters related to innovation and entrepreneurship in the United States. NACIE's overarching focus is recommending transformational policies to the Secretary that will help U.S. communities, businesses, and the workforce become more globally competitive. The Council operates as an independent entity within the Office of Innovation and Entrepreneurship (OIE), which is housed within the U.S. Commerce Department's Economic Development Administration. NACIE members are a diverse and dynamic group of successful entrepreneurs, innovators, and investors, as well as leaders from nonprofit organizations and academia.
The purpose of this meeting is to discuss the Council's planned work initiatives in three focus areas: workforce/talent, entrepreneurship, and innovation. The final agenda will be posted on the NACIE Web site at
Julie Lenzer Kirk, Office of Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Room 70003, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; email:
An application has been submitted to the Foreign-Trade Zones (FTZ) Board by the Pennsylvania Foreign-Trade Zone Corporation to establish a foreign-trade zone in Central Pennsylvania, adjacent to the Pittsburgh and Harrisburg CBP ports of entry, under the alternative site framework (ASF) adopted by the FTZ Board (15 CFR 400.2(c)). The ASF is an option for grantees for the establishment or reorganization of zones and can permit significantly greater flexibility in the designation of new “subzones” or “usage-driven” FTZ sites for operators/users located within a grantee's “service area” in the context of the FTZ Board's standard 2,000-acre activation limit for a zone project. The application was submitted pursuant to the provisions of the Foreign-Trade Zones Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 81a-81u), and the regulations of the Board (15 CFR part 400). It was formally docketed on February 5, 2015. The applicant is authorized to make the proposal under Pennsylvania Statute 66 Pa. Sec. 3102.
The proposed zone would be the third zone for the Pittsburgh CBP port of entry and the second zone for the Harrisburg CBP port of entry. The existing zones for Pittsburgh are as follows: FTZ 33, Pittsburgh (Grantee: Regional Industrial Development Corporation of Southwestern Pennsylvania, Board Order 124, 11/9/1977); and, FTZ 254, Jefferson County (Grantee: North Central Pennsylvania Regional Planning and Development Commission, Board Order 1211, 3/13/2002). The existing zone for Harrisburg is as follows: FTZ 147, Berks County (Grantee: FTZ Corp of Southern Pennsylvania, Board Order 378, 6/28/1988).
The applicant's proposed service area under the ASF would be Bedford, Blair, Cambria, Centre, Fulton, Huntingdon and Somerset Counties, Pennsylvania. If approved, the applicant would be able to serve sites throughout the service area based on companies' needs for FTZ designation. The applicant has indicated that the proposed service area is adjacent to the Pittsburgh and Harrisburg Customs and Border Protection ports of entry.
The application indicates a need for zone services in the Central Pennsylvania area. Several firms have indicated an interest in using zone procedures. Specific sites or production approvals are not being sought at this time. Such requests would be made to the FTZ Board on a case-by-case basis.
In accordance with the FTZ Board's regulations, Elizabeth Whiteman of the FTZ Staff is designated examiner to evaluate and analyze the facts and information presented in the application and case record and to report findings and recommendations to the FTZ Board.
Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the FTZ Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is April 14, 2015. Rebuttal comments in response to material submitted during the foregoing period may be submitted during the subsequent 15-day period to April 29, 2015.
A copy of the application will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 21013, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the FTZ Board's Web site, which is accessible via
For further information, contact Elizabeth Whiteman at
International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Amended notice.
This notice amends the Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration Notice of Request for Applicants for Appointment to the United States Section of the United States-Turkey Business Council (Council) of February 2, 2015 (80 FR 5511) to revise the eligibility criteria to permit federally-registered lobbyists to apply for appointment to the Council. The Department of Commerce recently revised its policy regarding appointment of federally-registered lobbyists to Department advisory committees and related entities following a policy clarification by the Office of Management and Budget that the eligibility restriction does not apply to persons serving on advisory committees, boards, or commissions if they are specifically appointed to represent the interests of a nongovernmental entity, a recognizable group of persons or nongovernmental entities (an industry sector, labor unions, environmental groups, etc.), or state or local governments (see 79 FR 47482). The Under Secretary for International Trade will now consider applications of federally-registered lobbyists for appointment on the Council. This notice also extends the deadline for submitting applications to March 6, 2015. All other eligibility criteria continue to apply.
In December 2009, the Governments of the United States and Turkey agreed to establish a U.S.-Turkey Business Council. This notice announces membership opportunities for appointment as American representatives to the U.S. Section of the Council. The current U.S. Section term expired on November 5, 2014.
Applications should be received no later than March 6, 2015.
Please send applications to Ryan Barnes, Senior International Trade Specialist, and Chase Miller, International Trade Specialist, Office of Europe, U.S. Department of Commerce, either by email at
Ryan Barnes, Senior International Trade Specialist, and Chase Miller, International Trade Specialist, Office of Europe, U.S. Department of Commerce, telephone: 202-482-4915.
The Under Secretary for International Trade of the U.S. Department of Commerce and the Ministry of Economy of Turkey co-chair the U.S.-Turkey Business Council, pursuant to the Terms of Reference
The Council is intended to facilitate the exchange of information and encourage bilateral discussions of business and economic issues, including promoting bilateral trade and investment and improving the business climate in each country. The Council brings together the respective business communities of the United States and Turkey to discuss such issues of mutual interest and to communicate their joint recommendations to the U.S. and Turkish Governments. The Council consists of the U.S. and Turkish co-chairs and a Committee comprised of private sector members. The Committee is composed of two Sections of private sector members, a U.S. Section and a Turkish Section, each consisting of approximately ten to twelve members, representing the views and interests of their respective private sector business communities. Each government will appoint the members to its respective Section. The Committee will provide joint recommendations to the two governments that reflect private sector views, needs, and concerns regarding creation of an environment in which the private sectors of both countries can partner, thrive, and enhance bilateral commercial ties that could form the basis for expanded trade and investment between the United States and Turkey.
The Department of Commerce is currently seeking applicants for membership on the U.S. Section of the Committee. Each applicant must be a senior-level executive of a U.S.-owned or controlled company that is incorporated in and has its main headquarters located in the United States and that is currently doing business in Turkey. Each applicant also must be a U.S. citizen, or otherwise legally authorized to work in the United States, and be able to travel to Turkey and locations in the United States to attend official Council meetings, as well as U.S. Section and Committee meetings. In addition, the applicant may not be a registered foreign agent under the Foreign Agents Registration Act of 1938, as amended.
Evaluation of applications for membership in the U.S. Section by eligible individuals will be based on the following criteria:
Members will be selected on the basis of who will best carry out the objectives of the Council as stated in the Terms of Reference establishing the U.S.-Turkey Business Council. In selecting members of the U.S. Section, the Department of Commerce will also seek to ensure that the Section represents a diversity of business sectors and geographical locations, as well as a cross-section of small, medium, and large-sized firms.
U.S. members will receive no compensation for their participation in Council-related activities. They shall not be considered as special government employees. Individual private sector members will be responsible for all travel and related expenses associated with their participation in the Council, including attendance at Committee and Section meetings. Only appointed members may participate in official Council meetings; substitutes and alternates may not be designated. Members will normally serve for two-year terms, but may be reappointed.
To apply for membership, please submit the following information as instructed in the
1. Name(s) and title(s) of the applicant(s);
2. Name and address of the headquarters of the applicant's company;
3. Location of incorporation of the applicant's company;
4. Percentage share of U.S. citizen ownership in the company;
5. Size of the company in terms of number of employees;
6. Dollar amount of the company's export trade to Turkey;
7. Dollar amount of the company's investments in Turkey;
8. Nature of the company's investments, operations or interest in Turkey;
9. An affirmative statement that the applicant is a U.S. citizen or otherwise legally authorized to work in the United States;
10. An affirmative statement that the applicant is neither registered nor required to register as a foreign agent under the Foreign Agents Registration Act of 1938, as amended;
11. An affirmative statement that the applicant meets all other eligibility requirements;
12. A brief statement of why the applicant should be considered;
13. A brief statement of how the applicant meets the four listed criteria, including information about the candidate's ability to initiate and be responsible for activities in which the Council will be active. Applications will be considered as they are received.
All candidates will be notified of whether they have been selected.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; receipt of application.
Notice is hereby given that the Texas Sealife Center, 14220 South Padre Island Drive, Corpus Christi, TX 78418, [Responsible Party: Tim Tristan], has applied in due form for a permit to conduct research on bottlenose dolphins (
Written, telefaxed, or email comments must be received on or before March 16, 2015.
The application and related documents are available for review by selecting “Records Open for Public Comment” from the
These documents are also available upon written request or by appointment in the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone: (301) 427-8401; fax: (301) 713-0376.
Written comments on this application should be submitted to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, at the address listed above. Comments may
Those individuals requesting a public hearing should submit a written request to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division at the address listed above. The request should set forth the specific reasons why a hearing on this application would be appropriate.
Amy Hapeman or Howard Goldstein; phone: (301) 427-8401.
The subject permit is requested under the authority of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361
The applicant requests a five-year permit to conduct research on bottlenose dolphins in the bay, sound, estuary and near-shore coastal waters of Texas in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico. The purpose of the research is to: (1) Develop and maintain standardized photo-identification catalogs; (2) characterize fine-scale population structure and dynamics; (3) estimate abundance for strategic stocks; (4) establish baseline patterns of distribution, habitat use, site-fidelity, diet, and contaminant loads; (5) analyze dolphin behavior in relation to anthropogenic activities; and (6) identify potential risks to the population. Proposed methods include vessel surveys for photographic identification, focal follows, behavioral observation, and biopsy sampling.
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
Concurrent with the publication of this notice in the
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of public meetings.
The South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (Council) will hold meetings of the: Joint Habitat and Environmental Protection Committee and the Ecosystem-Based Management Committee; the Law Enforcement Advisory Panel; Southeast Data, Assessment and Review (SEDAR) Committee (partially Closed); Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC) Selection Committee; Protected Resources Committee; Spiny Lobster Committee, Snapper Grouper Committee; King and Spanish Mackerel Committee; Executive Finance Committee; Golden Crab Committee; Data Collection Committee; and a meeting of the Full Council. The Council will also hold a Council Member Visioning Workshop for the Snapper Grouper Fishery. The Council will take action as necessary. The Council will also hold an informal public question and answer session regarding agenda items and a formal public comment session.
The Council meeting will be held from 9 a.m. on Monday, March 2, 2015 until 1:30 p.m. on Friday, March 6, 2015.
Kim Iverson, Public Information Officer, SAFMC; telephone: (843) 571-4366 or toll free: (866) SAFMC-10; fax: (843) 769-4520; email:
The items of discussion in the individual meeting agendas are as follows:
1. Council members will receive a recap of the December 2014 Visioning Workshop, review the draft snapper grouper goals and objectives, receive a summary of statistics for the snapper grouper fishery, and discuss planning and timelines for collecting public input on the Draft Vision Blueprint.
2. Council members will discuss next steps and provide guidance to staff.
1. The committees will receive an update on the status of Coral Amendment 8, an overview of the updated Beach Renourishment Policy Statement and hold a South Atlantic Ecosystem Session.
2. The committees will develop recommendations and provide guidance to staff.
1. The advisory panel (AP) will receive updates on recently completed and developing amendments to fishery management plans, receive a presentation on the status of Joint Enforcement Agreements, and overviews of the following amendments under development by the Council: Snapper Grouper Amendment 35 (removing species from the fishery management unit and measures to address endorsements for the commercial golden tilefish fishery); Snapper Grouper Amendment 36 (Spawning Special Management Zones); and Regulatory Amendment 16 (modifications to the black sea bass pot fishery seasonal closure). The AP will also discuss remote sensing as a tool to monitor marine protected area compliance.
2. The AP will develop recommendations for the Council.
1. The committee will develop SEDAR appointment recommendations for the SEDAR 41 stock assessment (red snapper and gray triggerfish) Data Best Practices Procedure Workshop.
2. The committee will receive an update on SEDAR Activities and updates from NOAA Fisheries Southeast Fisheries Science Center (SEFSC).
1. The committee will review SSC policies and develop recommendations for modifications.
1. The committee will receive a report on ongoing formal consultations and other Protected Resources updates, a presentation the Coastal Migratory Pelagics Biological Opinion, an overview of Advanced Notice of Rulemaking and Request of Information for Coral, and an overview of the Endangered Species Act/Magnuson-Stevens Act Integration Agreement. The Council will discuss and take action as necessary.
2. The committee will also receive an overview on Proposed Modifications to Right Whale Critical Habitat from NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office (SERO) Protected Resources staff, discuss and take action as necessary.
1. The committee will receive an update on the status of commercial and recreational catches versus annual catch limits and a report on the Spiny Lobster Review Panel recommendations
2. The committee will discuss the report, take action as necessary and provide direction to staff.
1. The committee will receive updates from NOAA Fisheries on the status of catches versus annual catch limits and the status of amendments currently under formal Secretarial review.
2. The committee will receive an overview of Snapper Grouper Amendment 37 (Short-term measures relative to the Visioning Project, measures for hogfish, the jacks management complex, almaco jack trip limits, size limits on deepwater species, and measures for red grouper). The committee will develop recommendations for items to include in the amendment and timing for development.
3. The committee will review Snapper Grouper Amendment 22 with management alternatives for developing a harvest tag program and provide guidance to staff.
4. The committee will receive a report from the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Team meeting, discuss the report and provide guidance to staff.
5. The committee will review Snapper Grouper Regulatory Amendment 16 (Black sea bass pot closure), develop recommendations for modifying the document and select preferred management alternatives for the amendment.
6. The committee will receive an overview of Snapper Grouper Amendment 36 (Spawning Special Management Zones), review the decision document and develop recommendations as appropriate. The committee is scheduled to recommend approving the amendment for public hearings.
7. The committee will receive an overview of the draft System Management Plan for Deepwater Marine Protected Areas and provide guidance to staff.
8. The committee will receive an overview of Snapper Grouper Amendment 35 (removing species from the management unit, golden tilefish endorsements), review public hearing comments, approve actions, and provide recommendations.
9. The committee will address issues relative to increased blueline tilefish landings north of North Carolina. The committee will receive a briefing on legal issues and an overview of a decision document to address management issues. The committee will consider recommending an emergency rule or interim action as appropriate to address the increased landings, and provide guidance to staff on next steps and timing.
There will be an informal public question and answer session with the NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Administrator and the Council Chairman on Wednesday, March 4, 2015, beginning at 5:30 p.m.
1. The committee will receive an update on the status of commercial and recreational catches versus ACLs and an update on the status of amendments under Formal Review.
2. The committee will receive a report from the Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council meeting and actions taken.
3. The committee will review public scoping comments.
4. The committee will review the decision document for Coastal Migratory Pelagics (CMP) Amendment 26 addressing king mackerel ACLs, allocations, stock boundary options, and sales provisions, and provide direction to staff.
5. The committee will receive an overview of options for separate South Atlantic and Gulf Fishery Management Plans for mackerel from NOAA General Counsel and Council staff, discuss, take action as necessary and provide direction to staff.
1. The committee will receive updates on the status of the Calendar-Year 2015 budget and budget expenditures.
2. Address the Council Follow-up and priorities.
3. Receive an update on the Joint South Florida Committee issues, a report from the Council Coordinating Committee meeting, an update on staff health insurance, and address other issues as appropriate.
The committee will receive a report on the status of catch versus ACLs for golden crab, an update on the status of Amendment 9 to the Golden Crab Fishery Management Plan (accountability measures), and a report from the Golden Crab AP meeting. The committee will provide recommendations as appropriate.
1. The committee will receive an update on the status of work on Bycatch Reporting in the Southeast, a presentation on the Electronic Technology Implementation Plan (Data Collection and Monitoring), and an overview and status update on the Implementation Plan for Commercial Logbook Electronic Reporting. The committee will discuss and provide guidance to staff.
2. The committee will also receive a presentation on the status of the commercial electronic logbook pilot project by NOAA Fisheries SEFSC, and an overview of the Gulf Council's action, status and next steps for the Joint South Atlantic and Gulf Council Generic Charterboat Reporting Amendment. The Committee will review the decision document for the amendment and provide guidance to staff.
A formal public comment session will be held on Thursday, March 5, 2015 beginning at 5:30 p.m. Public comment will be accepted on any items on the Council agenda. The amount of time provided to individuals will be determined by the Chairman based on the number of individuals wishing to comment.
8:30 a.m.-8:45 a.m.: Call the meeting to order, adopt the agenda, and approve the December 2014 minutes.
8:45 a.m.-9 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Snapper Grouper Committee and is scheduled to approve Snapper Grouper Amendment 36 for public hearings. The Council will consider other committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
9 a.m.-9:15 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the King and Spanish Mackerel Committee, consider committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
9:15 a.m.-9:30 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the SSC Committee, consider committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
9:30 a.m.-9:45 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Council Member Visioning Workshop, consider recommendations and take action as appropriate.
9:45 a.m.-10 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Joint Habitat and Environmental Protection Committee and Ecosystem-Based Management Committee, consider committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
10 a.m.-10:15 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Protected Resources Committee, consider committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
10:15 a.m.-10:30 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the SEDAR Committee, consider committee recommendations and will take action as appropriate.
10:30 a.m.-10:45 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Executive Finance Committee, approve the Council Follow Up and Priorities, take action on the South Florida Management issues as appropriate, and consider committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
10:45-11 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Golden Crab Committee, consider committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
11 a.m.-11:15 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Data Collection Committee, consider recommendations and take action as appropriate.
11:15 a.m.-11:30 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Spiny Lobster Committee, consider committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
11:30 a.m.-12 noon: The Council will receive a presentation on Amendment 6 to the 2006 Consolidated Highly Migratory Species Fishery Management Plan from NOAA Fisheries.
12 noon-12:15 p.m.: The Council will receive an update on the Marine Resources Education Program—Southeast.
12:15 p.m.-1:30 p.m.: The Council will receive status reports from NOAA Fisheries SERO and the SEFSC. The Council will review and develop recommendations on Experimental Fishing Permits as necessary; review agency and liaison reports; and discuss other business and upcoming meetings.
Documents regarding these issues are available from the Council office (see
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during these meetings. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the Council's intent to take final action to address the emergency.
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the Council office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; public meeting.
The Pacific Fishery Management Council's (Pacific Council) Groundfish Advisory Subpanel (GAP) will hold an online webinar, which is open to the public.
The webinar will be held Tuesday, March 3, 2015, from 10 a.m. to 12 p.m. Pacific Time.
To attend the webinar, visit
If you do not have a headset and speakers, or if there is excessive feedback, please use your telephone for the audio portion of the meeting by dialing this TOLL number +1 (702) 489-0004 (not a toll-free number); then enter the attendee phone audio access code 502-039-210; then enter your audio phone pin (shown after joining the webinar). System Requirements for PC-based attendees: Windows® 7, Vista, or XP; for Mac®-based attendees: Mac OS® X 10.5 or newer; and for mobile attendees: iPhone®, iPad®, Android
Brett Wiedoff, Staff Officer; telephone: (503) 820-2424.
The primary purpose of the webinar is to discuss and develop statements for the Pacific Council's March 2015 meeting in Vancouver, WA on two agenda items: (1) Recommendations for incidental halibut retention allowances in the sablefish fishery north of Pt. Chehalis, WA—this topic will only be discussed if the Area 2A Pacific halibut Total Allowable Catch is high enough to provide such opportunities; and (2) Ecosystem Plan Initiatives—the Pacific Council will prioritize a list of fishery ecosystem plan initiatives and provide direction for additional consideration of the highest priority issue(s).
Other pertinent items that are on the Pacific Council's agenda for the March meeting may be addressed if time allows. Actions will be restricted to those issues specifically listed in this notice and any issues arising after
The listening station at the Pacific Council office is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Mr. Kris Kleinschmidt, at (503) 820-2280, at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of a public meeting.
The Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council (Council) will hold a meeting via webinar.
The Webinar will be held Tuesday, March 3, 2015, 1 p.m. to 4 p.m., Eastern Time.
The meeting will be held via webinar—registration information can be found at
Doug Gregory, Executive Director, Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council; telephone: (813) 348-1630; fax: (813) 348-1711; email:
The items of discussion on the agenda are as follows:
For meeting materials visit the Council's Web site
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before the Council for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the Council's intent to take final action to address the emergency.
The meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Kathy Pereira at the Council Office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of a public meeting.
The Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council will hold a meeting of the Coastal Migratory Pelagics Advisory Panel.
The meeting will convene at 8:30 a.m. on Tuesday, March 3 until 5 p.m. on Wednesday, March 4, 2015.
The meeting will be held at the Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council's office, 2203 North Lois Avenue, Suite 1100, Tampa, FL 33607.
Ryan Rindone, Fishery Biologist, Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council; telephone: (813) 348-1630; fax: (813) 348-1711; email:
The items of discussion on the agenda are as follows:
This agenda may be modified as necessary to facilitate the discussion of pertinent materials up to and during the scheduled meeting.
For meeting materials see folder “Mackerel Advisory Panel meeting—2015-03” on Gulf Council file server. To access the file server, the URL is
The meeting will be webcast over the internet. A link to the webcast will be available on the Council's Web site,
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will
The meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Kathy Pereira at the Council Office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; issuance of permit amendment.
Notice is hereby given that The University of Alaska Museum of the North, 907 Yukon Drive Fairbanks, AK 99775-6960 (Link Olson, Responsible Party) has been issued a minor amendment to Scientific Research Permit No. 14301-01.
The amendment and related documents are available for review upon written request or by appointment in the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone: (301) 427-8401; fax: (301) 713-0376.
Brendan Hurley or Jennifer Skidmore; phone: (301) 427-8401.
The requested amendment has been granted under the authority of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1361
Permit No. 14301 (74 FR 65748), authorizes the permit holder to collect, receive, import, or export marine mammal parts for scientific research purposes from all species under NMFS' jurisdiction. Import/export activities may occur world-wide. No live animals are authorized to be harassed or taken, lethally or otherwise, under the permit. This minor amendment (No. 14301-02) extends the duration of the permit one year, through December 31, 2015, but does not change any other terms or conditions of the permit.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; issuance of permit amendment.
Notice is hereby given that a major amendment to Permit No. 13430-01 has been issued to the NMFS National Marine Mammal Laboratory (Responsible Party: John Bengtson, Ph.D.), 7600 Sand Point Way, NE., BIN C15700, Bldg. 1, Seattle, WA 98115-0070.
The permit amendment and related documents are available for review upon written request or by appointment in the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301) 427-8401; fax (301) 713-0376.
Amy Sloan or Courtney Smith, (301) 427-8401.
On June 23, 2014, notice was published in the
Permit No. 13430-01 authorized the permit holder to take Pacific harbor seals (
A supplemental environmental assessment (SEA) analyzing the effects of the permitted activities on the human environment was prepared in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
Office of National Marine Sanctuaries (ONMS), National Ocean Service (NOS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Department of Commerce (DOC).
Notice and request for applications.
ONMS is seeking applications for vacant seats for 11 of its 13 national marine sanctuary advisory councils and for the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands Coral Reef Ecosystem Reserve Advisory Council (advisory councils). Vacant seats, including positions (
Applications are due by March 31, 2015.
Application kits are specific to each advisory council. As such, application kits must be obtained from and returned to the council-specific addresses noted below.
• Channel Islands National Marine Sanctuary Advisory Council: Michael Murray, Channel Islands National Marine Sanctuary, University of California Santa Barbara, Ocean Science Education Building 514, MC 6155, Santa Barbara, CA 93106-6155; (805) 893- 6418; email
• Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary Advisory Council: Beth Dieveney, Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary, 33 East Quay Rd., Key West, FL 33040; (305) 809-4700 extension 228; email
• Flower Garden Banks National Marine Sanctuary Advisory Council: Shelley DuPuy, Flower Garden Banks National Marine Sanctuary, 4700 Avenue U, Bldg. 216, Galveston, TX 77551; (409) 621-5151 extension 106; email
• Gray's Reef National Marine Sanctuary Advisory Council: Becky Shortland, Gray's Reef National Marine Sanctuary, 10 Ocean Science Circle, Savannah, GA 31411; (912) 598- 2381; email
• Gulf of the Farallones National Marine Sanctuary Advisory Council: Leslie Abramson, Gulf of the Farallones National Marine Sanctuary, 991 Marine Drive, The Presidio, San Francisco, CA 94129; (415) 561-6622 extension 306; email
• Hawaiian Islands Humpback Whale National Marine Sanctuary Advisory Council: Inouye Regional Center, ATTN: NOS/ONMS/Shannon Lyday, 1845 Wasp Blvd., Building 176, Honolulu, HI 96818; (808) 725-5905; email
• Monitor National Marine Sanctuary Advisory Council: Shannon Ricles, Monitor National Marine Sanctuary, 100 Museum Drive, Newport News, VA 23606; (757) 591-7328; email
• Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary Advisory Council: Erin Ovalle, Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary, 99 Pacific Street, Building 455A, Monterey, CA 93940; (831) 647-4206; email
• National Marine Sanctuary of American Samoa Advisory Council: Joseph Paulin, National Marine Sanctuary of American Samoa, Tauese P.F. Sunia Ocean Center, P.O. Box 4318, Pago Pago, AS 96799 (Utulei, American Samoa); (684) 633-6500; email
• Northwestern Hawaiian Islands Coral Reef Ecosystem Reserve Advisory Council: Hoku Johnson, NOAA Inouye Regional Center, NOS/ONMS/PMNM, 1845 Wasp Blvd., Building 176, Honolulu, HI 96818; (808) 725-5800; email
• Olympic Coast National Marine Sanctuary Advisory Council: Karlyn Langjahr, Olympic Coast National Marine Sanctuary, 115 East Railroad Ave., Suite 101, Port Angeles, WA 98362; (360) 457-6622 extension 31; email
• Thunder Bay National Marine Sanctuary Advisory Council: Jean Bauer, Thunder Bay National Marine Sanctuary, 500 W. Fletcher Street, Alpena, Michigan 49707; (989) 356-8805 extension 13; email
For further information on a particular national marine sanctuary advisory council, please contact the individual identified in the Addresses section of this notice.
ONMS serves as the trustee for 14 marine protected areas encompassing more than 170,000 square miles of ocean and Great Lakes waters from the Hawaiian Islands to the Florida Keys, and from Lake Huron to American Samoa. National marine sanctuaries protect our Nation's most vital coastal and marine natural and cultural resources, and through active research, management, and public engagement, sustains healthy environments that are the foundation for thriving communities and stable economies. One of the many ways ONMS ensures public participation in the designation and management of national marine sanctuaries is through the formation of advisory councils. National marine sanctuary advisory councils are community-based advisory groups established to provide advice and recommendations to the superintendents of the national marine sanctuaries on issues including management, science, service, and stewardship; and to serve as liaisons between their constituents in the community and the sanctuary. Additional information on ONMS and its advisory councils can be found at
The following is a list of the vacant seats, including positions (
16 U.S.C. Sections 1431,
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Deletions from the Procurement List.
This action deletes products from the Procurement List previously furnished by nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia 22202-4149.
Patricia Briscoe, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email
On 12/30/2014 (79 FR 78407) and 1/12/2015 (80 FR 1494), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notices of proposed deletions from the Procurement List.
After consideration of the relevant matter presented, the Committee has determined that the products listed below are no longer suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.
I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:
1. The action will not result in additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities.
2. The action may result in authorizing small entities to furnish the products to the Government.
3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the products deleted from the Procurement List.
Accordingly, the following products are deleted from the Procurement List:
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Proposed additions to and deletions from the procurement list.
The Committee is proposing to add products to the Procurement List that will be furnished by nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities, and deletes products and services previously furnished by such agencies.
Comments must be received on or before: 3/16/2015.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia 22202-4149.
Patricia Briscoe, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email
This notice is published pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 8503 (a)(2) and 41 CFR 51-2.3. Its purpose is to provide interested persons an opportunity to submit comments on the proposed actions.
If the Committee approves the proposed additions, the entities of the Federal Government identified in this notice will be required to procure the products listed below from nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities.
The following products are proposed for addition to the Procurement List for
The following products and services are proposed for deletion from the Procurement List:
10:00 a.m., Friday, February 20, 2015.
Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW., Washington, DC, 9th Floor Commission Conference Room.
Closed.
Surveillance, enforcement, and examinations matters. In the event that the time, date, or location of this meeting changes, an announcement of the change, along with the new time, date, and/or place of the meeting will be posted on the Commission's Web site at
Christopher Kirkpatrick, 202-418-5964.
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
Notice and request for information; extension of comment period.
On January 27, 2015, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (Bureau or CFPB) published in the
The comment period for the Request for Information Regarding an Initiative on Safe Student Banking published January 27, 2015 at 80 FR 4255 is extended. Responses must now be received on or before March, 30, 2015.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CFPB-2015-0001, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
All comments, including attachments and other supporting materials, will become part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Sensitive personal information, such as account numbers or social security numbers, should not be included. Comments generally will not be edited to remove any identifying or contact information.
For general inquiries, submission process questions or any additional information, please contact Monica Jackson, Office of the Executive Secretary, at 202-435-7275.
On January 14, 2015, the Bureau issued a Request for Information Regarding an Initiative on Safe Student Banking. The information request was published in the
12 U.S.C. 5511(c).
Corporation for National and Community Service.
Notice.
The Corporation for National and Community Service (CNCS) has submitted a public information collection request (ICR) entitled AmeriCorps State & National Social Network Study Partnership and Collaboration Survey for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35). Copies of this ICR, with applicable supporting documentation, may be obtained by calling the Corporation for National and Community Service, Robin Ghertner, at 202-606-6772 or email to
Comments may be submitted, identified by the title of the information collection activity, within March 16, 2015.
Send comments to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: Ms. Sharon Mar, OMB Desk Officer for the Corporation for National and Community Service, by any of the following two methods:
(1)
(2)
The OMB is particularly interested in comments which:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of CNCS, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Propose ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Propose ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
A 60-day Notice requesting public comment was published in the
Defense Finance and Accounting Service (DFAS), DoD.
Notice.
In compliance with the
Consideration will be given to all comments received by April 14, 2015.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to the Defense Finance and Accounting Services—Cleveland, 1240 East 9th Street, Cleveland, OH 44199, ATTN: Mr. Charles Moss,
The Child Annuitant's School Certification form is submitted to the child for completion and returned to this agency. The child will certify as to his or her intent for future enrollment and a school official must certify on the past or present school enrollment of the child. By not obtaining school certification, overpayment of annuities to children would exist. This information may be collected from some schools which are non-profit institutions such as religious institutions. If information is not received after the end of each school enrollment, over disbursements of an annuity would be made to a child who elected not to continue further training or study.
Defense Finance and Accounting Service (DFAS), DoD.
Notice.
In compliance with the
Consideration will be given to all comments received by April 14, 2015.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Any associated form(s) for this collection may be located within this same electronic docket and downloaded for review/testing. Follow the instructions at
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to the Defense Finance and Accounting Services—Cleveland, 1240 East 9th Street, Cleveland, OH 44199, ATTN: Mr. Charles Moss,
The form is used by the Directorate of Retired and Annuity Pay, Defense Finance and Accounting Service—Cleveland, in order to pay the annuity to the correct person on behalf of the child under the age of majority. If the form, with the completed certification is not received, the annuity payments are suspended.
Office of the Secretary of Defense, DoD.
Notice to alter a System of Records.
The Office of the Secretary of Defense proposes to alter a system of records, DMDC 10 DoD, entitled “Defense Biometric Identification Data System (DBIDS)” in its inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended.
The records in the system are used to support DoD physical security programs, to issue individual facility/installation access credentials, and for identity verification purposes. The system also is used to record personal vehicles and property registered with the DoD and for producing facility management reports. The records may be accessed by other physical access control systems for further verification at other sites. Records may also be used for law enforcement purposes.
Comments will be accepted on or before March 16, 2015. This proposed action will be effective the date following the end of the comment period unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
*
Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
*
Ms. Cindy Allard, Chief, OSD/JS Privacy Office, Freedom of Information Directorate, Washington Headquarters Service, 1155 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-1155, or by phone at (571) 372-0461.
The Office of the Secretary of Defense notices for systems of records subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the
The Defense Biometric Identification Data System (April 1, 2011, 76 FR 18191).
Delete entry and replace with “Defense Biometric Identification Data System (DBIDS).”
Delete entry and replace with “All individuals who request or have been granted physical access to DoD installations and facilities or using facilities interfacing with Defense Manpower Data Center (DMDC) Physical Access Control Systems.
All individuals who have been or will be denied access to a DoD installation or facility using or interfacing with DMDC Physical Access Control System based on the decision of the facility commander in charge of physical access control.”
Delete entry and replace with “Personal data includes name, identification type (
Privately owned vehicle information includes name of vehicle manufacturer, model year, color and vehicle type, license plate type (
Information on personal property stored on a military installation or facility contains data on government-issued (when required by Status of Forces Agreement) and personal weapons, such as type, serial number, manufacturer, caliber, and firearm registration date; storage location data to include unit, room, building, and phone number; and type(s) of personal property (
Delete entry and replace with “10 U.S.C. 113, Secretary of Defense; 10 U.S.C. 136, Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness; DoD Directive 1000.25, DoD Personnel Identity Protection (PIP) Program; DoD Instruction 5200.08, Security of DoD Installations and Resources and the DoD Physical Security Review Board (PSRB); DoD 5200.08-R, Physical Security Program; and E.O. 9397 (SSN), as amended.”
Delete entry and replace with “The records support DoD physical security programs, to issue individual facility/installation access credentials, and for identity verification purposes. The system also is used to record personal vehicles and property registered with
Delete entry and replace with “In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, the records contained herein may specifically be disclosed outside the DoD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows:
Law Enforcement Routine Use: If a system of records maintained by a DoD Component to carry out its functions indicates a violation or potential violation of law, whether civil, criminal, or regulatory in nature, and whether arising by general statute or by regulation, rule, or order issued pursuant thereto, the relevant records in the system of records may be referred, as a routine use, to the agency concerned, whether federal, state, local, or foreign, charged with the responsibility of investigating or prosecuting such violation or charged with enforcing or implementing the statute, rule, regulation, or order issued pursuant thereto.
Congressional Inquiries Disclosure Routine Use: Disclosure from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be made to a congressional office from the record of an individual in response to an inquiry from the congressional office made at the request of that individual.
Disclosures Required by International Agreements Routine Use: A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed to foreign law enforcement, security, investigatory, or administrative authorities to comply with requirements imposed by, or to claim rights conferred in, international agreements and arrangements including those regulating the stationing and status in foreign countries of DoD military and civilian personnel.
Disclosure to the Department of Justice for Litigation Routine Use: A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed as a routine use to any component of the Department of Justice for the purpose of representing the Department of Defense, or any officer, employee or member of the Department in pending or potential litigation to which the record is pertinent.
Disclosure of Information to the National Archives and Records Administration Routine Use: A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed as a routine use to the National Archives and Records Administration for the purpose of records management inspections conducted under authority of 44 U.S.C. 2904 and 2906.
Data Breach Remediation Purposes Routine Use: A record from a system of records maintained by a Component may be disclosed to appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when (1) The Component suspects or has confirmed that the security or confidentiality of the information in the system of records has been compromised; (2) the Component has determined that as a result of the suspected or confirmed compromise there is a risk of harm to economic or property interests, identity theft or fraud, or harm to the security or integrity of this system or other systems or programs (whether maintained by the Component or another agency or entity) that rely upon the compromised information; and (3) the disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with the Components efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed compromise and prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm.
The DoD Blanket Routine Uses set forth at the beginning of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) compilation of systems of records notices may apply to this system. The complete list of DoD blanket routine uses can be found online at:
Delete entry and replace with “Electronic storage media.”
Delete entry and replace with “Retrieved by name, identification type and number, vehicle identifiers, or weapon identification data. Records may also be retrieved by photograph or fingerprints.”
Delete entry and replace with “Computerized records are maintained in a controlled area accessible only to authorized personnel. Entry is restricted by the use of locks, guards, and administrative procedures. Access to personal information is role based and limited to those who require the records in the performance of their official duties. Access to personal information is further restricted by the use of unique logon and passwords, which are changed periodically, or by two factor authentication including biometric verification.”
Delete entry and replace with “Records are deleted three to five (3-5) years after deactivation or confiscation of access credentials.”
Delete entry and replace with “Deputy for Identity, Defense Manpower Data Center, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Alexandria, VA 22350-6000.”
Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking to determine whether information about themselves is contained in this system should address written inquiries to the Deputy for Identity, Defense Manpower Data Center, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Alexandria, VA 22350-6000.
Signed, written requests should contain the requester's name, identification type and number, date of birth, installation name and/or region the record was created and current address and telephone number of the individual.”
Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking access to information about themselves contained in this system should address written inquiries to the Office of the Secretary of Defense/Joint Staff Freedom of Information Act Requester Service Center, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.
Signed, written requests should contain the requester's name, identification type and number, date of birth, installation name and/or region record was created, current address and telephone number of the requester and the name and number of this system of records notice.”
Delete entry and replace with “The OSD rules for accessing records, for contesting contents, and appealing initial agency determinations are published in OSD Administrative Instruction 81; 32 CFR part 311; or may be obtained from the system manager.”
Delete entry and replace with “Data is collected from the individual, the
Office of the Secretary of Defense, DoD.
Notice to alter a System of Records.
The Office of the Secretary of Defense proposes to alter a system of records, V5-02, entitled “Defense Clearance and Investigations Index (DCII)” in its inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended.
The DCII is a central database of DoD conducted or sponsored investigations used by DoD law enforcement activities, personnel security adjudicators, and in the Continuous Evaluation program. It also aggregates the results of National Agency Check (NAC) information prior to February 2005 (NAC information after this period is maintained by OPM as well as other Federal investigative agencies). Records document investigations on file with DoD agencies and the United States Coast Guard.
The database also provides data query, data management and reporting capabilities on data pertaining to the existence and physical location of criminal and personnel security investigative files.
Comments will be accepted on or before March 16, 2015. This proposed action will be effective the date following the end of the comment period unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
*
*
Ms. Cindy Allard, Chief, OSD/JS Privacy Office, Freedom of Information Directorate, Washington Headquarters Service, 1155 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-1155, or by phone at (571) 372-0461.
The Office of the Secretary of Defense notices for systems of records subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the
The proposed system report, as required by U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on February 6, 2015, to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals,” dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427).
Defense Clearance and Investigations Index (DCII) (August 17, 1999, 64 FR 44704).
Delete entry and replace with “DMDC 13 DoD.”
Delete entry and replace with “Defense Central Index of Investigations (DCII).”
Delete entry and replace with “Defense Manpower Data Center, DoD Center Monterey Bay, 400 Gigling Road, Seaside, CA 93955-6771.”
Delete entry and replace with “All Armed Forces personnel, DoD and U.S. Coast Guard civilian employees, federal contractor employees, and applicants, “affiliated” personnel (such as Non-Appropriated Fund employees, Red Cross volunteers and staff; USO personnel, and congressional staff members) who are the subject of an investigation completed by or for a DoD investigative organization or the United States Coast Guard when that investigation is retained by the organization and the name is submitted for central indexing.”
Delete entry and replace with “Records contain names, known alias, Social Security Number (SSN), date of birth, state of birth, country of birth, date investigation completed, employing agencies/companies, type of incident, type of record, and investigation information to include custodian of the file, year indexed, number used by the repository to locate the file location of the investigation, and file number.”
Delete entry and replace with “E.O. 12829, National Industrial Security Program; E.O. 13467, Reforming Processes Related to Suitability for Government Employment, Fitness for Contractor Employees, and Eligibility for Access to Classified National Security Information; DoD Instruction 1320.04, Military Officer Actions Requiring Presidential, Secretary of Defense, or Under Secreary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness Approval or Senate Confirmation; DoDI 5200.02, DoD Personnel Security Program (PSP); DoDI 5505.07, Titling and Indexing Subjects of Criminial Investigations in the Department of Defense; and E.O. 9397 (SSN), as amended.”
Delete entry and replace with “The DCII is a central database of DoD conducted or sponsored investigations used by DoD law enforcement activities, personnel security adjudicators, and in the Continuous Evaluation program. It also aggregates the results of National Agency Check (NAC) information prior to February 2005 (NAC information after this period is maintained by OPM as well as other Federal investigative agencies). Records document investigations on file with DoD agencies and the United States Coast Guard.
The database also provides data query, data management and reporting
Delete entry and replace with “In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, the records contained herein may specifically be disclosed outside the DoD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows:
To the White House to obtain approval of the President of the United States regarding certain military personnel officer actions.
To the U.S. Senate for appointments and promotions which require Senate confirmation.
To Federal agencies for use in the performance of criminal investigation and personnel security activities to determine the security clearance status of an individual and to determine the existence or physical location of criminal and personnel security investigative files.
Congressional Inquiries Disclosure Routine Use: Disclosure from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be made to a congressional office from the record of an individual in response to an inquiry from the congressional office made at the request of that individual.
Disclosure to the Department of Justice for Litigation Routine Use: A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed as a routine use to any component of the Department of Justice for the purpose of representing the Department of Defense, or any officer, employee or member of the Department in pending or potential litigation to which the record is pertinent.
Disclosure of Information to the National Archives and Records Administration Routine Use: A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed as a routine use to the National Archives and Records Administration for the purpose of records management inspections conducted under authority of 44 U.S.C. 2904 and 2906.
Data Breach Remediation Purposes Routine Use: A record from a system of records maintained by a Component may be disclosed to appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when (1) The Component suspects or has confirmed that the security or confidentiality of the information in the system of records has been compromised; (2) the Component has determined that as a result of the suspected or confirmed compromise there is a risk of harm to economic or property interests, identity theft or fraud, or harm to the security or integrity of this system or other systems or programs (whether maintained by the Component or another agency or entity) that rely upon the compromised information; and (3) the disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with the Components efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed compromise and prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm.
The DoD Blanket Routine Uses set forth at the beginning of the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) compilation of systems of records notices may apply to this system. The complete list of DoD blanket routine uses can be found online at:
Delete entry and replace with “Electronic storage media.”
Delete entry and replace with “SSN, name, combination of another data element with date of birth and/or place of birth; and/or by employing agencies/companies, type of incident, type of record, or file number.”
Delete entry and replace with “Records are accessible only to authorized persons with a valid need-to-know, who are appropriately screened, investigated, and determined eligible for access. Physical safeguards include guards, the use of identification badges, and closed circuit TV. Technical safeguards include Personally Identifiable Verification (PIV) card login, Intrusion Detection System, encryption, firewall, and virtual private network. Administrative safeguards include security audits, monitoring of users' security practices, and encrypting backups of sensitive data offsite.”
Delete entry and replace with “Records are deleted in accordance with DoD Component authorized disposition schedules or 15 years after completion date of the last update for that file, whichever is sooner.”
Delete entry and replace with “Deputy Director for Identity and Personnel Assurance, Defense Manpower Data Center, 4800 Mark Center, Alexandria, VA 22350-4000.”
Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking to determine whether information about themselves is contained in this system should address written inquiries to: Defense Manpower Data Center (DMDC) Boyers, ATTN: Privacy Act Office, P.O. Box 168, Boyers, PA 16020-0168.
Written requests must contain the full name and SSN of the subject individual, along with a return address.”
Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking access to records about themselves contained in this system should address written inquiries to: Defense Manpower Data Center (DMDC) Boyers, ATTN: Privacy Act Office, P.O. Box 168, Boyers, PA 16020-0168.
Signed, written requests must contain the full name and SSN of the subject individual, a return address, and the name and number of this system of records notice.
In addition, the requester must provide a notarized statement or an unsworn declaration made in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1746, in the following format:
If executed outside the United States: `I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States of America that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature).'
If executed within the United States, its territories, possessions, or commonwealths: `I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature).'
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for their representative to act on their behalf.”
Delete entry and replace with “The Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) rules for accessing records, for contesting contents, and appealing initial agency determinations are published in OSD Administrative Instruction 81, 32 CFR part 311; or may be obtained directly from the system manager.”
Delete entry and replace with “Air Force Office of Special Investigations, Army Crime Records Directorate, Army Investigation Record Repository, Defense Contract Management Agency, Defense Intelligence Agency, Defense Logistics Agency, Department of Defense Consolidated Adjudications Facility, Department of Defense Office of Inspector General, National Security Agency, Naval Criminal Investigative Service, Pentagon Force Protection Agency, United States Coast Guard and other DoD agencies performing criminal investigation or personnel security activities.”
Department of the Navy, DoD.
Notice.
Pursuant to section 102(2)(c) of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and the Council on Environmental Quality regulations for implementing the procedural provisions of NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508), the Department of the Navy (Navy) has prepared and filed with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency a Draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for Land-Water Interface (LWI) and Service Pier Extension (SPE) on Naval Base Kitsap Bangor, Silverdale, WA. The Draft EIS evaluates the potential environmental effects of two proposed actions: (1) The proposed construction and operation of LWI structures and (2) the proposed construction and operation of a SPE and associated support facilities, both on Naval Base Kitsap Bangor.
With the filing of the Draft EIS, the Navy is initiating a 60-day public comment period and has scheduled two public meetings to provide information and receive comments on the Draft EIS. This notice announces the dates and locations of the public meetings and provides information about the environmental planning effort.
The 60-day public review and comment period for the Draft EIS is from February 13, 2015 through April 13, 2015. The Navy will hold two public meetings to inform the public about the proposed actions and potential environmental impacts, and to provide an opportunity for the public to comment on the adequacy and accuracy of the environmental analysis. The public meetings will include an open house information session, followed by a presentation by the Navy, and a verbal comment session. Navy representatives will be available during the open house information sessions to clarify information related to the Draft EIS. Federal, state, and local agencies and officials, as well as interested organizations and individuals, are encouraged to provide comments in writing during the public review period or in person at one of the scheduled public meetings.
Attendees will be able to submit verbal and/or written comments during the public meetings. A court reporter will record comments from the public during the verbal comment session. In the interest of available time, and to ensure all who wish to provide a verbal statement to the court reporter have the opportunity to do so, each speaker's comments will be limited to three (3) minutes, which may be extended if meeting attendance and time permits. Equal weight will be given to verbal and written comments.
Comments may also be submitted via mail to Naval Facilities Engineering Command Northwest, 1101 Tautog Circle, Suite 203, Silverdale, WA 98315-1101, Attn: Mr. Thomas Dildine, LWI/SPE EIS Project Manager, via Email at
Naval Facilities Engineering Command Northwest, 1101 Tautog Circle, Suite 203, Silverdale, WA 98315-1101, Attn: Mr. Thomas Dildine, LWI/SPE EIS Project Manager, Email:
A Notice of Intent to prepare the Land-Water Interface and Service Pier Extension EIS was published in the
1. February 20, 2013, Chimacum High School Commons, 91 West Valley Road, Chimacum, WA 98325; and
2. February 21, 2013, North Kitsap High School Commons, 1780 Northeast Hostmark Street, Poulsbo, WA 98370.
The LWI proposed action is to complete the perimeter of the Waterfront Restricted Area at Naval Base Kitsap Bangor by constructing and operating barrier structures connecting the existing on-water Port Security Barrier system to the existing on-land Waterfront Security Enclave. The purpose of the LWI proposed action is to comply with Department of Defense directives to protect OHIO Class ballistic missile (TRIDENT) submarines from increased and evolving threats and to prevent the seizure, damage, or destruction of military assets. The LWI is needed to enhance security within the Waterfront Restricted Area and comply with security requirements. Three alternatives were carried forward for analysis: No Action (Alternative 1), Pile-Supported Pier (Alternative 2), and Port Security Barrier Modifications (Alternative 3). Alternative 3 is the preferred alternative.
The SPE proposed action is to extend and operate the existing Service Pier and construct and operate support facilities to accommodate the transfer of two SEAWOLF Class submarines from Naval Base Kitsap Bremerton to Naval Base Kitsap Bangor. The purpose of the SPE proposed action is to eliminate deployment constraints and improve maintenance of the SEAWOLF Class submarine fleet. The SPE is needed to avoid restrictions at Naval Base Kitsap Bremerton on navigating SEAWOLF Class submarines through Rich Passage under certain tidal conditions; improve long-term operational effectiveness for the three SEAWOLF Class submarines on Naval Base Kitsap; provide berthing and logistical support for SEAWOLF, LOS ANGELES, and VIRGINIA Class submarines at the Navy's submarine
The LWI and SPE are independent actions, but are analyzed in the same EIS because their geographic proximity results in the potential for the two projects to have overlapping environmental impacts. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) are cooperating agencies for this EIS.
The Navy analyzed potential impacts from the proposed actions on environmental resources, including marine water resources (hydrography, water quality, sediment quality); marine vegetation and invertebrates; plankton; fish; marine mammals; marine birds; terrestrial biological resources (vegetation and habitats; wetlands; threatened, endangered, and sensitive species; and wildlife); geology, soils, and water resources; land use and recreation; airborne acoustic environment; aesthetics and visual quality; socioeconomics; environmental justice and protection of children; cultural resources; American Indian traditional resources; traffic; and air quality.
For the LWI structures constructed under Alternative 2, impacts would include in-water pile-driving noise, including effects on fish and wildlife; turbidity; and habitat impacts. Impacts from operation and maintenance would include loss and shading of marine habitat, including eelgrass, macroalgae, and the benthic (bottom-dwelling) community, as well as potential interference with migration of some Endangered Species Act (ESA) protected juvenile salmon. LWI Alternative 2 has the potential to impact fish and bird species protected under the ESA and marine mammals protected under the ESA and the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA). For the LWI structures constructed under Alternative 3, impacts would include airborne pile-driving noise, including effects on fish and wildlife, and habitat impacts. Impacts from operation and maintenance would include loss of marine habitat, including eelgrass. LWI Alternative 3 has the potential to impact fish and bird species protected under the ESA.
Upland construction for both Alternatives 2 and 3 would result in permanent and temporary vegetation disturbance, but no wetland impacts would occur. No terrestrial animals or plants protected under the ESA or Migratory Bird Treaty Act would be affected; however, bald eagles foraging along the shoreline could be disturbed during construction. Project construction would have overall positive impacts on the local economy. Tribal access to some shellfish beds would be restricted during construction and, in the long term, a small area of these beds would be lost. During construction, vessel traffic would result in more openings of the Hood Canal Bridge, causing traffic delays on State Route 104 between the Olympic and Kitsap peninsulas. Construction impacts on air and water quality would be minor and localized.
For the SPE, construction impacts would include in-water pile-driving noise and its effects on fish, wildlife, and neighboring communities; turbidity; and habitat impacts. Impacts from operation and maintenance would include loss and shading of marine habitat, but there would be minimal interference with the migration of juvenile salmon. SPE alternatives 2 and 3 could potentially impact fish and bird species protected under the ESA and marine mammals protected under the ESA and the MMPA. Upland impacts would include both permanent and temporary vegetation disturbance; however, no wetland impacts would occur. No terrestrial animals or plants protected under the ESA would be affected. Bald Eagles foraging along the shoreline could be disturbed during construction. Residential areas south of the base would experience increased noise levels during project construction. Construction would have an overall positive impact on the local economy. During construction, vessel traffic would result in more openings of the Hood Canal Bridge, causing traffic delays on State Route 104 between the Olympic and Kitsap peninsulas. Construction impacts on air and water quality would be minor and localized.
The Navy is consulting with NMFS in compliance with the MMPA permitting process regarding the potential behavioral disturbance of marine mammals associated with SPE construction. In accordance with ESA, the Navy is consulting with NMFS and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service on the potential impacts of construction and operation on federally listed species and critical habitat for both LWI and SPE projects. The Navy is also consulting with NMFS regarding impacts on essential fish habitat. Other permitting and consultation will also occur.
Past, present, and other reasonably foreseeable future actions are expected to result in cumulative impacts on marine habitats and species in Hood Canal. However, through the implementation of proposed compensatory aquatic mitigation actions described in the Mitigation Action Plan, the LWI and SPE contribution to cumulative impacts would not be significant. The LWI and SPE would contribute to regional cumulative impacts on nearshore terrestrial habitats. Construction of the LWI and SPE could possibly overlap with one another and construction of other waterfront structures on Naval Base Kitsap Bangor, resulting in increased pile-driving noise impacts on marine and terrestrial species. During construction, marine vessel traffic from LWI and SPE projects would increase the frequency of openings of the Hood Canal Bridge, resulting in impacts to travelers on State Route 104 between the Olympic and Kitsap peninsulas. Additionally, noise impacts on nearby residential and recreational areas would increase slightly. Construction of multiple projects may also increase traffic impacts on base roads and delays at the gates entering the base, leading to increased traffic impacts on adjacent roads. The projects would also have cumulative economic benefits.
The Draft EIS was distributed to federal, state, and local agencies, elected officials, and other interested organizations and individuals. Copies of the Draft EIS are available for public review at the following public libraries:
1. Jefferson County Library (Port Hadlock), 620 Cedar Ave., Port Hadlock, WA 98339;
2. Kitsap Regional Library (Poulsbo), 700 NE Lincoln Road, Poulsbo, WA 98370;
3. Kitsap Regional Library—Sylvan Way (Bremerton), 1301 Sylvan Way, Bremerton, WA 98310;
4. Kitsap Regional Library (Silverdale), 3450 NW Carlton St., Silverdale, WA 98383;
5. Port Townsend Public Library, 1220 Lawrence St., Port Townsend, WA 98368; and
6. Seattle Central Library, 1000 Fourth Ave., Seattle, WA 98104.
The Draft EIS is also available for electronic viewing at
35 U.S.C. 207, 37 CFR part 404.
United States Marine Corps, DoD.
Notice to alter a System of Records.
The U.S. Marine Corps proposes to alter the system of records, MMC00010, entitled “Marine Corps Marathon Automated Support System” in its inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended.
This system will be used to collect information to register, acknowledge and promote participation in Marine Corps race events. The primary user of the collected information is the Marine Corps Marathon Office. Information is used to plan, organize, coordinate and execute the events and communicate with the runners and volunteers before, during and after the event to include publication of finisher results, finisher certificates and race photographs, videos and motion pictures. Data and photographs, videotape, motion pictures and other recordings may be used by the Marine Corps Marathon Office and its select sponsors for surveys, publications on Web sites, race programs and promotions, newspaper articles, newsletters and other race marketing purposes and runner enhancements.
Comments will be accepted on or before March 16, 2015. This proposed action will be effective the day following the end of the comment period unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
*
*
Sally A. Hughes, Head, FOIA/PA Programs (ARSF), Headquarters, U.S. Marine Corps, 3000 Marine Corps Pentagon, Washington, DC 20350-3000, telephone (703) 614-3685.
The U.S. Marine Corps' notices for systems of records subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the
The proposed system report, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on November 24, 2014, to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals,” dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427).
Marine Corps Marathon Automated Support System (August 3, 1993, 58 FR 41254).
Delete entry and replace with “Marine Corps Marathon Office, Building 3399 Russell Road, Quantico, VA 22134-5000.”
Delete entry and replace with “Participants, parents/guardians and volunteers for the Marine Corps Marathon, Marine Corps Marathon Transfer/Deferment, Marine Corps Marathon 10K, Marine Corps Marathon Kids Run, Marine Corps Historic Half, Historic 10K, Semper Fred 5K, Marine Corps 1775K, Run Amuck, Mini Run Amuck, Quantico Triathlon, Turkey Trot 10K, and Turkey Trot Kids Mile.”
Delete entry and replace with “Full name, home address, country, email address, phone numbers, birthdate and gender, emergency contact information for day of the race, military service and status, race name and volunteer job selection, physical or special accommodations selection, first time participants, expected finish time, race results, name, completion time, image, apparel selection and size, credit card type, card holder name, number, verification code and expiration.”
Delete entry and replace with “10 U.S.C. 5041, Headquarters, Marine Corps: Function, Composition; Marine Corps Order P1700.27B, Marine Corps Community Services Policy Manual (MCCS); Marine Corps Marathon Charter, 27 March 2007.”
Delete entry and replace with “Information is collected to register, acknowledge and promote participation in Marine Corps race events. The primary user of the collected information is the Marine Corps Marathon Office. Information is used to plan, organize, coordinate and execute the events and communicate with the runners and volunteers before, during and after the event to include publication of finisher results, finisher certificates and race photographs, videos and motion pictures. Data and photographs, videotape, motion pictures and other recordings may be used by the Marine Corps Marathon Office and its select sponsors for surveys, publications on Web sites, race programs and promotions, newspaper articles, newsletters and other race marketing purposes and runner enhancements.”
Delete entry and replace with “In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, the records contained in the system may specifically be disclosed outside the DoD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows:
Television, online and print media to provide publicity on the Marine Corps Marathon organization events.
Participant information to select sponsors approved by the Marine Corps Marathon Office.
The Blanket Routine Uses set forth at the beginning of the Marine Corps system of records notices may apply to this system.”
Delete entry and replace with “Electronic storage media and paper files.”
Delete entry and replace with “Records may be retrieved by name, home address, email address or telephone number.”
Delete entry and replace with “Records are stored under lock and key in secure containers or on electronic media that contain intrusion safeguards. Access to records is role-based and limited to individuals requiring access in the performance of their official duties. All individuals who are granted access must have a need-to-know and have been advised as to the sensitivity of the records and their responsibilities to safeguard information from unauthorized disclosure. Electronic audit logs will be maintained to document access to data. All individuals granted access to this system of records will complete Information Assurance and Privacy Act training.
Records are maintained in a database housed on a server secured by firewalls and locked in a secure area or on encrypted CDs locked in containers in a controlled area accessible only to authorized personnel. Entry to areas is restricted by the use of locks, administrative procedures and entry code access.”
Delete entry and replace with “Disposition pending. Until the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) disposition schedule is approved, treat as permanent.”
Delete entry and replace with “Director, Marine Corps Marathon, 3399 Russell Road, Quantico, VA 22134-5000.”
Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking to determine whether this system contains information about themselves should address written inquiries to Director, Marine Corps Marathon, P.O. Box 188, Quantico, VA 22134-5000.
Written requests must contain full name, address, city, state, country and telephone number. You must sign your request. An email address is optional.
For personal visits, the individual should be able to provide an identification bearing picture and signature or sufficient verbal data to ensure that the individual is the subject of the inquiry. A visitor may review his/her records by appointment, Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Marine Corps Marathon, Building 3399 Russell Road, Quantico, VA 22134-5000. Please call (703)784-2225 for an appointment.”
Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking to request access to information about themselves should address written inquiries to Director, Marine Corps Marathon, P.O. Box 188, Quantico, VA 22134-5000.
Written requests must contain full name, address, city, state, country and telephone number. You must sign your request. An email address is optional.
For personal visits, the individual should be able to provide an identification bearing picture and signature or sufficient verbal data to ensure that the individual is the subject of the inquiry. A visitor may review his/her records by appointment, Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Marine Corps Marathon, Building 3399 Russell Road, Quantico, VA 22134. Please call (703) 784-2225 for an appointment.”
Delete entry and replace with “The USMC rules for accessing records and contesting and appealing initial agency determinations are published in Secretary of the Navy Instruction 5211.5 and 32 CFR part 701, subpart E or may be obtained from the system manager.”
Delete entry and replace with “Information in the system is obtained from the individual (
Office of Postsecondary Education (OPE), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before March 16, 2015.
Comments submitted in response to this notice should be submitted electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Stacey Slijepcevic, (202) 219-7124.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also
For the purpose of planning for a competition in fiscal year (FY) 2015 for grants under the MSEIP, this application package includes program background, application instructions, and forms needed to submit a complete application to the Department of Education.
The information on the applicant's eligibility form will be collected annually from applicants that desire to apply for awards under Title III, Part E—Minority Science and Engineering Improvement Program (MSEIP). Applicants for MSEIP include public and private, nonprofit postsecondary institutions, nonprofit science-oriented organizations, and professional scientific societies. Without the collection of this information, the Department cannot properly screen applicants for eligibility, and therefore cannot award new grants in accordance with the Congressional intent of this program. The program staff and peer reviewers will use the information collected to evaluate applications and make funding decisions.
Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, Department of Education.
Notice; correction.
On February 5, 2015, we published a notice in the
Effective February 13, 2015.
Rachel Crawford, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave. SW., Room 3E-319, Washington, DC 20202-6135. Telephone: (202) 260-2590 or by email:
In the
On page 6504, in the first column, we correct the “Deadline for Intergovernmental Review” caption to read:
All other information in the February 5, 2015, notice remains unchanged.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
U.S. Department of Energy.
Submission for Office of Management and Budget (OMB) review; comment request.
The Department of Energy (DOE) has submitted an information collection request to the OMB for extension under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The information collection requests a three year extension of its “Technology Partnerships Ombudsman Reporting Requirements”, OMB Control Number 1910-5118. This information collection request covers information necessary to implement a statutory requirement that the Technology Transfer Ombudsmen
Comments regarding this proposed information collection must be received on or before March 16, 2015. If you anticipate difficulty that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, please advise the OMB Desk Officer of your intention to make a submission as soon as possible. The Desk Officer may be telephoned at 202-395-4718.
Written comments should be sent to the:
Janet N. Freimuth at the address listed in
This information collection request contains: (1)
Section 11 of the Technology Transfer Commercialization Act of 2000, Pub. L. 106-404, codified at 42 U.S.C. 7261c(c)(3)(C).
Section 309(a) of the Clean Air Act requires that EPA make public its comments on EISs issued by other Federal agencies. EPA's comment letters on EISs are available at:
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) Office of Pesticide Programs is announcing a public webinar for the Pesticide Program Dialogue Committee (PPDC) on February 25, 2015. The purpose of this webinar is to provide the PPDC with brief updates on several key topics, and to set-up discussion topics for the next in-person meeting to be held May 14-15, 2015. The PPDC provides advice and recommendations to the EPA Administrator on issues associated with pesticide regulatory development and reform initiatives, evolving public policy and program implementation issues, and science issues associated with evaluating and reducing risks from use of pesticides. The webinar is free, open to the public, and no advance registration is required.
The webinar will be held on Wednesday, February 25, 2015, from 1 p.m. to 2:30 p.m.
To request accommodation of a disability, please contact the person listed under
The webinar will be available only online, at the following
Dea Zimmerman, Office of Pesticide Programs (LC-8J), Environmental Protection Agency, 77 W. Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, IL 60604; telephone number: (312) 353-6344; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you work in agricultural settings or if you are concerned about implementation of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA); the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA); the amendments to both of these major pesticide laws by the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996; the Pesticide Registration Improvement Act (PRIA), and the Endangered Species Act (ESA). Potentially affected entities may include, but are not limited to: Agricultural workers and farmers; pesticide industry and trade associations; environmental, consumer, and farm worker groups; pesticide users and growers; animal rights groups; pest consultants; State, local, and tribal governments; academia; public health organizations; and the public. If you have questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person listed under
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2015-0097, is available at
The PPDC is a federal advisory committee chartered under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), Public Law 92-463. EPA established the PPDC in September 1995, to provide advice and recommendations to the EPA Administrator on issues associated with pesticide regulatory development and reform initiatives, evolving public policy and program implementation issues, and science issues associated with evaluating and reducing risks from use of pesticides. The following sectors are represented on the current PPDC: Environmental/public interest and animal rights groups; farm worker organizations; pesticide industry and trade associations; pesticide user, grower, and commodity groups; Federal and State/local/tribal governments; the general public; academia; and public health organizations.
PPDC meetings are open to the public. Persons interested in participating in the webinar do not need to register in advance of the meeting. As this is an informational briefing, there will not be time for public comment during the webinar. Members of the public may submit comments through the public docket, identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2015-0097, available at
7 U.S.C. 136
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) Office of Pesticide Programs is inviting nominations from a diverse range of qualified candidates to be considered for appointment to the Pesticide Program Dialogue Committee (PPDC). The PPDC was chartered to provide advice and recommendations to the EPA Administrator on a broad range of issues concerning pesticide regulatory development and reform initiatives, evolving public policy and program implementation issues, and science issues associated with evaluating and reducing risks from pesticide use. To maintain the representation outlined by the charter, nominees will be selected to represent: Environmental/public interest and animal rights groups; farm worker organizations; pesticide industry and trade associations; pesticide user, grower, and commodity groups; Federal/State/local and tribal governments; academia; and public health organizations. Vacancies are expected to be filled by early summer 2015. Sources in addition to this
Nominations must be emailed or postmarked no later than March 16, 2015.
Submit nominations electronically with the subject line “PPDC Membership 2015” to
Dea Zimmerman, Designated Federal Officer for the PPDC, telephone number: (312) 353-6344; email address:
This action is directed to the public in general, and may be of particular interest to persons who work in agricultural settings or persons who are concerned about implementation of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA); the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA); and the amendments to both of these major pesticide laws by the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996; and the Pesticide Registration Improvement Act (PRIA). Potentially affected entities may include, but are not limited to: Agricultural workers and farmers; pesticide industry and trade associations; environmental, consumer, and farmworker groups; pesticide users and growers; animal rights groups; pest consultants; State, local and tribal governments; academia; public health organizations; and the public. If you have questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person
The PPDC is a federal advisory committee chartered under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), Public Law 92-463. EPA established the PPDC in September 1995, to provide advice and recommendations to the EPA Administrator on issues associated with pesticide regulatory development and reform initiatives, evolving public policy and program implementation issues, and science issues associated with evaluating and reducing risks from use of pesticides. The following sectors are represented on the current PPDC: Environmental/public interest and animal rights groups; farm worker organizations; pesticide industry and trade associations; pesticide user, grower, and commodity groups; Federal and State/local/tribal governments; the general public; academia; and public health organizations.
The PPDC usually meets face-to-face twice a year, generally in the spring and the fall. Additionally, members may be asked serve on work groups to develop recommendations to address specific policy issues. The average workload for members is approximately 4 to 6 hours per month. PPDC members may receive travel and per diem allowances where appropriate and according to applicable federal travel regulations.
The EPA values and welcomes diversity. In an effort to obtain nominations of diverse candidates, the agency encourages nominations of women and men of all racial and ethnic groups. All nominations will be fully considered, but applicants need to be aware of the specific representation sought as outlined in the Summary above. Any interested person or organization may nominate qualified persons to be considered for appointment to this advisory committee. Individuals may self-nominate. Nominations may be submitted in electronic format (preferred) or mailed to Dea Zimmerman at the address listed under
To be considered, all nominations should include:
• Current contact information for the nominee, including the nominee's name, organization (and position within that organization), current business address, email address, and daytime telephone number.
• Brief Statement describing the nominee's interest and availability in serving on the PPDC.
• Résumé and a short biography (no more than 2 paragraphs) describing the professional and educational qualifications of the nominee, including a list of relevant activities, or any current or previous experience on advisory committees.
• Letter(s) of recommendation from a third party supporting the nomination. The letter should describe how the nominee's experience and knowledge will bring value to the work of the PPDC.
Other sources, in addition to this
7 U.S.C. 136
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of request for nominations.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) invites nominations from a diverse range of qualified candidates to be considered for appointment to its Local Government Advisory Committee (LGAC). The LGAC is chartered to provide advice to the EPA Administrator on a broad range of environmental issues affecting local governments. This notice solicits nominations to fill up to twelve (12) vacancies for one or two year terms. To maintain the representation outlined by the charter, nominees will be selected to represent: Large cities; moderate-sized cities; small communities; and townships (under 10,000); county-elected officials-urban, suburban and rural; city-elected and appointed officials; state-elected and appointed officials; and tribal-elected and appointed officials. Vacancies are anticipated to be filled by April 2015. Sources in addition to this
Nominations should be submitted no later than February 27, 2015.
Submit nominations electronically with the subject line “LGAC Membership 2015” to
M. Frances Eargle, Designated Federal Officer for the LGAC, U.S. EPA; telephone (202) 564-3115; email:
The LGAC is a federal advisory committee chartered under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), Public Law 92-463. EPA established the LGAC in 1993 to provide independent advice to the EPA Administrator on a broad range of public health and environmental issues affecting local governments. The LGAC conducts business in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) (5 U.S.C. App2) and related regulations.
The Committee consists of approximately 30 members (including a Chairperson) appointed by EPA's Administrator. Members serve as non-federal stakeholders representing: Large cities; moderate-sized cities; small communities; and townships (under 10,000); county-elected officials-urban, suburban and rural; city-elected and appointed officials; state-elected and appointed officials; and tribal-elected and appointed officials. Members are appointed for one or two (1-2) year terms, and eligible for reappointment.
The LGAC usually meets one or two times a year in person. Additionally, members participate in teleconference meetings and serve on Subcommittee and Workgroups to develop recommendations, advice letters and reports to address specific policy issues. The average workload for members is approximately 5 to 8 hours per month. We are unable to provide honoraria or compensation for members services. However, members may receive travel and per diem allowances where appropriate and according to applicable federal travel regulations.
Other criteria used to evaluate nominees will include:
• The background and experience that would help members contribute to the diversity of perspectives on the committee (
• Demonstrated experience as elected and/or appointed official for a local, state or tribal government;
• Demonstrated experience working with officials from other governments or other levels of government (
• Excellent interpersonal and consensus-building skills;
• Ability to volunteer time to attend full committee meetings 1-2 times a year, participate in teleconference meetings, attend listening sessions with the Administrator or other senior-level EPA officials, develop policy recommendations to the Administrator and prepare reports and advice letters; and
• Demonstrated ability to work constructively and effectively on committees. How to Submit Nominations: Any interested person or organization may nominate qualified persons to be considered for appointment to this advisory committee. Individuals may self-nominate. Nominations can be submitted in electronic format (preferred) or in hard copy format (see
To be considered, all nominations should include:
• Current contact information for the nominee, including the nominee's name, organization (and position within that organization), current business address, email address, and daytime telephone number;
• Brief Statement describing the nominee's interest in serving on the LGAC;
• Resume and a short biography (no more than 2 paragraphs) describing the professional and educational qualifications of the nominee, including a list of relevant activities, and any current or previous service on advisory committees; and
• Letter(s) of recommendation from a third party supporting the nomination. Letter(s) should describe how the nominee's experience and knowledge will bring value to the work of the LGAC.
Other sources, in addition to this
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or the Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.
Written PRA comments should be submitted on or before March 16, 2015. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contact listed below as soon as possible.
Submit your PRA comments to Nicholas A. Fraser, Office of Management and Budget, via fax at 202-395-5167 or via Internet at
Benish Shah, Office of Managing Director, (202) 418-7866.
Additionally, the rules adopted by the Second Report and Order also include other information collections for third party notifications that need to be effective in order to implement text-to-911, including necessary notifications to consumers, covered text providers, and the Commission. These notifications are essential to ensure that all of the affected parties are aware of the limitations, capabilities, and status of text-to-911 services. These information collections will enable the Commission to meet objectives to commence the implementation of text-to-911 service as of December 31, 2014 in furtherance of its core mission to ensure the public's safety.
Federal Communications Commission.
The Commission hereby gives notice of the filing of the following agreements under the Shipping Act of 1984. Interested parties may submit comments on the agreements to the Secretary, Federal Maritime Commission, Washington, DC 20573, within twelve days of the date this notice appears in the
By Order of the Federal Maritime Commission.
Notice.
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments on the collection(s) of information must be received by the OMB desk officer by March 16, 2015.
When commenting on the proposed information collections, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be received by the OMB desk officer via one of the following transmissions: OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: CMS Desk Officer, Fax Number: (202) 395-5806 or Email:
To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:
1. Access CMS' Web site address at
2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number,
3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires federal agencies to publish a 30-day notice in the
1.
2.
3.
The two fields “Results Expected and Benefits Expected” will be combined into one field to read “Results and benefits Expected”. This will reduce redundancy and help reduce the burden on Grantees.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice; correction.
The Food and Drug Administration is correcting a notice entitled “Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Export of Food and Drug Administration Regulated Products: Export Certificates ” that appeared in the
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, 8455 Colesville Rd., COLE-14526, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002,
In the
1. On page 6728, in the third column, under the heading Export of Food and Drug Administration Regulated Products: Export Certificates—(OMB Control Number 0910-0498)—Extension, the following sentence is added at the end of the first paragraph: “In January 2011, section 801(e)(4)(A) was amended by the Food Safety Modernization Act (Pub. L. 111-353) to provide authorization for export certification fees for food and animal feed.”
2. On page 6728, in the third column, under the heading Export of Food and Drug Administration Regulated Products: Export Certificates—(OMB Control Number 0910-0498)—Extension, in the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read as follows: “This section of the FD&C Act authorizes FDA to issue export certificates for regulated food, animal feed, pharmaceuticals, biologics, and devices that are legally marketed in the United States, as well as for these same products that are not legally marketed but are acceptable to the importing country, as specified in sections 801(e) and 802 of the FD&C Act.”
3. On page 6729, Table 2 is corrected as follows:
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has determined that SUBUTEX (buprenorphine hydrochloride (HCl)) Sublingual Tablets, Equivalent (Eq) 2 milligrams (mg) base and Eq 8 mg base, were not withdrawn from sale for reasons of safety or effectiveness. This determination means that FDA will not begin procedures to withdraw approval of abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs) that refer to SUBUTEX, and it will allow FDA to continue to approve ANDAs that refer to SUBUTEX as long as they meet relevant legal and regulatory requirements.
Ayako Sato, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 51, Rm. 6228, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 240-402-4191.
In 1984, Congress enacted the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (Pub. L. 98-417) (the 1984 amendments), which authorized the approval of duplicate versions of drug products under an ANDA procedure. ANDA sponsors must, with certain exceptions, show that the drug for which they are seeking approval contains the same active ingredient in the same strength and dosage form as the “listed drug,” which is a version of the drug that was previously approved. Sponsors of ANDAs do not have to repeat the extensive clinical testing otherwise necessary to gain approval of a new drug application (NDA).
The 1984 amendments include what is now section 505(j)(7) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355(j)(7)), which requires FDA to publish a list of all approved drugs. FDA publishes this list as part of the “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” which is known generally as the “Orange Book.” Under FDA regulations, a drug is removed from the list if the Agency withdraws or suspends approval of the drug's NDA or ANDA for reasons of safety or effectiveness or if FDA determines that the listed drug was withdrawn from sale for reasons of safety or effectiveness (21 CFR 314.162).
Under § 314.161(a) (21 CFR 314.161(a)), the Agency must determine whether a listed drug was withdrawn from sale for reasons of safety or effectiveness: (1) Before an ANDA that refers to that listed drug may be approved, (2) whenever a listed drug is voluntarily withdrawn from sale and ANDAs that refer to the listed drug have been approved, and (3) when a person petitions for such a determination under 21 CFR 10.25(a) and 10.30.
SUBUTEX (buprenorphine HCl) Sublingual Tablets is the subject of NDA 20-732, held by Reckitt Benckiser Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Reckitt). It was approved on October 8, 2002. After Reckitt discontinued marketing SUBUTEX in 2011, FDA moved SUBUTEX to the “Discontinued Drug Product List” section of the Orange Book. Another buprenorphine-containing product, SUBOXONE (buprenorphine HCl and naloxone HCl) Sublingual Tablets, is the subject of NDA 20-733, also held by Reckitt. It was originally approved on October 8, 2002, and later approved in another dosage form (sublingual film) on August 30, 2010, under NDA 22-410. In March 2013, Reckitt discontinued marketing the sublingual tablet dosage form of SUBOXONE.
Actavis Elizabeth LLC submitted a citizen petition dated August 16, 2013 (Docket No. FDA-2013-P-1055), under 21 CFR 10.30, requesting that FDA determine whether SUBUTEX was withdrawn from sale for reasons of safety or effectiveness. The petition contains no data or other information suggesting that SUBUTEX was withdrawn for reasons of safety or effectiveness.
We have carefully reviewed our records concerning the withdrawal of SUBUTEX from sale. Based on the information we have at this time, FDA has determined under § 314.161 that SUBUTEX was not withdrawn for reasons of safety or effectiveness.
The buprenorphine in both SUBUTEX and SUBOXONE is a mu opioid partial agonist that can precipitate withdrawal in patients physically dependent on full opioid agonists. That is, the relative reduction in activity at the mu receptor when buprenorphine replaces a full opioid agonist can cause symptoms of opioid withdrawal. SUBOXONE also contains naloxone. Naloxone is a potent
SUBUTEX has important therapeutic benefits for certain patient populations that may not tolerate or should not be exposed to the naloxone in SUBOXONE. Specifically, as explained in section 5.11 of the approved labeling for SUBOXONE, “[b]uprenorphine/naloxone products are not recommended in patients with severe hepatic [liver] impairment and may not be appropriate for patients with moderate hepatic impairment.” Section 5.11 further states that “hepatic impairment results in a reduced clearance of naloxone to a much greater extent than buprenorphine,” and thus, “patients with severe hepatic impairment will be exposed to substantially higher levels of naloxone than patients with normal hepatic function.” SUBUTEX also is preferred to SUBOXONE for patients transitioning from treatment with methadone or other long-acting opioid products because they are at higher risk for precipitated and prolonged withdrawal, and the naloxone in buprenorphine/naloxone combination products may cause worse withdrawal in this population.
Although Reckitt has publicly stated that SUBUTEX “creates a greater risk of misuse, abuse, and diversion” than SUBOXONE (please refer to letter from Reckitt to Health Care Providers, available at
For these reasons, based on the data and information available to the Agency at this time, we find that the benefits of SUBUTEX continue to outweigh the risks. Therefore, we conclude that SUBUTEX was not withdrawn from sale for reasons of safety or effectiveness.
Accordingly, the Agency will continue to list SUBUTEX in the “Discontinued Drug Product List” section of the Orange Book. The “Discontinued Drug Product List” delineates, among other items, drug products that have been discontinued from marketing for reasons other than safety or effectiveness. FDA will not begin procedures to withdraw approval of ANDAs that refer to SUBUTEX. Such ANDAs may continue to be approved by the Agency as long as they meet all other legal and regulatory requirements for the approval of ANDAs.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is seeking information to facilitate development and qualification of biomarkers in areas related to human drug therapeutics. Towards this goal, FDA is encouraging interested groups and individuals to submit information on specific medical and biological areas where novel biomarkers can be identified that would meaningfully advance drug development. FDA encourages respondents to describe evidentiary considerations that are important to qualify these biomarkers for a specific context of use. Details of information that should be provided to the Agency are described in the survey.
Submit either electronic or written comments by April 14, 2015.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
Submit electronic comments in either of the following ways:
•
•
Submit written submissions in the following ways:
•
Marianne Noone, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 21, Rm. 4528, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-7495.
The President signed into law the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (FDASIA) (Pub. L. 112-144) on July 9, 2012. Title I of FDASIA reauthorizes the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA) and provides FDA with the user fee resources necessary to maintain an efficient review process for human drug and biological products. The reauthorization of PDUFA added performance goals and procedures for the Agency that represent FDA's commitments during fiscal years 2013 through 2017. These commitments are fully described in the document entitled “PDUFA Reauthorization Performance Goals and Procedures Fiscal Years 2013 through 2017” (PDUFA Goals Letter), available on FDA's Web site at
A biomarker is an objective characteristic that is measured and evaluated as an indicator of normal biologic processes, pathogenic processes, or pharmacologic responses to treatment. Biomarkers can serve many purposes in clinical drug development, including the following: Defining the appropriate patient populations for study, as well as those who should receive the drug in clinical practice; pharmacodynamic markers for proof of concept and dose selection; and pharmacodynamic markers of adverse effects. A subset of pharmacodynamic biomarkers can serve as replacements for clinical efficacy endpoints that reflect how a patient feels, functions, or survives. The path to development of promising therapeutics can be enabled by the availability of biomarkers that are analytically validated and clinically qualified for a specific context of use (
Qualification is based on a body of evidence that demonstrates that the biomarkers are fit for purpose in drug development and evaluation (
Public/private partnerships involving regulatory, academic, and industry scientists, collaborating within a precompetitive framework, are essential to catalyzing progress. Because of limitations in resources, such efforts must be focused on the opportunities that offer the greatest potential for impact.
FDA intends to facilitate identification of the most promising biomarkers and the areas important to drug development and to promote efforts that will aid in the qualification and regulatory adoption of the drug development framework.
FDA is seeking public feedback to identify promising biomarker candidates in areas important to drug development and to identify considerations for evidence needed to qualify various types of biomarkers for specific contexts of use. FDA requests identification of specific biomarkers with a proposed context of use and of the type of evidence needed to support qualification. After reviewing the information provided, FDA will post the collated information on its Web site.
In general, submitted information should include the following for each biomarker nominated, as well as any other relevant information:
• Areas that have a critical need for biomarkers to assist drug development;
• The name of the biomarker;
• The proposed context of use for the biomarker (if known);
• The reason why the biomarker should be considered, taking into account its usefulness as a drug development tool; and
• Any evidence that should be developed to support qualification of the biomarker.
Specific questions and requests are as follows:
1. Are there specific aspects of drug development that could be enhanced through the development of biomarkers?
a. Please list the specific applications of biomarkers that address areas important to drug development.
b. Please list the specific areas (for example, a specific disease area or an organ toxicity) needed for development of biomarkers important to drug development.
c. Is there information or efforts which could be leveraged to advance these areas? If yes, please describe.
d. Are there areas that appear to be promising for the development of new biomarkers and for which collaborative engagement from stakeholders offers a path forward? If so, please explain.
• Are there groups positioned to accomplish this? If yes, please describe.
e. Are there barriers that preclude engagement or investment in biomarkers for these priority areas? If yes, please explain.
2. In each of these priority areas that are important to drug development, please provide the following information:
a. Biomarker: What specific biomarkers do you believe represent the greatest near-term opportunity to establish utility in drug development (
b. Rationale: Why should the biomarker(s) be included on the list, taking into account its usefulness in regulatory decisionmaking as a drug development tool?
c. Context of use: Can you please describe/propose a specific context of use for the biomarker(s)?
d. Evidentiary gaps: To support the proposed context of use, what do you see as the largest evidentiary gaps that need to be addressed to permit “fit for purpose” qualification?
e. How can these evidentiary gaps be addressed?
f. Collaborative data sharing: Can any of these gaps be addressed by collaborative data sharing of existing data versus prospective studies specifically dedicated to addressing the gap?
3. Please indicate your affiliation from the following list: Academia, pharmaceutical sector, biotechnology sector, government, professional organization, non-profit organization, clinician, patient advocacy group, patient, or other (please provide specifics, if you choose other).
This
This request is exempt from the Office of Management and Budget's review under 5 CFR 1320.3(h)(4): Facts or opinions submitted in response to general solicitations of comments from the public, published in the
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notification of public meeting; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing a public meeting to explore the use of statutory changes to expand the use of conditional approval to additional categories of new animal drugs. This policy exploration is consistent with a stated performance goal in the Animal Drug User Fee Amendments of 2013 (ADUFA III) goals letter. FDA is requesting that you submit any comments related to this issue by September 30, 2015.
FDA considers the timely review of the safety and effectiveness of new animal drugs to be central to the Agency's mission to protect and promote the public health. Before 2004, the timeliness and predictability of the new animal drug review program was a concern. The Animal Drug User Fee Act enacted in 2003 (Pub. L. 108-130; hereinafter referred to as “ADUFA I”), authorized FDA to collect user fees for 5 years—fiscal year (FY) 2004 to FY 2008—that were to be dedicated to expediting the review of new animal drug applications according to certain performance goals and to expand and modernize the new animal drug review program. The Agency agreed to meet a comprehensive set of performance goals established to show significant improvement in the timeliness and predictability of the new animal drug review process. The implementation of ADUFA I provided a significant funding increase that enabled FDA to increase the number of staff dedicated to the new animal drug application review process.
In 2008, before ADUFA I expired, Congress passed the Animal Drug User Fee Amendments of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-316; hereinafter referred to as “ADUFA II”), which included an extension of ADUFA for an additional 5 years—FY 2009 to FY 2013. ADUFA II performance goals were established based on ADUFA I FY 2008 review timeframes. In addition, FDA provided program enhancements to reduce review cycles and improve communications during reviews.
In 2013, before ADUFA II expired, Congress passed ADUFA III (Pub. L. 113-14), which was signed by the President on June 13, 2013. Like its predecessors, ADUFA III includes its own comprehensive set of performance goals. One such goal, as stated in the ADUFA III goals letter, is: Beginning in early FY 2014, the Agency agrees to explore, in concert with industry, the feasibility of pursuing statutory revisions, consistent with the Agency's mission to protect and promote the public health, that may expand the use of conditional approvals to other appropriate categories of new animal drug applications and develop recommendations by September 30, 2015.
Currently, the conditional approval provisions allow an applicant to market a new animal drug intended for a minor species or a minor use in a major species after the applicant has demonstrated that the drug is safe and can be manufactured according to standards applicable to approval of applications under section 512(b)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360b(b)(1)). FDA and members of regulated industry jointly agreed to explore, as part of the performance goals outlined in the ADUFA III goals letter, statutory changes to expand the use of conditional approval to other appropriate categories of new animal drugs.
This public meeting is intended to provide an additional opportunity for public comment. The Agency is especially interested in receiving comments during the meeting on the categories of new animal drug applications that would be considered “appropriate” and why; concerns, if any, that might arise due to the expansion of the Conditional Approval process; and the length of marketing exclusivity, if any, that should be associated with the expansion of the Conditional Approval process.
FDA will consider comments received at this meeting as it moves forward with this process.
FDA has already opened public docket FDA Docket No. FDA-2014-N-1049 to receive comments on the issue (79 FR 53430, September 9, 2014). Although you can comment on this document at any time, to ensure that the Agency considers your comment before finalizing work on the exploration process described in this document, submit either electronic or written comments by September 30, 2015.
While oral presentations from specific individuals and organizations may be limited due to time constraints during the public meeting, stakeholders may submit electronic or written comments discussing any issues of concern to the administration record (the docket). All relevant data and documentation should be submitted with the comments to Docket No. FDA-2014-N-1049. Submit electronic comments to
Information and data submitted voluntarily to FDA during the public meeting will become part of the administrative record and will be accessible to the public at
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notification of public meeting; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing a public meeting to explore the feasibility of pursuing statutory revisions that may modify the current requirement that the use of multiple new animal drugs in the same medicated feed be subject to an approved application. This policy exploration is consistent with a stated performance goal in the Animal Drug User Fee Amendments of 2013 (ADUFA III) goals letter. FDA is requesting that you submit any comments related to this issue by March 31, 2016.
FDA considers the timely review of the safety and effectiveness of new animal drugs to be central to the Agency's mission to protect and promote the public health. Before 2004, the timeliness and predictability of the new animal drug review program was a concern. The Animal Drug User Fee Act enacted in 2003 (Pub. L. 108-130; hereinafter referred to as “ADUFA I”), authorized FDA to collect user fees for 5 years—fiscal year (FY) 2004 to FY 2008—that were to be dedicated to expediting the review of new animal drug applications (NADAs) according to certain performance goals and to expand and modernize the new animal drug review program. The Agency agreed to meet a comprehensive set of performance goals established to show significant improvement in the timeliness and predictability of the new animal drug review process. The implementation of ADUFA I provided a significant funding increase that enabled FDA to increase the number of staff dedicated to the new animal drug application review process.
In 2008, before ADUFA I expired, Congress passed the Animal Drug User Fee Amendments of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-316; hereinafter referred to as “ADUFA II”), which included an extension of ADUFA for an additional 5 years—FY 2009 to FY 2013. ADUFA II performance goals were established based on ADUFA I FY 2008 review timeframes. In addition, FDA provided program enhancements to reduce review cycles and improve communications during reviews.
In 2013, before ADUFA II expired, Congress passed ADUFA III (Pub. L. 113-14), which was signed by the President on June 13, 2013. Like its predecessors, ADUFA III includes its own comprehensive set of performance goals. One such goal, as stated in the ADUFA III goals letter, is: Beginning in early FY 2014, the Agency agrees to explore, in concert with affected parties, the feasibility of pursuing statutory revisions, consistent with the Agency's mission to protect and promote the public health, that may modify the current requirement that the use of multiple new animal drugs in the same medicated feed be subject to an approved application and develop recommendations by September 30, 2016.
Currently, the use of multiple new animal drugs in the same medicated feed (
This public meeting is intended to provide an additional opportunity for public comment. Although in the ADUFA III performance goals letter FDA only agreed to explore the feasibility of pursuing statutory changes, the Agency also invites comment on potential changes to procedures and requirements
FDA has already opened public docket FDA Docket No. FDA-2014-N-1050 to receive comments on the issue (79 FR 53431, September 9, 2014). Although you can comment on this document at any time, to ensure that the Agency considers your comment before finalizing work on the exploration process described in this document, submit either electronic or written comments by March 31, 2016.
While oral presentations from specific individuals and organizations may be limited due to time constraints during the public meeting, stakeholders may submit electronic or written comments discussing any issues of concern to the administration record (the docket). All relevant data and documentation should be submitted with the comments to Docket No. FDA-2014-N-1050. Submit electronic comments to
Information and data submitted voluntarily to FDA during the public meeting will become part of the administrative record and will be accessible to the public at
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of a public advisory committee of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). At least one portion of the meeting will be closed to the public.
• MR0000020: General Loose, smokeless tobacco, loose snus, 1.59 oz (45g), cardboard can (SKU 4852);
• MR0000021: General Dry Mint Portion Original Mini, smokeless tobacco, snus portions, 0.21 oz (6g), 20 0.3g portions, plastic can (SKU 4800);
• MR0000022: General Portion Original Large, smokeless tobacco, snus portions, 0.9 oz (24g), 24 1g portions, plastic can (SKU 4880);
• MR0000023: General Classic Blend Portion White Large, smokeless tobacco, snus portions, 0.48 oz (13.5g), 15 0.9g portions, plastic can (SKU 4877);
• MR0000024: General Classic Blend Portion White Large, smokeless tobacco, snus portions, 0.38 oz (10.8g), 12 0.9g portions, plastic can (SKU 4878);
• MR0000025: General Mint Portion White Large, smokeless tobacco, snus portions, 0.9 oz (24g), 24 1g portions, plastic can (SKU 4352);
• MR0000026: General Nordic Mint Portion White Large, smokeless tobacco, snus portions, 0.48 oz (13.5g), 15 0.9g portions, plastic can (SKU 4876);
• MR0000027: General Nordic Mint Portion White Large, smokeless tobacco, snus portions, 0.38 oz (10.8g), 12 0.9g portions, plastic can (SKU 4875);
• MR0000028: General Portion White Large, smokeless tobacco, snus portions, 0.9 oz (24g), 24 1g portions, plastic can (SKU 4881); and
• MR0000029: General Wintergreen Portion White Large, smokeless tobacco, snus portions, 0.9 oz (24g), 24 1g portions, plastic can (SKU 4882).
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after
Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with physical disabilities or special needs. If you require special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Caryn Cohen at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
The Department of Health and Human Services, the National Institutes of Health (NIH), has decided, after completion of a Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) and a thorough consideration of the public comments on the Draft EIS, to implement the Proposed Action, referred to as the Proposed Action in the Final EIS. This action is for a long-range physical Master Plan for National Institutes of Health Bethesda Campus (NIH) located in Bethesda, Maryland. This alternative accounts for potential growth in NIH personnel, new construction, additions, renovations, demolitions, and upgrades in site utilities.
Valerie Nottingham, Deputy Director, DEP, ORF, NIH, Building 13, Room 2S11, 9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20892, Phone 301-496-7775,
After careful review of the environmental consequences in the Final Environmental Impact Statement for the Master Plan, National Institutes of Health Bethesda Campus, and consideration of public comment throughout the NEPA process, the NIH has decided to implement the Proposed Action described below as the Selected Alternative.
The Selected Alternative is intended to be a strategic tool for the efficient allocation of campus resources, the orderly accommodation of future growth, and the creation of an environment that is both functionally and aesthetically conducive to accomplishing the NIH mission. The Selected Alternative will provide a guide for the reasoned and orderly development of the NIH campus, one that values and builds on existing resources, corrects current deficiencies and meets changing needs through new construction or renovation. The plan sets forth implementation priorities and a logical sequencing of planned development.
The Selected Alternative is for a long-range physical Master Plan for NIH. This alternative covers a 20-year planning period, with reviews every 5 years to ensure that the plan continues to address issues affecting the campus. The alternative addresses the future development of the NIH site, including placement of future construction; vehicular and pedestrian circulation on and off-campus; parking within the property boundaries; open space in and around the campus; required setbacks; historic properties; natural and scenic resources; noise; and lighting. This alternative accounts for potential growth in NIH personnel, and consequent construction of space over the planning period. Future construction on the site could include such facilities as new animal holding, research laboratories, and support facilities.
NIH will continue to develop the Bethesda campus to accommodate NIH's research needs and required programmatic needs consistent with the commitment to maintain the “campus” character of the site. The Selected Alternative advances this objective by programming and locating future NIH growth so that new development would tie into the existing utility services and utilities are available to support growth, and establishing development guidelines for future changes to the site that ensure that as the campus grows new development would be responsive to the context of adjacent neighborhoods or developments. Under the Selected Alternative, the total NIH population on the campus is anticipated to grow in the next twenty years to a total of approximately 23,594, which is an increase of approximately 3,000 employees. The primary growth at the campus would be in intramural research personnel and the administrative and facility staff to support them. The majority, if not all, of the employees would be coming from off-site facilities and are already employees, or contractors, of NIH.
The Proposed Action Alternative, the Redevelopment Alternative and No Action Alternative were the three alternatives analyzed in the Final EIS.
The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) requires that NIH facilities have a Master Plan and, the previous Master Plan for the NIH campus was outdated. In addition, factors such as the aging of facilities that were designed only to accommodate temporary use, animal housing facilities that do not provide adequate space for projected increases in animal populations, and research support facilities not being adequate to sustain current and projected programs. The Master Plan contains information, analysis, and recommendations to guide development of individual projects. It also serves as a means of informing city and county officials and utilities of future NIH development plans so they can anticipate and plan for the potential effects of NIH proposals on their systems.
The Final EIS describes potential environmental effects of the Selected Alternative. These potential effects are documented in Chapter 3 of the Final EIS. Any potential adverse environmental effects will be avoided or mitigated through design elements, procedures, and compliance with regulatory and NIH requirements. Potential impacts on air quality are all within government standards (federal, state, and local). NIH does not expect significant negative effects on the environment or on the citizens of Bethesda from construction and operation at NIH.
The following is a summary of potential impacts resulting from the Selected Alternative that the NIH considered when making its decision. No adverse cumulative effects have been identified during the NEPA process. Likewise, no unavoidable or adverse impacts from implementation of the Selected Alternative have been identified. The Selected Alternative will be beneficial to the long-term productivity of the national and world health communities. Biomedical research conducted at the NIH facilities on the campus will have the potential to advance techniques in disease prevention and cures, develop disease immunizations, and prepare defenses against naturally emerging and re-emerging diseases and against bioweapons. Additionally, the local community will benefit from increased employment, income and, government and public finance.
Under the Selected Alternative, the building program would improve existing laboratory and office spaces. This would allow NIH to attract well-qualified personnel to the campus. The campus building program would be expanded with nominal population increases. These added employees would continue to seek regional housing options and use local community services. This modest expansion would have a modest beneficial economic impact with modest increased demand for housing and community services.
The expected increases of employees on the NIH campus are from employees already working in the Bethesda area in the agency's off campus, leased facilities. If any new employees were hired, the current public school capacity in Bethesda or Montgomery County and surrounding school districts would be adequate to accommodate the expected minimal growth caused by the Selected Alternative.
The potential increase in vehicular traffic generated by the additional facilities and employees envisioned in the Master Plan would only minimally contribute to the amount of traffic on the roadways in the vicinity of the campus. If the campus houses 3,000 additional staff, the impact on morning and evening rushes is estimated to be approximately 12 percent more NIH vehicles. When taking into account that NIH's contribution to local traffic constitutes only approximately 25% of the traffic, the impact on the community is estimated to be 3%. Furthermore, by the time the capital improvements contemplated under the Selected Alternative are in place, mass transit developments such as the Purple Line and Bus Rapid Transit might well be in place, thereby offsetting the 3% congestion. The Selected Alternative includes 3,000 additional employees, and would generate approximately an additional 432 a.m. and 439 p.m. trips. The seven proposed Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) improvements, discussed in the EIS, several of which were facilitated through NIH easements, would result in mitigating this slight increase AM and PM peak traffic, and also help keep the congestion standard below 1,600 Calculated Load Value (CLV). Stated differently, the modest increase in traffic would not change the intersection ratings. Lastly, if NIH increases the campus population, it will increase parking at the ration of 1 parking spot per 3 additional staff.
The Selected Alternative would not be expected to have adverse impacts on security on the NIH Campus. No new security measures are proposed in the Master Plan.
If the Selected Alternative is fully implemented, an increase of up to 3,000 employees and contractors would increase the current total of 20,594 up to approximately 23,594. The increase draws from employees that are already working in the Bethesda/Montgomery County area.
The Selected Alternative would not be expected to have disproportionately high or adverse impacts on low income or minority populations of the affected area.
The Master Plan's land use plan provides a framework to help organize future development at NIH so that similar land use types are consolidated while open space and natural features are preserved. NIH would exhibit the same basic types of land use as it does currently, but in a slightly different configuration. The Master Plan does not propose any land use changes outside NIH. Therefore, the NIH campus is anticipated to remain consistent with the county plan and zoning regulations.
To limit impacts to nearby residences, NIH would limit construction activities to normal daytime working hours. Under the Master Plan, the ambient noise levels at NIH would remain within Maryland and Montgomery
Traffic is expected to be the primary mobile source of air emissions at or near the campus. Mobile air emissions for the campus at this time are expected to originate from vehicles associated with visitors, commuter transportation, employee parking, commercial delivery, and construction vehicles. Future traffic generated carbon monoxide (CO) concentrations were predicted to be less than 2003 concentrations in the Selected Alternative due to projected vehicle emission rate reductions. Based on predicted values, the one and eight-hour average National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) CO concentrations would not be exceeded and no impacts are expected for any of the proposed Alternatives.
The Selected Alternative would increase the amount of wastewater generated on campus with the proposal of additional development. To facilitate the construction of the improvements under this proposed alternative, the existing wastewater distribution system would need to be relocated and upgraded as necessary. With the increase in demand, NIH will consult with the Washington Suburban Sanitary Commission (WSSC) to ensure adequate sewer capacity is available for the campus. This consultation would also assist WSSC in determining if and when any of the public lines surrounding the campus need to be upgraded. All sanitary sewer design would be in accordance with the NIH Facilities Development Manual, “Section 8-6: Drainage Systems” of the 2008 National Institutes of Health Design Requirements for Biomedical Laboratories and Animal Research Facilities and the WSSC requirements. No significant impacts are expected for wastewater or the NIH campus water supply.
NIH would comply with National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) Section 106 by consulting with Maryland Historical Trust (MHT) on the need for particular archeological studies as individual Master Plan project elements are funded, designed, and executed. In the event that eligible prehistoric resources are identified and adverse effects are anticipated, NIH would continue Section 106 consultation with the appropriate consulting parties (which would include MHT and may also include Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP) and Native American tribes) to establish a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) to resolve adverse effects. Mitigation measures identified through this consultation could include in-place preservation through site avoidance, protection, or easement acquisition; development and implementation of a data recovery plan to retrieve and analyze the site's resources implementation of innovative, alternative mitigation measures or a combination of these measures.
All practicable means to avoid or minimize adverse environmental effects from the Selected Action have been identified and incorporated into the action. The proposed Master Plan construction will be subject to the existing NIH pollution prevention, waste management, and safety, security, and emergency response policies and procedures as well as existing environmental permits. Best management practices, spill prevention and control, and stormwater management plans will be followed to appropriately address the construction and operation envisioned in [or “described in”—the Master Plan itself will not be constructed and operated] of the new Master Plan and comply with applicable regulatory and NIH requirements. No additional mitigation measures have been identified.
Air quality permit standards will be met, as will all federal, state, and local requirements to protect the environment and public health.
Based upon review and careful consideration, the NIH has decided to implement the Selected Alternative for a long-range physical Master Plan for NIH Bethesda Campus located in Bethesda, Maryland. The decision accounts for potential growth of NIH personnel, and consequent construction of space over the planning period. The decision was based upon review and careful consideration of the impacts identified in the Final EIS and public comments received throughout the NEPA process.
Separate NEPA reviews, when required, will be done on projects discussed in the Master Plan. Proper NEPA documentation will be completed based on the outcome of that review.
On November 19, 2014, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) published a request for public comments in the NIH Guide for Grants and Contracts on a draft policy to promote broad and responsible dissemination of information on clinical trials funded by the NIH through registration and submission of summary results information to ClinicalTrials.gov. See Guide notice NOT-OD-15-019 at
The deadline for receiving comments on the draft policy is no later than 5:00 p.m. on March 23, 2015.
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Office of Clinical Research and Bioethics Policy, Office of Science Policy, National Institutes of Health, 6705 Rockledge Drive, Suite 750, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-496-9838,
The National Institutes of Health (NIH) is dedicated to improving the health of Americans by conducting and funding biomedical and behavioral
The results of NIH funded research can be disclosed in a number of ways, including through publications, presentations at scientific meetings, sharing research tools, and depositing information into databases and materials into repositories. NIH has a number of policies that promote the dissemination of research results and guide funding recipients in disseminating their results. The NIH Data Sharing Policy, the NIH Public Access Policy, the NIH Research Tools Policy, and the NIH Genomic Data Sharing Policy are important examples of policies to ensure that research data and materials generated using NIH funds are used productively to further scientific progress and to promote public health.
Traditionally, scientists fulfill their obligation to contribute to the general body of knowledge through peer reviewed journal publications. However, journal publication is not always possible, and many clinical trials are not being published or published in a timely manner. A recent study found that the results of less than half of NIH-funded clinical trials had been published in a peer-reviewed biomedical journal within 30 months of trial completion.
Public access to clinical trial information drives scientific progress and optimizes the return on the nation's investment in clinical trials. It helps inform future research, improve study design, and prevent duplication of unsafe and unsuccessful trials. In addition, there is an important ethical dimension to dissemination of clinical trial results because individuals who volunteer to participate in such studies, and who may assume risks, trust that what we learn will contribute to generalizable knowledge about human health. Finally, enhancing transparency also increases public trust in clinical research. It is, therefore, important to provide other ways for clinical trial results to be disseminated and publicly available to researchers, health care providers, and patient communities.
Some NIH-funded clinical trials are subject to mandatory registration and reporting of results under federal law,
NIH is proposing to issue a policy to ensure that all NIH-funded clinical trials are registered and have summary results, including adverse event information, submitted to ClinicalTrials.gov. Compliance with this policy will be a term and condition in the Notice of Grant Award and a contract requirement in the Contract Award. This proposed policy supports the NIH mission and is essential to facilitate the translation of research results into knowledge, products, and procedures that improve human health.
NIH encourages the public to provide comments on any aspect of the draft policy, described below. Comments should be submitted electronically to the Office of Clinical Research and Bioethics Policy (OCRBP), Office of Science Policy, NIH, via email at email at
• Competing grant applications that include clinical trials and are submitted to the NIH for the [date to be determined] receipt date and subsequent receipt dates;
• Proposals for contracts that include clinical trials and are submitted to the NIH on or after [date to be determined]; and
• NIH intramural research projects that include clinical trials for which Institutional Review Board review is initiated after [date to be determined].
Institutions and investigators should submit information directly to ClinicalTrials.gov. If the trial is subject to FDAAA,
In general, NIH expects to make clinical trial registration and results information publicly available through ClinicalTrials.gov within 30 days after receipt by ClinicalTrials.gov.
Failure to comply with the terms and conditions of NIH awards may provide a basis for enforcement actions, including termination, consistent with 45 CFR 74.62 and/or other authorities, as appropriate.
Department of the Interior.
Notice of Final National Environmental Policy Act Implementing Procedures.
In accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) and the Council on Environmental Quality regulations implementing NEPA, and Department of the Interior (Department) NEPA implementing regulations, the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) in the Department is adding three categorical exclusions (CE) to the Departmental Manual 516 DM 10. The three proposed CEs pertain to timber harvesting on Indian lands.
To obtain a copy of the new categorical exclusions contact Mr. David Koch, Acting Chief Forester, Bureau of Indian Affairs, 1849 C Street, Washington, DC 20240; email:
Mr. David Koch, Acting Chief Forester, (202) 208-4837.
Harvesting timber on Indian lands, as defined in 25 CFR 163.1, allows landowners to realize value from lands held in trust for them by the Federal Government or subject to restrictions against alienation. The National Indian Forest Resources Management Act, and its implementing regulations, require the Secretary, with the participation of the landowners, to undertake forest land management activities on Indian forest
Because these CEs have important implications for actions occurring on Indian lands, the BIA initiated consultation and requested comments from all federally recognized tribes. This consultation period began on July 23, 2014, and concluded on September 21, 2014. Public comments were also solicited through a notice placed in the
The BIA received no comments from tribes, and no public comments.
The Department and the BIA determined that the actions defined in the CEs presented at the end of this notice normally do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment and, absent extraordinary circumstances, do not require preparation of an Environmental Assessment or an Environmental Impact Statement. This finding is based on the analysis of the application of similar CEs established and used by other Federal departments and agencies; and the professional judgment of BIA environmental and forestry personnel who conducted environmental reviews of similar actions that resulted in Findings of No Significant Impact.
The Department will add the following categorical exclusions to the Departmental Manual at 516 DM 10.5: H. Forestry.
(11) Harvesting live trees not to exceed 70 acres, requiring no more than 0.5 mile of temporary road construction. Such activities:
(a) Shall not include even-aged regeneration harvests or vegetation type conversions.
(b) May include incidental removal of trees for landings, skid trails, and road clearing.
(c) May include temporary roads which are defined as roads authorized by contract, permit, lease, other written authorization, or emergency operation not intended to be part of the BIA or Tribal transportation systems and not necessary for long-term resource management. Temporary roads shall be designed to standards appropriate for the intended uses, considering safety, cost of transportation, and impacts on land and resources; and
(d) Shall require the treatment of temporary roads constructed or used so as to permit the reestablishment by artificial or natural means, of vegetative cover on the roadway and areas where the vegetative cover was disturbed by the construction or use of the road, as necessary to minimize erosion from the disturbed area. Such treatment shall be designed to reestablish vegetative cover as soon as practicable, but at least within 10 years after the termination of the contract.
Examples include, but are not limited to:
(a) Removing individual trees for sawlogs, specialty products, or fuelwood.
(b) Commercial thinning of overstocked stands to achieve the desired stocking level to increase health and vigor.
(12) Salvaging dead or dying trees not to exceed 250 acres, requiring no more than 0.5 mile of temporary road construction. Such activities:
(a) May include incidental removal of live or dead trees for landings, skid trails, and road clearing.
(b) May include temporary roads which are defined as roads authorized by contract, permit, lease, other written authorization, or emergency operation not intended to be part of the BIA or Tribal transportation systems and not necessary for long-term resource management. Temporary roads shall be designed to standards appropriate for the intended uses, considering safety, cost of transportation, and impacts on land and resources; and
(c) Shall require the treatment of temporary roads constructed or used so as to permit the reestablishment, by artificial or natural means, of vegetative cover on the roadway and areas where the vegetative cover was disturbed by the construction or use of the road, as necessary to minimize erosion from the disturbed area. Such treatment shall be designed to reestablish vegetative cover as soon as practicable, but at least within 10 years after the termination of the contract.
(d) For this CE, a dying tree is defined as a standing tree that has been severely damaged by forces such as fire, wind, ice, insects, or disease, such that in the judgment of an experienced forest professional or someone technically trained for the work, the tree is likely to die within a few years.
Examples include, but are not limited to:
(a) Harvesting a portion of a stand damaged by a wind or ice event.
(b) Harvesting fire damaged trees.
(13) Commercial and non-commercial sanitation harvest of trees to control insects or disease not to exceed 250 acres, requiring no more than 0.5 miles of temporary road construction. Such activities:
(a) May include removal of infested/infected trees and adjacent live uninfested/uninfected trees as determined necessary to control the spread of insects or disease; and
(b) May include incidental removal of live or dead trees for landings, skid trails, and road clearing.
(c) May include temporary roads which are defined as roads authorized by contract, permit, lease, other written authorization, or emergency operation not intended to be part of the BIA or tribal transportation systems and not necessary for long-term resource management. Temporary roads shall be designed to standards appropriate for the intended uses, considering safety, cost of transportation, and impacts on land and resources; and
(d) Shall require the treatment of temporary roads constructed or used so as to permit the reestablishment, by artificial or natural means, of vegetative cover on the roadway and areas where the vegetative cover was disturbed by the construction or use of the road, as necessary to minimize erosion from the disturbed area. Such treatment shall be designed to reestablish vegetative cover as soon as practicable, but at least within 10 years after the termination of the contract.
Examples include, but are not limited to:
(a) Felling and harvesting trees infested with mountain pine beetles and immediately adjacent uninfested trees to control expanding spot infestations (a buffer); and
(b) Removing or destroying trees infested or infected with a new exotic insect or disease, such as emerald ash borer, Asian longhorned beetle, or sudden oak death pathogen.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of initiation of reviews; request for information.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), are initiating 5-year status reviews for 133 species in Hawaii, Oregon, Idaho, and Washington under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). A 5-year status review is based on the best scientific and commercial data available at the time of the review; therefore, we are requesting submission of any new information on these species that has become available since the last review.
To ensure consideration in our reviews, we are requesting submission of new information no later than April 14, 2015. However, we will continue to accept new information about any listed species at any time.
For the 130 species in Hawaii (see table below), submit information to: Deputy Field Supervisor—Programmatic, Attention: 5-Year Review, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Pacific Islands Fish and Wildlife Office, 300 Ala Moana Blvd., Room 3-122, Box 50088, Honolulu, HI 96850.
For Bradshaw's desert-parsley and Howell's spectacular thelypody, submit information to: Field Supervisor, Attention: 5-Year Review, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Oregon Fish and Wildlife Office, 2600 SE 98th Avenue, Suite 100, Portland, OR 97266. Alternatively you may submit information on the Oregon species by email to:
For MacFarlane's four-o'-clock, submit information to: Field Supervisor, Attention: 5-Year Review, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Idaho Fish and Wildlife Office, 1387 S. Vinnell Way, Suite 368, Boise, ID 83709.
Marie Bruegmann, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Pacific Islands Fish and Wildlife Office (see
Under the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
A 5-year review considers all new information available at the time of the review. In conducting these reviews, we consider the best scientific and commercial data that has become available since the listing determination or most recent status review, such as:
(A) Species biology, including but not limited to population trends, distribution, abundance, demographics, and genetics;
(B) Habitat conditions, including but not limited to amount, distribution, and suitability;
(C) Conservation measures that have been implemented that benefit the species;
(D) Threat status and trends in relation to the five listing factors (as defined in section 4(a)(1) of the Act); and
(E) Other new information, data, or corrections, including but not limited to, taxonomic or nomenclatural changes, identification of erroneous information contained in the List, and improved analytical methods.
Any new information will be considered during the 5-year review and will also be useful in evaluating the ongoing recovery programs for these species.
This notice announces our active review of the 133 species listed in the table below.
To ensure that a 5-year review is complete and based on the best available scientific and commercial information, we request new information from all sources. See “What Information Do We Consider in Our Review?” for specific criteria. If you submit information, please support it with documentation such as maps, bibliographic references, methods used to gather and analyze the data, and/or copies of any pertinent publications, reports, or letters by knowledgeable sources.
If you wish to provide information for any species listed above, please submit
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Comments and materials received will be available for public inspection, by appointment, during normal business hours at the offices where the comments are submitted.
A list of all completed and currently active 5-year reviews addressing species for which the Pacific Region of the Service has lead responsibility is available at
This document is published under the authority of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of availability; request for comments.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, invite the public to comment on the following application for a recovery permit to conduct activities with the purpose of enhancing the survival of an endangered species. The Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act), prohibits certain activities with endangered species unless a Federal permit allows such activity. The Act also requires that we invite public comment before issuing such permits.
To ensure consideration, please send your written comments by March 16, 2015.
Program Manager for Restoration and Endangered Species Classification, Ecological Services, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Pacific Regional Office, 911 NE. 11th Avenue, Portland, OR 97232-4181. Please refer to the permit number for the application when submitting comments.
Colleen Henson, Fish and Wildlife Biologist, at the above address, or by telephone (503-231-6131) or fax (503-231-6243).
The Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
A permit granted by us under section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Act authorizes the permittee to conduct activities (including take or interstate commerce) with respect to U.S. endangered or threatened species for scientific purposes or enhancement of propagation or survival. Our regulations implementing section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Act for these permits are found at 50 CFR 17.22 for endangered wildlife species, 50 CFR 17.32 for threatened wildlife species, 50 CFR 17.62 for endangered plant species, and 50 CFR 17.72 for threatened plant species.
We invite local, State, and Federal agencies and the public to comment on the following application. Please refer to the permit number for the application when submitting comments.
Documents and other information submitted with this application are available for review by request from the Program Manager for Restoration and Endangered Species Classification at the address listed in the
The applicant requests a permit amendment to take (capture, band, mark, measure, weigh, collect blood samples, radio-tag, release, recapture, and search for and monitor nests) the Hawaiian coot (
All comments and materials we receive in response to this request will be available for public inspection, by appointment, during normal business hours at the address listed in the
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
We provide this notice under section 10 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of availability; request for comments.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, invite the public to comment on the following application for a recovery permit to conduct activities with the purpose of enhancing the survival of an endangered species. The Endangered Species Act of 1973, as
To ensure consideration, please send your written comments by March 16, 2015.
Program Manager for Restoration and Endangered Species Classification, Ecological Services, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Pacific Regional Office, 911 NE. 11th Avenue, Portland, OR 97232-4181. Please refer to the permit number for the application when submitting comments.
Colleen Henson, Fish and Wildlife Biologist, at the above address, or by telephone (503-231-6131) or fax (503-231-6243).
The Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
A permit granted by us under section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Act authorizes the permittee to conduct activities (including take or interstate commerce) with respect to U.S. endangered or threatened species for scientific purposes or enhancement of propagation or survival. Our regulations implementing section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Act for these permits are found at 50 CFR 17.22 for endangered wildlife species, 50 CFR 17.32 for threatened wildlife species, 50 CFR 17.62 for endangered plant species, and 50 CFR 17.72 for threatened plant species.
We invite local, State, and Federal agencies and the public to comment on the following application. Please refer to the permit number for the application when submitting comments.
Documents and other information submitted with this application are available for review by request from the Program Manager for Restoration and Endangered Species Classification at the address listed in the
The applicant requests amendment of a permit to take (playback survey) Mariana common moorhens (
All comments and materials we receive in response to this request will be available for public inspection, by appointment, during normal business hours at the address listed in the
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
We provide this notice under section 10 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior.
Notice of submission to OMB.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) is submitting to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) a request for renewal for the collection of information titled “Probate of Indian Estates, Except for Members of the Osage Nation and the Five Civilized Tribes.” The information collection is currently authorized by OMB Control Number 1076-0169, which expires February 28, 2015.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before March 16, 2015.
You may submit comments on the information collection to the Desk Officer for the Department of the Interior at the Office of Management and Budget, by facsimile to (202) 395-5806 or you may send an email to:
Charlene Toledo, (505) 563-3371. You may review the information collection request online at
The Secretary of the Interior probates the estates of individual Indians owning trust or restricted property in accordance with 25 U.S.C. 372-373. In order to compile the probate file, the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) must obtain information regarding the deceased from individuals and the tribe. This request for renewal makes adjustments to reflect the accurate number of respondents. As a result, the estimated burden hours has increased from 1,037,493 to 1,037,513 hours. No other changes were made to the information collection.
On October 28, 2014, the BIA published a notice announcing the renewal of this information collection and provided a 60-day comment period in the
The BIA requests your comments on this collection concerning: (a) The necessity of this information collection for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (hours and cost) of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) Ways we could enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) Ways we could minimize the burden of the collection of the information on the respondents.
Please note that an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and an individual need not respond to, a collection of information unless it has a valid OMB Control Number.
It is our policy to make all comments available to the public for review at the location listed in the
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice.
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA), and the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976, as amended (FLPMA), the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Gunnison Field Office, Gunnison, Colorado, intends to prepare a Resource Management Plan (RMP) amendment with an associated Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) and by this notice is announcing the beginning of the scoping process to solicit public comments and identify issues.
This notice initiates the public scoping process for the RMP amendment with associated EIS. Comments on issues may be submitted in writing until March 16, 2015. The date(s) and location(s) of any scoping meetings will be announced at least 15 days in advance through local media, newspapers and the BLM Web site at:
You may submit comments on issues and planning criteria related to the Gunnison Field Office RMP amendment/EIS by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Documents pertinent to this proposal may be examined at the BLM Gunnison Field Office at the address above.
Kristi Murphy, Outdoor Recreation Planner; telephone, 970-642-4955; address, 210 West Spencer Street, Suite A, Gunnison, CO 81230; email,
This document provides notice that the BLM Gunnison Field Office intends to prepare an RMP amendment with an associated EIS for 16 domestic sheep grazing allotments, announces the beginning of the scoping process and seeks public input on issues and planning criteria. The planning area is located in Gunnison, Hinsdale, and portions of Montrose, Ouray, and San Juan counties, Colorado. The planning area encompasses approximately 115,000 acres of public land. The BLM will analyze grazing that is currently authorized by five livestock grazing permits in the planning area. The five livestock grazing permits authorize sheep grazing on twelve grazing allotments. Eight of those allotments completely or partly overlap with mapped Rocky Mountain bighorn sheep (RMBS) habitat. Livestock grazing authorized by these five permits has not yet been fully analyzed in compliance with NEPA; therefore, these permits are currently being authorized under the authority of Public Law 108-108 and Public Law 111-8. In addition, the BLM will analyze livestock grazing on four other livestock grazing allotments located in areas south and west of Lake City, Colorado, which are currently vacant (domestic livestock grazing is not currently permitted on those allotments). Although there is no demand for livestock grazing on these four vacant allotments, the risk of contact with RMBS is high if permitted. Because the BLM may change livestock grazing allocations through this process, the BLM may need to amend its Resource Management Plan. These changes could include making some areas and related allotments unavailable to livestock grazing; adjusting area-wide forage availability for livestock; and making some areas or allotments that are currently unavailable to livestock grazing available for that use.
Over the past 30 years, the bighorn sheep population in the area has increased to a level indicating a healthy, stable population. New information about disease transmission between domestic sheep and RMBS indicates that contact between the species can pose a risk to the health of the RMBS population. The potential for disease transmission is a particular concern in areas where the risk of contact between species is high and design criteria or mitigation measures to achieve separation may not be effective. To fully analyze the direct, indirect and cumulative impacts of authorizing livestock grazing in bighorn sheep habitat areas, the EIS will consider the five livestock grazing permits, including the associated grazing allotments outside of RMBS habitat, as well as four allotments that are currently vacant and unpermitted.
The purpose of the public scoping process is to determine relevant issues that will influence the scope of the environmental analysis, including alternatives, and guide the planning process. Preliminary issues for the plan amendment area have been identified by BLM personnel; Federal, State, and local agencies; and other stakeholders. The issues include: RMBS population health, domestic sheep grazing, socio-economics, riparian area conditions, noxious weeds, Canada lynx habitat, Gunnison Sage-Grouse habitat and upland soils. Preliminary planning criteria include:
1. The BLM will continue to manage the Gunnison Field Office in accordance with the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976, 43 U.S.C. 1701 (
2. The RMP amendment will be developed using an interdisciplinary approach to identify alternatives and analyze resource impacts, including cumulative impacts to natural and cultural resources and the social and economic environment.
3. The amendment process will follow the FLPMA planning process and the BLM will develop an EIS analyzing the amendment, consistent with NEPA.
You may submit comments on issues and planning criteria in writing to the BLM at any public scoping meeting, or you may submit them to the BLM using one of the methods listed earlier in the
Before including your address, phone number, email address or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. The minutes and list of attendees for each scoping meeting will be available to the public and open for 30 days after the meeting to any participant who wishes to clarify the views he or she expressed.
The BLM will evaluate identified issues to be addressed in the plan amendment, and will place them into one of three categories:
1. Issues to be resolved in the plan amendment;
2. Issues to be resolved through policy or administrative action; or
3. Issues beyond the scope of this plan amendment.
The BLM will provide an explanation in the Draft RMP amendment/Draft EIS as to why an issue was placed in category two or three. The public is also encouraged to help identify any management questions and concerns that should be addressed in the plan amendment. The BLM will work collaboratively with interested parties to identify the management decisions that are best suited to local, regional, and national needs and concerns.
The BLM will use the NEPA public participation requirements to assist the agency in satisfying the public involvement requirements under Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) (16 U.S.C. 470(f)) pursuant to 36 CFR 800.2(d)(3). The information about historic and cultural resources within the area potentially affected by the proposed action will assist the BLM in identifying and evaluating impacts to such resources in the context of both NEPA and Section 106 of the NHPA.
The BLM will consult with Indian tribes on a government-to-government basis in accordance with Executive Order 13175 and other policies. Tribal concerns, including impacts on Indian trust assets and potential impacts to cultural resources, will be given due consideration. Federal, State and local agencies, along with tribes and other stakeholders that may be interested in or affected by the proposed action the BLM is evaluating, are invited to participate in the scoping process and, if eligible, may request or be requested by the BLM to participate in the development of the environmental analysis as a cooperating agency. The BLM will use an interdisciplinary approach to develop the plan amendment in order to consider the variety of resource issues and concerns identified. Specialists with expertise in the following disciplines will be involved in the planning process: rangeland management, minerals and geology,
40 CFR 1501.7 and 43 CFR 1610.2
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice.
In accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended, and the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976, as amended (FLPMA), the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Egan Field Office, Ely, Nevada has prepared a Draft Environmental Impact Statement (Draft EIS) for the proposed Gold Rock Mine Project in White Pine County, NV, and by this notice is announcing the opening of the public comment period on the Draft EIS.
To ensure comments will be considered, the BLM must receive written comments on the Draft EIS within 45 days following the date the Environmental Protection Agency publishes its Notice of Availability in the
You may submit comments related to the Gold Rock Mine Project by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Copies of the Draft EIS are available in the Egan Field Office at the above address and on the Ely District's Web page at
For further information contact Dan Netcher, Project Manager, telephone 775-289-1872; address BLM Ely District, Egan Field Office, HC 33 Box 33500, Ely, NV 89301-9408; email
Midway Gold US Inc. (Midway) proposes to construct and operate an open-pit gold mining operation on the eastern side of the Pancake Mountain Range, approximately 50 miles west of Ely in White Pine County, Nevada. The proposed location is 15 miles south of U.S. Route 50 near Newark Valley and the northern Railroad Valley, in the same geographic area as the reclaimed and closed Easy Junior Mine. Midway submitted the Gold Rock Mine Project Plan of Operations on March 21, 2013. The BLM's approval of the mine plan as proposed (the Proposed Action) would authorize approximately 3,946 acres of disturbance on land administered by the BLM. Under the Proposed Action, the proposed operations and associated disturbance would include a proposed power line extending south from the Pan Mine to the west side of the proposed Gold Rock Mine Project site. Also under the Proposed Action, a county road that currently passes through the Gold Rock Mine Project area would be re-located onto existing and new BLM and county roads. An updated inventory of lands with wilderness characteristics was completed and found no lands with wilderness characteristics in the project area.
The projected life of the project is 48 years: 10 years of mining and additional time for associated construction, reclamation, closure, and post-closure monitoring periods. Midway is currently conducting exploration activities in the project area; which activities were analyzed in two separate environmental assessments (EAs): The
On September 5, 2013, a Notice of Intent (NOI) was published in the
Concerns raised during scoping include: Positive and negative socioeconomic impacts on the communities of Ely and Eureka, and to White Pine County; changes to the quantity and quality of surface water and groundwater; potential occurrence of acid drainage from waste rock disposal areas into surface or groundwater; impacts to soils through reduced infiltration or increased erosion; potential occurrence of a release of pollutants and hazardous materials to the environment during operations or following closure; impacts to wild horses and their habitat; impacts to vegetation communities, and vegetative food resources for wildlife; short- and long-term impacts on wildlife population dynamics and habitats; potential impacts to population and habitat of greater sage-grouse; potential impacts to Native American traditional and religious values regarding greater sage-grouse, antelope traps and geologic and mineral resources; impacts to air quality through point (equipment) and non-point (site roads and facilities) pollution sources; potential impacts to
The Draft EIS describes and analyzes the proposed project's site-specific impacts (including cumulative impacts) on all affected resources. The Proposed Action, six action alternatives, and the No Action Alternative were analyzed. Five of the six action alternatives were developed to help reduce impacts to greater sage-grouse: Two power line route alternatives, two main access route alternatives, and one county road re-route alternative. One tailings storage facility location alternative was also considered to minimize impacts to mule deer crucial winter range. Mitigation measures have also been identified to show how impacts on resources could be minimized.
The BLM has prepared the Draft EIS in conjunction with its four Cooperating Agencies: The Duckwater Shoshone Tribe, Eureka County Board of Commissioners, the Nevada Department of Wildlife, and the White Pine County Board of County Commissioners.
Please note that public comments and information submitted including names, street addresses, and email addresses of persons who submit comments will be available for public review and disclosure at the above address during regular business hours (8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.), Monday through Friday, except holidays.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
40 CFR 1506.6; 40 CFR 1506.10
Nominations for the following properties being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register were received by the National Park Service before January 24, 2015. Pursuant to section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, written comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation. Comments may be forwarded by United States Postal Service, to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C St. NW., MS 2280, Washington, DC 20240; by all other carriers, National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1201 Eye St. NW., 8th floor, Washington, DC 20005; or by fax, 202-371-6447. Written or faxed comments should be submitted by March 2, 2015. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has determined not to review the presiding administrative law judge's (“ALJ”) initial determination (“ID”) (Order No. 20) granting a motion to amend the complaint and notice of investigation to add new respondents, and to extend the target date for completion of the above-captioned investigation by four months.
Sidney A. Rosenzweig, Office of the General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 708-2532. Copies of non-confidential documents filed in connection with this investigation are or will be available for inspection during official business hours (8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m.) in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at
The Commission instituted this investigation on September 23, 2014, based on a complaint filed by RevoLaze, LLC and TechnoLines, LLC, both of Westlake, Ohio (collectively, “RevoLaze”). 79
On January 7, 2015, RevoLaze filed an unopposed motion to amend the complaint and notice of investigation. In particular, RevoLaze sought to add as proposed respondents certain third-party suppliers of the existing respondents. The proposed new respondents are: Crystal Apparel Ltd. of Kowloon, Hong Kong; Denim Service S.p.A. of Mason Vincento, Italy; Denimatrix S.A. of Guatemala City, Guatemala; Eroglu Giyin San Tic AS of Avcilar-Istanbul, Turkey; Martelli Lavorazioni Tessili S.p.A. of Toscanella, Italy; Modelos Yasiro (Tepeji del Rio) SA DE CV of Tepeji del Rio, Mexico; Private Label Tehuacan, of Puebla, Mexico; Ropa Siete Leguas, Inc. of El Paso, Texas; and Ropa Siete Leguas S.A. de C.V. of Durango, Mexico (“RSL Durango”). RevoLaze also argued that it was necessary to extend the target date to avoid prejudicing the proposed respondents.
On January 20, 2015, the respondents and Commission investigative attorney filed separate responses indicating that they do not oppose RevoLaze's motion, provided that the target date is also extended.
On January 23, 2015, the ALJ issued the subject ID granting the motion. Order No. 20. (The ID, like RevoLaze's motion, includes two addresses for RSL Durango.
No petitions for review of the ID were filed. The Commission has determined not to review the ID.
The authority for the Commission's determination is contained in section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and in Part 210 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR part 210). By order of the Commission.
Community Oriented Policing Services, Justice.
Notice of meeting.
On December 18, 2014, President Barack Obama signed an Executive Order titled “Establishment of the President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing” establishing the President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing (“Task Force”). The Task Force seeks to identify best practices and make recommendations to the President on how policing practices can promote effective crime reduction while building public trust and examine, among other issues, how to foster strong, collaborative relationships between local law enforcement and the communities they protect. The Task Force will be holding a public teleconference.
The meeting agenda is as follows:
The teleconference will be held Sunday, March 1, 2015 from 2:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time.
For disability access please call 1-800-888-8888 (TTY users call via Relay).
The meeting will be held by teleconference only. To access the conference line, please call 1-866-906-7447 and, when prompted, enter access code 8072024#.
Director, Ronald L. Davis, 202-514-4229 or
Address all comments concerning this notice to
The Task Force is interested in receiving written comments including proposed recommendations from individuals, groups, advocacy organizations, and professional communities. Additional information on how to provide your comments will be posted to
This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) Advisory Board. The meeting will be closed to the public.
The Legal Services Corporation's Board of Directors and Finance Committee will meet telephonically on February 19, 2015. The Finance Committee meeting will commence at 4:00 p.m., EDT, and upon its adjournment, will immediately be followed by the Board of Directors meeting.
John N. Erlenborn Conference Room, Legal Services Corporation Headquarters, 3333 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20007.
Members of the public who are unable to attend in person but wish to listen to the public proceedings may do so by following the telephone call-in directions provided below.
• Call toll-free number: 1-866-451-4981;
• When prompted, enter the following numeric pass code: 5907707348.
• When connected to the call, please immediately “MUTE” your telephone.
Members of the public are asked to keep their telephones muted to eliminate background noises. To avoid disrupting the meeting, please refrain from placing the call on hold if doing so will trigger recorded music or other sound. From time to time, the Chair may solicit comments from the public.
Open.
Katherine Ward, Executive Assistant to the Vice President & General Counsel, at (202) 295-1500. Questions may be sent by electronic mail to
LSC complies with the Americans with Disabilities Act and Section 504 of the 1973 Rehabilitation Act. Upon request, meeting notices and materials will be made available in alternative formats to accommodate individuals with disabilities. Individuals needing other accommodations due to disability in order to attend the meeting in person or telephonically should contact Katherine Ward, at (202) 295-1500 or
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice of an application under sections 6(c), 17(d) and 23(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”) and rule 17d-1 under the Act to permit certain joint transactions otherwise prohibited under section 17(d) of the Act.
Applicants request an order to permit them, subject to shareholder approval, to adopt new equity-based incentive compensation plans to replace equity-based incentive compensation plans adopted in 2005.
The Adams Express Company (“Adams”) and Petroleum & Resources Corporation (“Petroleum”).
The application was filed on April 22, 2014, and amended on September 12, 2014 and January 20, 2015.
An order granting the requested relief will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary and serving applicants with a copy of the request, personally or by mail. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on March 6, 2015, and should be accompanied by proof of service on applicants, in the form of an affidavit or, for lawyers, a certificate of service. Pursuant to rule 0-5 under the Act, hearing requests should state the nature of the writer's interest, any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Commission's Secretary.
Secretary, Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549. Applicants, c/o Lawrence L. Hooper, Jr., Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, The Adams Express Company, 7 Saint Paul Street, Baltimore, MD 21202.
Courtney S. Thornton, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6812, or David P. Bartels, Branch Chief, at (202) 551-6821 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).
The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's Web site by searching for the file number, or for an applicant using the Company name box, at
1. Adams and Petroleum, both of which are Maryland corporations, are registered under the Act as closed-end management investment companies. Adams' principal business is the ownership and management of its investment portfolio, which consists predominantly of equity securities. Petroleum's principal business also is the ownership and management of its investment portfolio, which consists predominantly of equity securities and emphasizes investments in energy and natural resources companies. Each company is internally managed. Each company's stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Adams presently owns approximately 8% of the outstanding voting shares of Petroleum.
2. Adams has eight directors, seven of whom are neither Employees (as defined below) nor “interested persons” of the company as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the Act (“Non-Interested Directors”), and twenty Employees. Petroleum has eight directors, seven of whom are Non-Interested Directors, and eighteen Employees. The boards of directors (“Boards”) of Adams and Petroleum are comprised of the same individuals. Sixteen Employees serve both Adams and Petroleum.
3. In 2005, the Commission issued an order granting applicants exemptions from sections 17(d), 18(d), and 23(a), (b), and (c)(3) of the Act (the “2005 Order”).
5. Applicants state that, because the investment management business is highly competitive, they believe their successful operation depends on their continued ability to attract, motivate and retain their Employees with competitive compensation packages similar to those offered by their competitors. Applicants are requesting relief to permit, subject to shareholder approval, the adoption of The Adams Express Company 2015 Incentive Compensation Plan and Petroleum & Resources Corporation 2015 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plans”). Each Plan, if approved by shareholders, would be administered by a compensation committee (the “Committee”) composed of three or more directors who (a) are Non-Interested Directors of the relevant applicant, (b) are “non-employee directors” within the meaning of rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and (c) are “outside directors” as defined under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”). Applicants represent that each Committee is currently composed of four directors, each of whom satisfies these criteria.
6. The Plans, if approved by shareholders, would permit the applicants to issue stock options (“Options”),
7. Existing awards made under the 2005 Incentive Plans would remain outstanding and would remain subject to the terms and conditions of the 2005 Incentive Plans. However, no further
8. Each Plan, in its proposed form, has been approved by the relevant applicant's Board, including a majority of the Non-Interested Directors of each applicant. Subject to receipt of the order, applicants expect that their respective Boards will approve the submission of the respective Plan to stockholders for approval at each applicant's annual meeting. Each Plan would become effective if approved by stockholders. In addition, each applicant would submit its Plan to stockholders for approval once every five years.
9. Grants under each Plan may be made only to “Eligible Persons,” which is defined, with respect to an applicant, to mean any person, including officers, in the regular employment of the applicant and/or its subsidiaries on a full-time basis, or of both Adams (and/or any subsidiary thereof) and Petroleum (and/or any subsidiary thereof) on a combined full-time basis (“Employees”) and the respective directors of the applicant who at the time an Award is to be granted are not Employees (“Non-Employee Directors”).
10. Immediately following each annual meeting of stockholders, each Non-Employee Director who is elected a director at, or who was previously elected and continues as a director after, that annual meeting would receive 750 Restricted Stock Units of Adams and 400 Restricted Stock Units of Petroleum, as applicable, which amounts may be adjusted to reflect certain corporate transactions. In addition, at the effective date of such Non-Employee Director's initial election to the Board, the Non-Employee Director would be granted 750 Restricted Stock Units of Adams and 400 Restricted Units of Adams, as applicable, which amounts may be adjusted to reflect certain corporate transactions. Non-Employee Directors would also receive dividend equivalents in respect of such Restricted Stock Units equal to the amount or value of any cash or other dividends or distributions payable on an equivalent number of shares of common stock. The Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents would vest (and become non-forfeitable) and be paid (in the form of shares of common stock) one year from the date of grant. In addition, Non-Employee Directors may elect each year, not later than December 31 of the year preceding the year as to which the annual grant of Restricted Stock Units is to be applicable, to defer to a fixed date or pursuant to a specified schedule payment of all or any portion of the annual grant of Restricted Stock Units. Under the Plans, Non-Employee Directors may also elect each year, not later than December 31 of the year preceding the year as to which deferral of fees is to be applicable, to defer to a fixed date or pursuant to a specified schedule all or any portion of the cash retainer to be paid for Board service in the following calendar year through the issuance of Deferred Stock Units, valued at the Fair Market Value of the relevant applicant's stock on the date when each payment of such retainer amount would otherwise be made in cash.
11. The total number of shares of each applicant's stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the applicable Plan (other than any shares of Adams stock or Petroleum stock issued in payment of dividend equivalents) is 4% of the outstanding shares of the applicable applicant as of the effective time of the Plan. As of January 14, 2015, this represents 3,850,570 shares of Adams stock and 1,095,752 shares of Petroleum stock.
12. Applicants state that, in the event that a dividend, capital gain distribution or other distribution, recapitalization, forward or reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange, liquidation, dissolution or other similar corporate transaction affects the common stock of an applicant, then the relevant Committee would, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the aggregate number of shares subject to the relevant Plan; (ii) the number and kind of shares which may be delivered under the relevant Plan; (iii) the number and kind of shares by which per-person Award limitations are measured; (iv) the number and kind of shares subject to or deliverable in respect of outstanding Awards; and (v) the exercise price or grant price relating to any Award. In addition, after the occurrence of any such corporate transaction, the relevant Committee would also have the authority to make provision for payment of cash or other property in respect of an Award. Applicants state that, in the event a capital gains distribution is made to applicants' stockholders, the exercise price of outstanding Options and the grant price of outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights issued under the Plans may be reduced to reflect any such distribution made after the date of grant (provided that no such reduction will be made that would reduce the exercise price or grant price below zero). No adjustments will be made in the case of a cash income dividend.
1. Section 18(d) of the Act generally prohibits a registered management investment company from issuing rights to purchase the company's shares.
2. Section 23(a) of the Act generally prohibits a registered closed-end investment company from issuing securities for services. Applicants state that because Awards are a form of compensation, the issuance of stock-based Awards to Eligible Persons would constitute the issuance of securities for “services” and, therefore, absent an exemption, would fall within the prohibitions of section 23(a).
3. Section 23(b) of the Act prohibits a registered closed-end investment company from selling its common stock at a price below its current NAV. The applicants state that, because Adams stock and Petroleum stock have often traded at a discount to their NAV and Awards under the Plans will be valued at the current market price of the stock, section 23(b) would in most cases prohibit the issuance of the Awards.
4. Section 6(c) of the Act provides, in part, that the Commission may, by order upon application, conditionally or unconditionally exempt any person, security or transaction, or any class or classes thereof, from any provision of the Act, if and to the extent that the exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act. The applicants request an exemption under section 6(c) from section 18(d) and sections 23(a) and (b) of the Act to the extent necessary to implement the Plans.
5. Applicants state that the concerns underlying those sections include (i) the possibility that Options could be granted to persons whose interests might be contrary to the interests of stockholders; (ii) the potential dilutive impact of Awards on stockholders; (iii) the possibility that Options might facilitate a change of control; (iv) the introduction of complexity and uncertainty into the investment company's financial structure, thereby making it more difficult to appraise the value of their stock; (v) possible obfuscation of the extent of management compensation; and (vi) encouragement of speculative portfolio investments at the insistence of the option holders (to increase the possibility of a rise in market price from which they might benefit). Applicants assert that these concerns would not apply to the Awards for the reasons discussed below and (in greater detail) in the application.
6. Applicants state that, because Awards under each Plan may be issued only to Eligible Persons, Awards will not be granted to individuals with interests contrary to those of the applicants' stockholders. Applicants also assert that the Plans would not become a means for insiders to obtain control of Adams or Petroleum because the number of shares of stock issuable under the Plans would be limited to 4% of the outstanding shares of Adams or Petroleum. Moreover, as a condition to the requested order, no Eligible Person could be issued more than 35% of the shares reserved for issuance under the Plans. In addition, in no event may the total number of shares of Adams stock or Petroleum stock, with respect to which all types of Awards may be granted to a Participant under the applicable Plan, exceed 300,000 shares of stock within any thirty-six month period during which the relevant Plan is in effect.
7. The applicants further state that each Plan will be submitted to stockholders for their approval. The applicants represent that a concise, “plain English” description of the Plans, including their potential dilutive effect, will be provided in the proxy materials that will be submitted to their respective stockholders. The applicants also state that they will comply with the proxy disclosure requirements in Item 10 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act. The applicants further note that the Plans will be disclosed to investors in accordance with the standards and guidelines adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the requirements of Item 402 of Regulation S-K, Item 8 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act, and Item 18 of Form N-2. In addition, applicants will comply with the disclosure requirements for executive compensation plans applicable to operating companies under the Exchange Act. Applicants conclude that the Plans will be adequately disclosed to investors and appropriately reflected in the market value of their stock.
8. The applicants acknowledge that Awards granted under the Plans would have a dilutive effect on the stockholders' equity in Adams and Petroleum, but argue that the effect would not be significant and would be outweighed by the anticipated benefits of the Plans to Adams, Petroleum and their stockholders.
9. In addition, applicants state that stockholders will be further protected by the conditions to the requested order that assure continuing oversight of the operation of the Plans by the applicable Board. Under these conditions, each applicant's Board will review the relevant Plan at least annually. In addition, the applicable Committee periodically will review the potential impact that the grant, exercise or vesting of Awards could have on an applicant's earnings and NAV, such review to take place prior to any decisions to grant Awards, but in no event less frequently than annually. Adequate procedures and records will be maintained to permit such review. The relevant Committee will be authorized to take appropriate steps to ensure that neither the grant nor the exercise or vesting of Awards would have an effect contrary to the interests of the stockholders of the applicant. This authority will include the authority to prevent or limit the grant of additional Awards.
10. Applicants believe that the possibility that Awards would encourage speculative portfolio investments is minimized because the applicants have conservative investment philosophies and the Boards periodically monitor stock transactions for consistency with the applicants' investment objectives.
11. With regard to the standard for relief under section 6(c), applicants assert that the requested exemptions are necessary or appropriate in the public interest because of the recruiting and retention benefits noted above. Applicants further assert that the requested exemptions are consistent with the protection of investors because of the proposed limitations on the grant of Awards and the required Board and shareholder approvals. Finally, applicants argue that the Plans are consistent with the policies and purposes of the Act because the Commission and Congress have previously permitted certain companies regulated under the Act to issue stock options and to adopt incentive compensation plans similar to the Plans.
12. Section 17(d) of the Act and rule 17d-1 under the Act generally prohibit an affiliated person of a registered investment company, or an affiliated person of such a person, from participating in a joint enterprise, joint arrangement or profit-sharing plan in which the company is a participant, unless the Commission by order approves the transaction. Rule 17d-1(c) defines a joint enterprise to include any stock option or stock purchase plan.
13. Applicants request an order pursuant to section 17(d) and rule 17d-1 to permit the operation of the Plans. Applicants state that the Plans, although benefiting Eligible Persons and applicants in different ways, are in the interests of stockholders of the applicants because the Plans would help them attract, motivate and retain talented professionals and help align the interests of Employees with those of their stockholders. Thus, applicants assert that applicants' participation in the Plans will be on a basis no less advantageous than that of Eligible Persons.
14. Section 23(c) of the Act generally prohibits a registered closed-end investment company from purchasing any securities of which it is the issuer except in the open market, pursuant to tender offers or under other circumstances as the Commission may permit to insure that the purchase is made on a basis that does not unfairly discriminate against any holders of the class or classes of securities to be purchased.
15. Applicants state that the payment of a stock option exercise price with previously acquired stock of the applicants or with shares withheld by the applicants may be deemed a purchase by the applicants of their own securities within the prohibition of section 23(c).
Applicants agree that any order of the Commission granting the requested relief will be subject to the following conditions:
1. Each Board will maintain a Committee, none of the members of which will be “interested persons” of the applicants as defined in the Act. Each Committee will administer the relevant Plan and will be composed of three or more directors of the relevant applicant who (i) are Non-Interested Directors of the relevant applicant, (ii) are “non-employee directors” within the meaning of rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and (iii) are “outside directors” as defined under section 162(m) of the Code.
2. A Plan will not be implemented unless it is approved by a majority of the votes cast by stockholders at a meeting called to consider the Plan. Any amendment to a Plan will be subject to the approval of the applicable applicant's stockholders to the extent such approval is required by applicable law or regulation or the applicable Board otherwise determines. Unless terminated or amended, during the fifth year of each Plan (and each fifth year thereafter), each Plan shall be submitted for reapproval to the relevant applicant's stockholders and all Awards made during that year shall be contingent upon stockholder reapproval.
3. Awards are not transferable or assignable, except as the Committees will specifically approve to facilitate estate planning or to a beneficiary upon an Eligible Person's death or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Awards may also be transferred pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order.
4. The maximum number of shares of stock available for delivery in connection with Awards under a Plan (other than any shares of Adams Stock or Petroleum Stock, as applicable, issued in payment of dividend equivalents) will be 4% of the relevant applicant's stock outstanding on the effective date of the relevant Plan, subject to adjustment for corporate transactions.
5. Each applicant's Board will review the relevant Plan at least annually. In addition, the applicable Committee periodically will review the potential impact that the grant, exercise, or vesting of Awards could have on an applicant's earnings and NAV, such review to take place prior to any decisions to grant Awards, but in no event less frequently than annually. Adequate procedures and records will be maintained to permit such review, and the relevant Committee will be authorized to take appropriate steps to ensure that neither the grant nor the exercise or vesting of Awards would have an effect contrary to the interests of investors in the applicant. This will include the authority to prevent or limit the grant of additional Awards. All records maintained pursuant to this condition will be subject to examination by the Commission and its staff.
6. The 2005 Incentive Plans will expire on April 27, 2015 pursuant to their terms. No further grants would be made under the 2005 Incentive Plans following the earlier of April 27, 2015 and the approval of the Plans by each applicant's stockholders at the respective annual meetings expected to be held in April 2015 or as soon thereafter as practicable. Existing awards made under the 2005 Incentive Plans would remain outstanding and would remain subject to the terms and conditions of the 2005 Incentive Plans.
7. Awards under the Plans are issuable only to Eligible Persons. No person will be granted Awards relating to more than 35% of the shares initially reserved for issuance under the relevant Plan (as such number of shares initially reserved for issuance may be adjusted under the terms of the Plans as described in Section IV.B of the application). Subject to the immediately preceding limitation, in any thirty-six month period during which a Plan is in effect, no person may be granted under that Plan more than 300,000 shares of stock in respect of Options, 300,000 shares of stock in respect of Stock Appreciation Rights, 300,000 shares of stock in respect of Restricted Stock, 300,000 shares of stock in respect of Restricted Stock Units, 300,000 shares of stock in respect of Deferred Stock Units, or 300,000 shares of stock in respect of Bonus Stock. In addition, in no event may the total number of shares of stock with respect to which all types of Awards may be granted to an Eligible Person under the applicable Plan exceed 300,000 shares of stock within any thirty-six month period during which the applicable Plan is in effect, which
8. In each fiscal year, a Non-Employee Director will be granted 750 Restricted Stock Units of Adams and 400 Restricted Stock Units of Petroleum, as applicable, which amounts may be adjusted to reflect certain corporate transactions. At the effective date of any Non-Employee Director's initial election to the Board of an Applicant, such Non-Employee Director will be granted 750 Restricted Stock Units of Adams and 400 Restricted Stock Units of Petroleum, as applicable, which amounts may be adjusted to reflect certain corporate transactions. Non-Employee Directors will also receive dividend equivalents in respect of such Restricted Stock Units equal to the amount or value of any cash or other dividends or distributions payable on an equivalent number of shares of common stock. The Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents will vest (and become non-forfeitable) and be paid (in the form of shares of common stock) one year from the date of grant. In addition, Non-Employee Directors may elect each year, not later than December 31 of the year preceding the year as to which the annual grant of Restricted Stock Units is to be applicable, to defer to a fixed date or pursuant to a specified schedule payment of all or any portion of the annual grant of Restricted Stock Units. Any modification of the deferral election may be made only upon satisfaction of any conditions that the relevant Committee may impose. Non-Employee Directors may also elect each year, not later than December 31 of the year preceding the year as to which deferral of fees is to be applicable, to defer to a fixed date or pursuant to a specified schedule all or any portion of the cash retainer to be paid for Board or other service related to Board activities in the following calendar year through the issuance of Deferred Stock Units, valued at the Fair Market Value of the relevant Applicant's stock on the date when each payment of such retainer amount would otherwise be made in cash.
For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, under delegated authority.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice of application for an order approving the substitution of certain securities pursuant to Section 26(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).
Secretary, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090; Applicants: Brandon J. Cage, CLU Assistant Vice President, Counsel, Pacific Life Insurance Company, 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660; Richard T. Choi, Esq., Carlton Fields Jorden Burt, P.A., 1025 Thomas Jefferson St. NW., Suite 400 East, Washington, DC 20007.
Laura L. Solomon, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6915, or Nadya Roytblat, Assistant Chief Counsel, at (202) 551-6825 (Chief Counsel's Office, Division of Investment Management).
The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's Web site by searching for the file number, or an applicant using the Company name box, at
1. The Insurers, on their own behalf and on behalf of their respective Separate Accounts, propose to substitute Service Shares of the Replacement Portfolio for Advisor Class shares of the Replaced Portfolio held by the Separate Account to fund the Contracts. Each Separate Account is divided into subaccounts (each a “Subaccount,” collectively, the “Subaccounts”). Each Subaccount invests in the securities of a single portfolio of an underlying mutual fund (“Portfolio”). Contract owners (each a “Contract Owner” and collectively, the “Contract Owners”) may allocate some or all of their Contract value to one or more Subaccounts that are available as investment options under the Contracts.
2. Pacific Life is the depositor and sponsor of the Pacific Life Separate Accounts. PL&A is the depositor and sponsor of PL&A Separate Account A.
3. Each of the Separate Accounts is a “separate account” as defined by Section 2(a)(37) of the 1940 Act and each is registered under the 1940 Act as a unit investment trust for the purpose of funding the Contracts. Security interests under the Contracts have been
4. Each Insurer, on behalf of itself and its Separate Account(s), proposes to replace the Advisor Class shares of the Replaced Portfolio that are held in Subaccounts of its Separate Account(s) with Service Shares of the Replacement Portfolio.
5. The Applicants state that the Proposed Substitution involves moving assets attributable to the Contracts from the Replaced Portfolio managed by Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC (“PIMCO”) to a Replacement Portfolio managed by Janus Capital Management LLC (“Janus Capital”) (each of Janus Capital and PIMCO, an “Investment Adviser” and collectively, the “Investment Advisers”). Each Investment Adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the assets of the Replaced or Replacement Portfolio, as the case may be. Neither the Replaced nor Replacement Portfolio employs a sub-adviser and neither Portfolio operates under a manager-of-managers arrangement that, among other things, would permit the Investment Adviser to engage a new or additional sub-adviser without the approval of the Portfolio's shareholders. The Applicants state that the Investment Advisers are not affiliates of the Insurers.
6. Applicants state that under the Contracts, the Insurers reserve the right to substitute, for the shares of a Portfolio held in any Subaccount, the shares of another Portfolio, shares of another investment company or series of another investment company, or another investment vehicle. The prospectuses for the Contracts include appropriate disclosure of this reservation of right.
7. The Applicants represent that the investment objectives of the Replaced and Replacement Portfolio are similar. The investment objective of the Replaced Portfolio is total return which exceeds that of a blend of 60% MSCI World Index/40% Barclays U.S. Aggregate Index, whereas that of the Replacement Portfolio is long-term capital growth, consistent with preservation of capital and balanced by current income. The investment objectives of both Portfolios include a growth component as well as an income component. Additionally, the Applicants state that the principal investment strategies of the Replaced and Replacement Portfolios are similar. The principal investment strategies of both Portfolios include investment in a combination of equity and debt securities. The Replaced Portfolio will typically invest 50 to 70% (20% minimum under normal circumstances) of its total assets in equity-related investment securities and may invest up to 30% of its total assets in fixed income securities denominated in foreign securities (or beyond this limit in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers), 15% of its total assets in fixed income securities that are economically tied to emerging market countries, and up to 10% of its total assets in fixed income securities in high yield securities (
8. The following table compares the fees and expenses of the Replaced Portfolio (Advisor Class shares) and the Replacement Portfolio (Service Shares) as of the year ended December 31, 2013. As shown below, the management fee of the Replacement Portfolio is lower than that of the Replaced Portfolio. The management fees of the Replaced Portfolio and the Replacement Portfolio are not subject to breakpoints. In addition, as shown in the table below, the 12b-1 fee of the Service Shares of the Replacement Portfolio is the same as the 12b-1 fee of the Advisor Class shares of the Replaced Portfolio. In both cases, the 12b-1 fee is the current maximum permitted under the relevant plan. Furthermore, as shown in the table below, the annual operating expenses of the Replacement Portfolio are lower than those of the Replaced Portfolio.
9. The Applicants state that the performance for the Replacement Portfolio is substantially better than that of the Replaced Portfolio for all periods shown.
10. The Applicants state that the Proposed Substitution is part of an ongoing effort by the Insurers to make their Contracts more attractive to existing and prospective Contract Owners. The Applicants assert the Proposed Substitution will help to accomplish these goals for the following reasons: (1) The total annual operating expenses for the Replacement Portfolio (which does not include any expense waivers or reimbursements) are significantly lower than those of the Replaced Portfolio (even after taking into account fee waivers or expense reimbursements); (2) the historical performance of the Replacement Portfolio is generally much better than that of the Replaced Portfolio; (3) the Subaccounts that invest in the Replacement Portfolio are included among the currently allowable investment options under the optional living benefit riders offered under the Contracts; (4) Contract Owners will find the stable management of the Replacement Portfolio, whose co-portfolio managers have managed the Portfolio since 2005, attractive, relative to the Replaced Portfolio; and (5) the Proposed Substitution will simplify the Subaccount offerings under the Contracts.
11. The Applicants represent that the Proposed Substitution will be described in supplements to the applicable prospectuses for the Contracts filed with the Commission or in other supplemental disclosure documents, (collectively, “Supplements”) and delivered to all affected Contract Owners at least 30 days before the date the Proposed Substitution is effected (the “Substitution Date”). Each Supplement will give the relevant Contract Owners notice of the applicable Insurer's intent to take the necessary actions, including seeking the order requested by the application, to substitute shares of the Replaced Portfolio as described in the application on the Substitution Date. Each Supplement also will advise Contract Owners that from the date of the Supplement until the Substitution Date, Contract Owners are permitted to transfer all of or a portion of their Contract value out of any Subaccount investing in the Replaced Portfolio (“Replaced Portfolio Subaccount”) to any other available Subaccounts offered under their Contracts without the transfer being counted as a transfer for purposes of transfer limitations and fees that would otherwise be applicable under the terms of the Contracts. In addition, each Supplement will (a) instruct Contract Owners how to submit transfer requests in light of the Proposed Substitution; (b) advise Contract Owners that any Contract value remaining in the Replaced Portfolio Subaccount on the Substitution Date will be transferred to a Subaccount investing in the Replacement Portfolio (“Replacement Portfolio Subaccount”), and that the Proposed Substitution will take place at relative net asset value; (c) inform Contract Owners that for at least thirty (30) days following the Substitution Date, the applicable Insurer will permit Contract Owners to make transfers of Contract value out of the Replacement Portfolio Subaccount to any other available Subaccounts offered under their Contracts without the transfer being counted as a transfer for purposes of transfer limitations that would otherwise be applicable under the terms of the Contracts; and (d) inform Contract Owners that, except as described in the market timing limitations section of the relevant prospectus, the applicable Insurer will not exercise any rights reserved by it under the Contracts to impose additional restrictions on transfers out of the Replacement Portfolio Subaccount for at least thirty (30) days after the Substitution Date.
12. The Proposed Substitution will be effected at the relative net asset values of the respective shares in conformity with Section 22(c) of the 1940 Act and Rule 22c-1 thereunder without the imposition of any transfer or similar charges by Applicants. The Proposed Substitution will be effected without change in the amount or value of any Contracts held by affected Contract Owners. Accordingly, the Applicants submit that the Proposed Substitution will have no negative financial impact on any Contract Owner.
13. The Proposed Substitution will be effected by having the Replaced Portfolio Subaccount redeem its Replaced Portfolio shares in cash on the Substitution Date at net asset value per share and purchase shares of the Replacement Portfolio at net asset value per share calculated on the same date.
14. The Insurers or an affiliate thereof will pay all expenses and transaction costs reasonably related to the Proposed Substitution, including all legal, accounting, and brokerage expenses relating to the Proposed Substitution, the above described disclosure documents, and the application. No costs of the Proposed Substitution will be borne directly or indirectly by Contract Owners. Affected Contract Owners will not incur any fees or charges as a result of the Proposed Substitution, nor will their rights or the obligations of the Insurers under the Contracts be altered in any way. The Proposed Substitution will not cause the fees and charges under the Contracts currently being paid by Contract Owners to be greater after the Proposed Substitution than before the Proposed Substitution. In addition, no transfer charges will apply in connection with the Proposed Substitution.
15. The Applicants represent that they will not receive, for three years from the date of the Proposed Substitution, any direct or indirect benefits from the Replacement Portfolio, its adviser or underwriter (or their affiliates), in connection with assets attributable to contracts affected by the Proposed Substitution, at a higher rate than they had received from the Replaced Portfolio, its adviser or underwriter (or their affiliates), including without limitation 12b-1 fees, shareholder service, administrative, or other service fees, revenue sharing, or other arrangements; and the Proposed Substitution and the selection of the Replacement Portfolio were not motivated by any financial consideration paid or to be paid to the Insurer or its affiliates by the
1. Applicants request that the Commission issue an order pursuant to Section 26(c) of the 1940 Act approving the Proposed Substitution. Section 26(c) of the 1940 Act makes it unlawful for any depositor or trustee of a registered unit investment trust holding the security of a single issuer to substitute another security for such security unless the Commission approves the substitution. Section 26(c) requires the Commission to issue such an order approving the substitution if the evidence establishes that the substitution is consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the 1940 Act.
2. The Applicants submit that the terms and conditions of the Proposed Substitution meet the standards set forth in Section 26(c) and assert that the substitution of the Replaced Portfolio with the Replacement Portfolio is consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the l940 Act. As described in the application, the total annual operating expenses for the Replacement Portfolio are lower than those of the Replaced Portfolio. Applicants assert that the Replacement Portfolio has similar investment objectives and investment strategies as the Replaced Portfolio, and the principal risks of the Replaced Portfolio and the Replacement Portfolio are similar.
3. Applicants also maintain that the Proposed Substitution is part of an ongoing effort by the Insurers to make their contracts more attractive to existing and prospective Contract Owners. The rights of affected Contract Owners and the obligations of the Insurers under the Contracts will not be altered by the Proposed Substitution. Affected Contract Owners will not incur any additional tax liability or any additional fees and expenses as a result of the Proposed Substitution.
4. The prospectuses for the Contracts disclose that the Insurers reserve the right, subject to Commission approval and compliance with applicable law, to substitute, for the shares of a Portfolio held in any Subaccount, the shares of another Portfolio, shares of another investment company or series of another investment company, or another investment vehicle.
5. Applicants also assert that the Proposed Substitution does not entail any of the abuses that Section 26(c) was designed to prevent. Applicants note that the purpose of Section 26(c) is to protect the expectation of investors in a unit investment trust that the trust will accumulate shares of a particular issuer by preventing unscrutinized substitutions that might, in effect, force shareholders dissatisfied with the substituted security to redeem their shares, possibly incurring either a loss of the sales load deducted from initial premium payments, an additional sales load upon reinvestment of the redemption proceeds, or both. The Proposed Substitution will offer Contract Owners the opportunity to transfer amounts out of the affected subaccounts into any of the remaining subaccounts without cost or other disadvantage. The Proposed Substitution, therefore, will not result in the type of costly forced redemptions that Section 26(c) was designed to prevent.
Applicants agree that any order granting the requested relief will be subject to the following conditions:
1. The Proposed Substitution will not be effected unless the Insurers determine that: (a) The Contracts allow the substitution of shares of registered open-end investment companies in the manner contemplated by the application; (b) the Proposed Substitution can be consummated as described in the application under applicable insurance laws; and (c) any regulatory requirements in each jurisdiction where the Contracts are qualified for sale have been complied with to the extent necessary to complete the Proposed Substitution.
2. The Insurers or their affiliates will pay all expenses and transaction costs of the Proposed Substitution, including legal and accounting expenses, any applicable brokerage expenses and other fees and expenses. No fees or charges will be assessed to the Contract Owners to effect the Proposed Substitution.
3. The Proposed Substitution will be effected at the relative net asset values of the respective shares in conformity with Section 22(c) of the 1940 Act and Rule 22c-1 thereunder without the imposition of any transfer or similar charges by Applicants. The Proposed Substitution will be effected without change in the amount or value of any Contracts held by affected Contract Owners.
4. The Proposed Substitution will in no way alter the tax treatment of affected Contract Owners in connection with their Contracts, and no tax liability will arise for affected Contract Owners as a result of the Proposed Substitution.
5. The rights or obligations of the Insurers under the Contracts of affected Contract Owners will not be altered in any way. The Proposed Substitution will not adversely affect any riders under the Contracts since the Replacement Portfolio is an allowable investment option for use with such riders.
6. Affected Contract Owners will be permitted to make at least one transfer of Contract value from the subaccount investing in the Replaced Portfolio (before the Substitution Date) or the Replacement Portfolio (after the Substitution Date) to any other available investment option under the Contract without charge for a period beginning at least 30 days before the Substitution Date through at least 30 days following the Substitution Date. Except as described in any market timing/short-term trading provisions of the relevant prospectus, the Insurer will not exercise any right it may have under the Contract to impose restrictions on transfers between the subaccounts under the Contracts, including limitations on the future number of transfers, for a period beginning at least 30 days before the Substitution Date through at least 30 days following the Substitution Date.
7. All affected Contract Owners will be notified, at least 30 days before the Substitution Date about: (a) The intended substitution of the Replaced Portfolio with the Replacement Portfolio; (b) the intended Substitution Date; and (c) information with respect to transfers as set forth in Condition 6 above. In addition, Insurers will deliver to all affected Contract Owners, at least 30 days before the Substitution Date, a prospectus for the Replacement Portfolio.
8. Insurers will deliver to each affected Contract Owner within five (5) business days of the Substitution Date a written confirmation which will include: (a) A confirmation that the Proposed Substitution was carried out as previously notified; (b) a restatement of the information set forth in the Supplements; and (c) before and after account values.
9. Applicants will not receive, for three years from the date of the Proposed Substitution, any direct or indirect benefits from the Replacement Portfolio, its adviser or underwriter (or their affiliates), in connection with assets attributable to Contracts affected by the Proposed Substitution, at a higher rate than they had received from the Replaced Portfolio, its adviser or underwriter (or their affiliates), including without limitation 12b-1 fees, shareholder service, administrative or
For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, under delegated authority.
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Notice of proposed contract standard; notice of proposed information collection; and request for public comment.
To implement section 342 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act” or “the Act”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) is proposing to include in its service contracts a standard concerning workforce inclusion of minorities and women.
Comments should be received on or before: April 14, 2015.
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Use the Federal eRulemaking Portal (
• Send paper comments to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
Pamela A. Gibbs, Director, Office of Minority and Women Inclusion, or Audrey B. Little, Senior Counsel, Office of Minority and Women Inclusion at (202) 551-6046, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549.
Section 342(a)(1)(A) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides for certain agencies, including the Securities and Exchange Commission, to establish an Office of Minority and Women Inclusion (“OMWI”).
Further, section 342(c)(3)(A) requires the OMWI Director to establish standards and procedures for determining whether an agency contractor or subcontractor “has failed to make a good faith effort to include minorities and women” in its workforce. Section 342(c)(3)(B)(i) provides that if the OMWI Director determines that a contractor has failed to make good faith efforts, the Director shall recommend to the agency administrator that the contract be terminated. Upon receipt of such a recommendation, section 342(c)(3)(B)(ii) provides that the agency administrator may terminate the contract, make a referral to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs of the Department of Labor, or take other appropriate action.
Under section 342(c)(3)(A) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the OMWI Director is required to determine whether a contractor or subcontractor has made good faith efforts to include minorities and women in its workforce. The proposed Contract Standard would require that a Commission contractor, upon request from the OMWI Director, provide documentation of the actions undertaken (and as applicable, the actions each covered subcontractor under the contract has undertaken) that demonstrate its good faith efforts to ensure the fair inclusion of minorities and women in its workforce. The documentation requested may include, but is not limited to: (1) The total number of employees in the contractor's workforce, and the number of employees by race, ethnicity, gender, and job title or EEO-1 job category (
The Commission's proposes to satisfy section 342(c)(2) through the inclusion of a contract standard concerning workforce inclusion of minorities and women (the “Contract Standard”) in solicitations and resulting contracts for services with a dollar value of $100,000 or more. The proposed Contract Standard is similar to the contract clauses adopted by OMWIs of other federal financial regulatory agencies.
The proposed Contract Standard requires a contractor to provide documentation, upon the request of the OMWI Director, to demonstrate that it has made good faith efforts to ensure the fair inclusion of minorities and women in its workforce and, as applicable, to demonstrate that its covered subcontractors have made such good faith efforts. “Good faith efforts” are interpreted to include actions by a contractor (and, as applicable, actions by each covered subcontractor) to ensure the fair inclusion of women and minorities in its workforce, while at the same time identifying, and if present, removing barriers to minority and women employment or expansion of employment opportunities for minorities and women within its workforce. Efforts to remove such barriers may include, but are not limited to, recruiting to ensure that applicant pools include minorities and women, providing job-related training, or other activity that could lead to removing such barriers.
Section 342 of the Dodd-Frank Act applies to “all contracts of [the Commission] for services of any kind,” but the section does not define the term “contract.” FAR 37.101 defines “service contract” as a “contract that directly engages the time and effort of a contractor whose primary purpose is to perform an identifiable task rather than to furnish an end item of supply.” Pursuant to the FAR definition, this proposed Contract Standard will be included in all Commission solicitations and resulting contracts for services with a dollar value of $100,000 or more, and in all subcontracts under the related prime contract for services with a dollar value of $100,000 or more.
The proposed Contract Standard is being published for public comment pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 1707, which applies to the publication of a covered federal procurement policy, regulation, procedure or form. Section 1707 provides that a procurement policy, regulation, procedure or form (including an amendment or modification thereof) is to be published for public comment in the
Here, the proposed Contract Standard relates to the expenditure of appropriated funds of the Commission, because it will be incorporated in certain Commission service contracts paid for with appropriated funds. The Contract Standard may have a significant effect beyond the internal operating procedures of the agency, as it implements requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act designed to address minority and women inclusion by federal contractors and implements the new contract termination authority contained in section 342(c)(3). The proposed Contract Standard may also have a cost or administrative impact on contractors or offerors, but we believe these effects would be insignificant as a result of the overlap with existing EEO laws. The consequence for non-compliance could have a cost or administrative impact on the covered service contractors, although they again overlap with existing remedies.
The proposed Contract Standard contains “collection of information” requirements within the meaning of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”).
• Contract Standard for Contractor Workforce Inclusion.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. We intend to submit these requirements to the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) for review and approval in accordance with the PRA and its implementing regulations.
Under section 342(c)(3)(A) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the OMWI Director is required to determine whether a contractor or subcontractor has made good faith efforts to include minorities and women in its workforce. The proposed Contract Standard would require that a Commission contractor, upon request from the OMWI Director, provide documentation of the actions undertaken (and as applicable, the actions each covered subcontractor under the contract has undertaken) that demonstrate its good faith efforts to ensure the fair inclusion of minorities and women in its workforce. The documentation requested may include, but is not limited to: (1) The total number of employees in the contractor's workforce, and the number of employees by race, ethnicity, gender, and job title or EEO-1 job category (
The proposed Contract Standard will be included in Commission contracts and subcontracts for services with a dollar value of $100,000 or more. Based on the data showing the dollar value of service contracts and subcontracts awarded in FY 2012 and FY 2013, we estimate that 170 contractors
The information collection under the proposed Contract Standard would
The estimated 50 contractors that employ fewer than 50 employees are required under the regulations implementing E.O. 11246 to maintain records showing the race, ethnicity and gender of each employee. We believe that these contractors also keep job title information during the normal course of business. However, contractors that have fewer than 50 employees may not have the written program prescribed by the E.O. 11246 regulations or similar plan that could be submitted as part of the documentation to demonstrate their good faith efforts to ensure the fair inclusion of minorities and women in their workforces. Accordingly, contractors with fewer than 50 employees may have to create a plan to ensure workforce inclusion of minorities and women.
In order to estimate the burden on contractors associated with creating a workforce inclusion plan, we considered the burden estimates for developing the written programs required under the regulations implementing E.O. 11246.
The proposed contract standard also would require contractors to maintain information about covered subcontractors' ownership status, workforce demographics, and workforce inclusion plans. Contractors would request this information from their covered subcontractors, who would have an obligation to keep workforce demographic data and maintain workforce inclusion plans because the substance of the proposed Contract Standard would be included in their subcontracts. Based on data describing recent Commission subcontractor activity, we believe that very few subcontractors will have subcontracts under Commission service contracts with a dollar value of $100,000 or more.
With respect to the reporting burden, we estimate that it would take all contractors on average approximately one hour to retrieve and submit to the OMWI Director the documentation specified in the proposed Contract Standard. We expect to request documentation from up to 100 contractors each year and therefore we estimate the total annual reporting burden to be 100 hours.
We request comments on the proposed collection of information in order to: (a) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) evaluate the accuracy of the Commission's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) determine whether there are ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) evaluate whether there are ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Persons who desire to submit comments on the collection of information may use any of the methods shown in the
The Text of this Proposed Contract Standard will not appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.
12 U.S.C. 5452; Sec. 342, Pub. L. 111-203.
The agency will include the
The following contract standard shall be included in all Commission solicitations and resulting contracts for services with a dollar value of $100,000 or more.
The Contractor confirms its commitment to equal opportunity in employment and contracting, and that it shall ensure, to the maximum extent possible and consistent with applicable law, the fair inclusion of minorities and women in its workforce.
The Contractor shall insert the substance of this contract standard in each subcontract for services awarded for performance of this contract with a dollar value of $100,000 or more.
Within ten (10) business days of a written request from the Director of the Commission's Office of Minority and Women Inclusion (OMWI Director) or designee, or such longer time as the OMWI Director or designee determines, and without any additional consideration, action or authorization required from the OMWI Director, the Contractor shall provide documentation, satisfactory to the OMWI Director, of the actions it has undertaken (and as applicable, the actions each covered subcontractor under the contract has undertaken) to demonstrate its good faith efforts to comply with the aforementioned provisions.
For purposes of this contract, “good faith efforts” shall include actions by the Contractor (and as applicable, actions by each covered subcontractor under the Service Contract) to identify and, if present, remove barriers to minority and women employment or expansion of employment opportunities for minorities and women within its workforce. Efforts to remove such barriers may include, but are not limited to, recruiting to ensure that applicant pools include minorities and women, providing job-related training, or other activity that could lead to removing such barriers.
The documentation requested by the OMWI Director or designee to demonstrate good faith efforts may include, but is not limited to, one or more of the following:
a. The total number of Contractor's employees, and the number of employees by race, ethnicity, gender, and job title or EEO-1 Report job category (
b. A list of covered subcontract awards for services under the contract, and for each covered subcontract award, the dollar amount, date of award, and the subcontractor's race, ethnicity, and/or gender ownership status;
c. The contractor's plan for ensuring the fair inclusion of minorities and women in its workforce, including outreach efforts; and
d. For each covered subcontractor, the documentation specified in paragraphs a. and c. above.
Consistent with Section 342(c)(3) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), 12 U.S.C. 5452(c)(3), a Contractor's failure to demonstrate to the OMWI Director that it has made good faith efforts to include minorities and women in its workforce (and as applicable, failure to demonstrate that its subcontractor(s) has made such good faith efforts) may result in termination of the contract for default after the contractor is provided written notice and an opportunity to cure the failure in accordance with the procedures set forth in FAR 49.402-3(d), other contractual remedies, referral to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), or other appropriate action.
Compliance with this standard does not necessarily satisfy the requirements of EO 11246, as amended, nor does it preclude OFCCP compliance evaluations and/or enforcement actions undertaken pursuant to that Executive Order, or demonstrate compliance with other FAR clauses that may be included in this contract.
For purposes of this contract standard, the term “minority” shall have the meaning set forth in section 342(g) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
By the Commission.
Small Business Administration.
30-Day notice.
The Small Business Administration (SBA) is publishing this notice to comply with requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), which requires agencies to submit proposed reporting and recordkeeping requirements to OMB for review and approval, and to publish a notice in the
Submit comments on or before March 16, 2015.
Comments should refer to the information collection by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to:
Curtis Rich, Agency Clearance Officer, (202) 205-7030
The National Women's Business Council will examine women's participation in business incubation and acceleration programs to understand the characteristics of incubators and acceleration that affect the business outcomes of women business owners. NWBC will also gain insight into factors that affect women's participation in these programs. Respondents will be managers of incubators and accelerators, women owners who graduated from the programs and a sample of women business owners from the general population.
Comments may be submitted on (a) whether the collection of information is necessary for the agency to properly perform its functions; (b) whether the burden estimates are accurate; (c) whether there are ways to minimize the burden, including through the use of automated techniques or other forms of information technology; and (d) whether there are ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a Notice of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for Public Assistance Only for the State of Vermont (FEMA—4207—DR), dated 02/03/2015.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing And Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the President's major disaster declaration on 02/03/2015, private non-profit organizations that provide essential services of governmental nature may file disaster loan applications at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.
The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 14220B and for economic injury is 14221B.
U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA).
Notice.
The U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) is conducting a Challenge, called InnovateHER, pursuant to the America Competes Act for entrepreneurs to create a product or service that has a measurable impact on the lives of women and families, has the potential for commercialization, and fills a need in the marketplace.
The initial round of the InnovateHER Challenge will take the form of local competitions that will be run across the country beginning March 1, 2015 and ending no later than March 31, 2015. The host organizations running the local competitions must select and submit one winner from each local competition to SBA, along with a Nomination package, no later than April 1, 2015. Winners will be announced no later than May 8, 2015.
Jessica Wager, Office of Entrepreneurial Development, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 Third Street SW., 6th Floor Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-7430,
1.
Contestants must develop a product or service that meets the following competition criteria:
• Has a measurable impact on the lives of women and families (30%);
• Has the potential for commercialization (40%); and
• Fills a need in the marketplace (30%).
2.
3.
4.
For winning entries submitted by teams of competitors, prize money will be awarded to the self-identified project leader for distribution to the rest of the team at their discretion and independently from SBA.
5.
Host Organizations must submit the semi-finalist nomination package to SBA at
• A single cover page detailing—
(1) The name of the winning individual or team, best contact information including home or business addresses with telephone, Web site (if applicable), and email address;
(2) The host organization's name, place of business, business address and telephone number and email address;
(3) A concise, one-paragraph description of the product or service
• A Business Plan.
• A Statement of Support that explains why the winner of the local competition best satisfied the competition criteria and presented the greatest potential for success (maximum length: 2 pages).
6.
Each finalist will be offered the opportunity to come to DC during National Small Business Week, May 4-8, 2015, to make a live marketing pitch to a panel of expert judges drawn from the private sector. The panel of judges will select the three finalists whose pitches, in their sole judgment, best satisfy the competition criteria and present the greatest potential for success and rank them in descending order. Finalists will be responsible for covering their own travel costs to DC for the national competition.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Award Approving Official: Erin Andrew, Assistant Administrator, Office of Women's Business Ownership, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 Third Street SW., Washington, DC 20416.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Research and Technology (OST-R), Department of Transportation.
Notice of meeting.
The purpose of this notice is to inform the public that the U.S. Department of Transportation will host a third workshop to continue discussions of the Global Positioning System (GPS) Adjacent Band Compatibility Assessment. The workshop will focus on the following topics: (i) Identification of GPS and Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) receivers to be considered for testing that are representative of the current categories of user applications; and (ii) discussion of a GPS/GNSS receiver test plan. To maximize participation and discussion, the U.S. Department of Transportation is requesting that those interested in presenting on one (or all) of the above topics please contact Stephen Mackey (contact information listed below) by March 2, 2015.
This workshop is open to the general public by registration only. For those who would like to attend the workshop, we request that you register no later than March 2, 2015. Please use the following link to register:
You must include:
The U.S. Department of Transportation is committed to providing equal access to this workshop for all participants. If you need alternative formats or services because of a disability, please contact Stephen Mackey (contact information listed below) with your request by close of business February 27, 2015.
Aerospace Corporation, 2310 E. El Segundo Blvd., El Segundo, CA 90245.
Identification will be required at the entrance of Aerospace Corporation facility (Passport, state ID, or Federal ID). Several Days leading up to the workshop, an email containing the agenda, dial-in, and WebEx information will be provided.
Stephen M. Mackey, U.S. Department of Transportation, John A. Volpe National Transportation Systems Center, V-345, 55 Broadway, Cambridge, MA 02142,
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Meeting Notice of RTCA Special Committee 135, Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment.
The FAA is issuing this notice to advise the public of the Sixty-Fifth meeting of the RTCA Special Committee 135, Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment.
The meeting will be held April 14-16, 2015 from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held NIAR, 4004 N. Webb Rd., Wichita, KS 67226.
The RTCA Secretariat, 1150 18th Street NW., Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036, or by telephone at (202) 330-0652/(202) 833-9339, fax at (202) 833-9434, or Web site at
Pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 5 U.S.C., App.), notice is hereby given for a meeting of Special Committee 135. The agenda will include the following:
• Chairmen's Opening Remarks, Introductions.
• Approval of Summary from the Sixty-Fourth Meeting—(RTCA Paper No. 021-15/SC135-700).
• Review Revised Terms of Reference.
• Review DO-160H/ED-14H Schedule.
• Present New Change Proposal Forms.
• Review Change New Proposals.
• Review Working Group Activities.
• New/Unfinished Business.
• Establish date/locations for Next SC-135 Meetings.
• Closing and Adjourn.
Attendance is open to the interested public but limited to space availability. With the approval of the chairman, members of the public may present oral statements at the meeting. Persons wishing to present statements or obtain information should contact the person listed in the “
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).
Meeting Notice of RTCA Special Committee 230, Airborne Weather Detection Systems Committee.
The FAA is issuing this notice to advise the public of the third meeting of the Airborne Weather Detection Systems Committee.
The meeting will be held March 17-19 2015 from 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. on March 17-18 and 9:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. on March 19.
The meeting will be held at RTCA, Inc., 1150 18th Street NW., Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036.
The RTCA Secretariat, 1150 18th Street NW., Suite 910, Washington, DC, 20036, or by telephone at (202) 833-9339, fax at (202) 833-9434, or Web site at
Pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 5 U.S.C., App.), notice is hereby given for a meeting of Special Committee 230. The agenda will include the following:
Attendance is open to the interested public but limited to space availability. With the approval of the chairman, members of the public may present oral statements at the meeting. Persons wishing to present statements or obtain information should contact the person listed in the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Meeting Notice of RTCA Special Committee 232, Airborne Selective Calling Equipment.
The FAA is issuing this notice to advise the public of the third meeting of RTCA Special Committee 232, Airborne Selective Calling Equipment.
The meeting will be held March 4-5, 2015 from 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held at Novotel Paris Orly Rungis Hotel Rungis, France. Hosted by Rabah Bouda.
You may contact the RTCA Secretariat, 1150 18th Street NW., Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036, or by telephone at (202) 833-9339, fax at (202) 833-9434, or Web site
Pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 5 U.S.C., App.), notice is hereby given for a meeting of Special Committee 232.
Attendance is open to the interested public but limited to space availability. With the approval of the chairman, members of the public may present oral statements at the meeting. Persons wishing to present statements or obtain information should contact the person listed in the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Monthly Notice of PFC Approvals and Disapprovals. In January 2015, there were nine applications approved. This notice also includes information on two applications, one approved in May 2012 and the other disapproved in November 2014, inadvertently left off the May 2012 and November 2014 notices, respectively. Additionally, three approved amendments to previously approved applications are listed.
The FAA publishes a monthly notice, as appropriate, of PFC approvals and disapprovals under the provisions of the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990 (title IX of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990) (Pub. L. 101-508) and part 158 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 158). This notice is published pursuant to paragraph d of § 158.29.
Lori Ledebohm, Harrisburg Airports District Office, (717) 730-2835.
Construct new aircraft rescue and firefighting building design.
Andrew Brooks, New York Airports District Office, (516) 227-3816.
Michael Brown, Chicago Airports District Office, (847) 294-7195.
Decision Date: January 6, 2015.
Irene Porter, Detroit Airports District Office, (734) 229-2915.
Jesse Lyman, Denver Airports District Office, (303) 342-1262.
Long term planning study.
Long term development program—terminal design and construction.
Long term development program—airside design and construction.
Long term development program—landside design and construction.
Bill Bell, Louisiana/New Mexico Airports Development Office, (817) 222-5664.
Parks Preston, Atlanta Airports District Office, (404) 305-7149.
Sheila Bridges, Central Region Airports Division, (816) 329-2638.
Andrew Edstrom, Seattle Airports District Office, (425) 227-2641.
Sheila Bridges, Central Region Airports Division, (816) 329-2638.
Andrew Edstrom, Seattle Airports District Office, (425) 227-2641.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice provides information regarding FHWA's finding that a Buy America waiver is appropriate for the use of non-domestic U-69 guard bars, manganese casting, turnout braces, and weld kits for CREATE rail projects in Chicago, Illinois.
The effective date of the waiver is February 17, 2015.
For questions about this notice, please contact Mr. Gerald Yakowenko, FHWA Office of Program Administration, (202) 366-1562, or via email at
An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded from the
The FHWA's Buy America policy in 23 CFR 635.410 requires a domestic manufacturing process for any steel or iron products (including protective coatings) that are permanently incorporated in a Federal-aid construction project. The regulation also provides for a waiver of the Buy America requirements when the application would be inconsistent with the public interest or when satisfactory quality domestic steel and iron products are not sufficiently available. This notice provides information regarding FHWA's finding that a Buy America waiver is appropriate in procurement of non-domestic U-69 guard bars, manganese casting, turnout braces, and weld kits for CREATE rail projects in Chicago, Illinois.
In accordance with Division A, section 122 of the “Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2012” (Pub. L. 112-55), FHWA published a notice of intent to issue a waiver on its Web site for non-domestic U-69 guard bars, manganese casting, turnout braces, and weld kits (
In accordance with the provisions of section 117 of the SAFETEA-LU Technical Corrections Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-244, 122 Stat. 1572), FHWA is providing this notice as its finding that a waiver of Buy America requirements is appropriate. The FHWA invites public comment on this finding for an additional 15 days following the effective date of the finding. Comments may be submitted to FHWA's Web site via the link provided to the Illinois waiver page noted above.
23 U.S.C. 313; Pub. L. 110-161, 23 CFR 635.410.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice provides information regarding the FHWA's finding that a Buy America waiver is appropriate for the use of non-domestic 4 in. and 12 in. trunnion mounted steel ball valves with maximum allowable operating pressure of 60 psi as part of natural gas distribution facility involved in replacement of Kosciuszko Bridge over Newton Creek in New York City, NY.
The effective date of the waiver is February 17, 2015.
For questions about this notice, please contact Mr. Gerald Yakowenko, FHWA Office of Program Administration, (202) 366-1562, or via email at
An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded from the Federal Register's home page at:
The FHWA's Buy America policy in 23 CFR 635.410 requires a domestic manufacturing process for any steel or
In accordance with Division A, section 122 of the “Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2012” (Pub. L. 112-55), the FHWA published a notice of intent to issue a waiver on its Web site for non-domestic 4 in. and 12 in. trunnion mounted steel ball valves (
In accordance with the provisions of section 117 of the SAFETEA-LU Technical Corrections Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-244, 122 Stat. 1572), the FHWA is providing this notice as its finding that a waiver of Buy America requirements is appropriate. The FHWA invites public comment on this finding for an additional 15 days following the effective date of the finding. Comments may be submitted to the FHWA's Web site via the link provided to the New York waiver page noted above.
23 U.S.C. 313; Pub. L. 110-161, 23 CFR 635.410.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice provides information regarding the FHWA's finding that a Buy America waiver is appropriate for the use of non-domestic brakes and bearings for rehabilitation of a ferry lift bridge on Governors Island, New York.
The effective date of the waiver is February 17, 2015.
For questions about this notice, please contact Mr. Gerald Yakowenko, FHWA Office of Program Administration, (202) 366-1562, or via email at
An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded from the
The FHWA's Buy America policy in 23 CFR 635.410 requires a domestic manufacturing process for any steel or iron products (including protective coatings) that are permanently incorporated in a Federal-aid construction project. The regulation also provides for a waiver of the Buy America requirements when the application would be inconsistent with the public interest or when satisfactory quality domestic steel and iron products are not sufficiently available. This notice provides information regarding the FHWA's finding that a Buy America waiver is appropriate for use of non-domestic brakes and bearings for the rehabilitation of a ferry lift bridge on Governors Island, New York.
In accordance with Division A, section 122 of the “Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2012” (Pub. L. 112-55), the FHWA published a notice of intent to issue a waiver on its Web site (
In accordance with the provisions of section 117 of the SAFETEA-LU Technical Corrections Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-244, 122 Stat. 1572), the FHWA is providing this notice as its finding that a waiver of Buy America requirements is appropriate. The FHWA invites public comment on this finding for an additional 15 days following the effective date of the finding. Comments may be submitted to the FHWA's Web site via the link provided to the New York waiver page noted above.
23 U.S.C. 313; Pub. L. 110-161, 23 CFR 635.410.
Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice of intent to grant Buy America waiver.
FRA is issuing this notice to advise the public that it intends to grant the Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT) a waiver from FRA's Buy America requirement for the use of 350 Sure Close gate hinges, which are manufactured in Italy. Self-closing, force adjustable gate hinges are one component of the larger construction project to install pedestrian swing gates in connection with the Chicago-St. Louis High Speed Rail (HSR) corridor project. The Chicago-St. Louis HSR
Written comments on FRA's determination to grant IDOT's Buy America waiver request should be provided to the FRA on or before March 2, 2015.
Please submit your comments by one of the following means, identifying your submissions by docket number FRA-2012-0033. All electronic submissions must be made to the U.S. Government electronic site at
(1) Web site:
(2) Fax: (202) 493-2251;
(3) Mail: U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Docket Operations, M-30, Room W12-140, Washington, DC, 20590-0001; or
(4) Hand Delivery: Room W12-140 on the first floor of the West Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
Instructions: All submissions must make reference to the “Federal Railroad Administration” and include docket number FRA-2012-0033. Due to security procedures in effect since October 2001, mail received through the U.S. Postal Service may be subject to delays. Parties making submissions responsive to this notice should consider using an express mail firm to ensure the prompt filing of any submissions not filed electronically or by hand. Note that all submissions received, including any personal information therein, will be posted without change or alteration to
Mr. John Johnson, Attorney-Advisor, FRA Office of Chief Counsel, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590, (202) 493-0078,
The letter granting IDOT's request is quoted below:
Dear Mr. Shacter: This letter is in response to your request dated September 25, 2014, that the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) grant the Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT), a waiver from FRA's Buy America provision, at 49 U.S.C. § 24405(a)(1), for one component of the pedestrian swing gates. Your waiver request is for 350 of 600 Sure Close gate hinges by D&D Technology needed for the project. Because the hinges are manufactured in Italy, IDOT would need a waiver from FRA's Buy America requirement. The FRA is granting IDOT's request for these initial 350 Sure Close gate hinges.
The request is based on the Buy America provision (49 U.S.C. 24405(a)) applicable to FRA's High-Speed Intercity Passenger Rail (HSIPR) Program $1.33 billion grant for the Chicago-St. Louis High Speed Rail (HSR) corridor. FRA's Buy America requirement for the manufactured goods used in rail infrastructure projects requires domestic manufacturing of the end product and that all of the components be manufactured in the United States. In this case, FRA determined the swing gate system to be an end product while the gate hinge is a component. The swing gate and all other components are manufactured in the United States. Section 24405(a)(2) also permits the Secretary (delegated to the FRA Administrator) to waive the Buy America requirements if the Secretary finds that: (A) Applying paragraph (1) would be inconsistent with the public interest; (B) the steel, iron, and goods manufactured in the United States are not produced in sufficient and reasonably available amount or are not of a satisfactory quality; (C) rolling stock or power train equipment cannot be bought or delivered to the United States within a reasonable time; or (D) including domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project by more than 25 percent.
On December 12, 2013, IDOT submitted an initial Buy America waiver request for the Sure Close hinge to install all 600 of the required hinges along the entire Chicago St Louis HSR corridor. IDOT has made, and continues to make, extensive efforts to procure a domestic gate hinge for the pedestrian crossings. IDOT initially located a U.S. manufactured hinge; however, the Illinois Commerce Commission (ICC) tested the swing gate and found that the closure force was too strong, even when adjusted, and could cause pedestrian injury. IDOT and ICC then found the Sure Close hinge, which is self-closing, force adjustable and manufactured in Italy. It meets the ICC's safety and performance requirements and is the only non-domestic component of the swing gate. The hinges and attachment brackets cost about $315 each; the total cost for the required 600 hinges is approximately $190,000.
To determine whether to grant IDOT's initial request, FRA provided notice and an opportunity for comment on its public Web site. FRA also emailed notice to over 6,000 persons who have signed up for Buy America notices. FRA received twelve comments to the Web site notice. Almost all of the commenters recommended denying the waiver; however, no commenter identified a supplier for the hinges. FRA also used the services of the National Institute of Standards and Technology's Manufacturing Extension Partnership (NIST-MEP) in order to scout for domestic sources for the hinges. NIST-MEP did not identify any exact matches. An “exact match” would mean a manufacturer already produces the same item immediately suitable for use in the project. NIST-MEP did identify twenty-seven manufacturers that may have the capabilities to produce the gate hinge needed for the project. However, only three of these twenty-seven manufacturers made a similar item that with some modification and testing may have been suitable for use in the project.
IDOT worked with NIST-MEP to contact these three firms. IDOT identified one U.S. manufacturer that stated it had the capability to produce the type of adjustable hinge needed for the gate. IDOT has been working with that manufacturer; however, the manufacturer's efforts on IDOT's behalf have not yet yielded a hinge having the qualities needed for this project. In addition, once functional prototypes are delivered to IDOT, they will still need to be tested in adverse climates, including winter weather. Further delays in delivery could delay testing until winter 2015-16 and useable hinges are necessary to ensure that major segments of the HSR project are completed next year.
To meet this schedule, on September 25, 2014, IDOT updated its initial Buy America request asking that 350 of the required 600 Sure Close hinges, costing approximately $110,000, be allowed for use in current and soon-to-be awarded
After receiving the September 25, 2014 updated waiver request from IDOT, FRA again provided notice and an opportunity for comment on its public Web site, as well as by emailing the Buy America listserv. FRA received two comments. One commenter supported the waiver, while the other commenter did not support the waiver. Once again, no commenter identified a domestic supplier for the hinges.
Based on NIST-MEP's scouting report, which did not identify a U.S. manufacturer that makes the same item, IDOT's inability at this time to locate a domestic gate hinge for pedestrian crossings meeting IDOT's safety and schedule needs, and the fact that the public did not identify a domestic source, FRA finds that gate hinges “produced in the United States are not of a satisfactory quality.” Therefore, FRA grants a waiver under 49 U.S.C. § 24405(a)(2)(B) (goods of a satisfactory quality are not produced in the United States).
Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. § 24405(a)(4), FRA is publishing notice of its decision to grant IDOT's waiver request in the Federal Register and provide notice of such finding and an opportunity for public comment after which this waiver will become effective. FRA expects IDOT to continue to use its best efforts to work with the proposed domestic manufacturer and procure domestically-produced hinges for the remaining 250 gate installations.
Question about this letter can be directed to, John Johnson, Attorney-Advisor, at
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Meeting notice.
Under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended), the Government in Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended) and 41 CFR 102-3.150, the U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration (MARAD) announces that a meeting of the U.S. Merchant Marine Academy (“Academy”) Board of Visitors (BOV) will take place:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The BOV Designated Federal Officer or Point of Contact: Brian Blower and 202-266-2765 or
Any member of the public is permitted to file a written statement with the Academy BOV. Written statements should be sent to the Designated Federal Officer at: Brian Blower, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590 or faxed to 202-366-3890. Written statements must be received no later than five working days prior to the next meeting in order to provide time for member consideration. By rule, no member of the public attending open meetings will be allowed to present questions from the floor or speak to any issue under consideration by the BOV.
46 U.S.C. 51312; 5 U.S.C. app. 552b; 41 CFR parts 102-3.140 through 102-3.165.
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces that the Information Collection Requests (ICRs) discussed below will be forwarded to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for renewal and extension. These ICRs describe the nature of the information collections and their expected burdens. A
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on, or before March 16, 2015.
Send comments regarding the burden estimate, including suggestions for reducing the burden, by mail to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for DOT-PHMSA, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503, by fax, 202-395-5806, or by email, to
We invite comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Department, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the Department's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Steven Andrews or T. Glenn Foster, Standards and Rulemaking Division (PHH-12), U.S. Department of Transportation, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., East Building, 2nd Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001, Telephone (202) 366-8553.
Section 1320.8 (d), title 5, Code of Federal Regulations requires Federal agencies to provide interested members of the public and affected agencies an opportunity to comment on information collection and recordkeeping requests. This notice identifies information collection requests that PHMSA will be submitting to OMB for renewal and extension. These information collections are contained in 49 CFR parts 172, 173, 174, 178, 179, and 180 of the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR; 49 CFR parts 171 through 180). PHMSA has revised burden estimates, where appropriate, to reflect current reporting levels or adjustments based on changes in proposed or final rules published since the information collections were last approved. The following information is provided for each information collection: (1) Title of the information collection, including former title if a change is being made; (2) OMB Control Number; (3) abstract of the information collection activity; (4) description of affected persons; (5) estimate of total annual reporting and recordkeeping burden; and (6) frequency of collection. PHMSA will request a three-year term of approval for each information collection activity and, when approved by OMB, publish notice of the approvals in the
PHMSA requests comments on the following information collections:
(1) Approvals of the Association of American Railroads (AAR) Tank Car committee: An approval is required from the AAR Tank Car Committee for a tank car to be used for a commodity other than those specified in part 173 and on the certificate of construction. This information is used to ascertain whether a commodity is suitable for transportation in a tank car. AAR approval is also required for an application for approval of designs, materials and construction, conversion or alteration of tank car tanks constructed to a specification in part 179, or an application for construction of tank cars to any new specification. This information is used to ensure that the design, construction, or modification of a tank car or the construction of a tank car to a new specification is performed in accordance with the applicable requirements.
(2) Progress Reports: Each owner of a tank car that is required to be modified to meet certain requirements specified in § 173.31 must submit a progress report to the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA). This information is used by FRA to ensure that all affected tank cars are modified before the regulatory compliance date.
(3) FRA Approvals: An approval is required from FRA to transport a bulk packaging (such as a portable tank, IM portable tank, intermediate bulk container, cargo tank, or multi-unit tank car tank) containing a hazardous material in container-on-flat-car or trailer-on-flat-car service other than as authorized by § 174.63. FRA uses this information to ensure that the bulk package is properly secured using an adequate restraint system during transportation. An FRA approval is also required for the movement of any tank car that does not conform to the applicable requirements in the HMR. These latter movements are currently being reported under the information collection for special permit applications.
(4) Manufacturer Reports and Certificate of Construction: These documents are prepared by tank car manufacturers and used by owners, users, and FRA personnel to verify that rail tank cars conform to the applicable specification.
(5) Quality Assurance Program: Facilities that build, repair, and ensure the structural integrity of tank cars are required to develop and implement a quality assurance program. This information is used by the facility and DOT compliance personnel to ensure that each tank car is constructed or repaired in accordance with the applicable requirements.
(6) Inspection Reports: A written report must be prepared and retained for each tank car that is inspected and tested in accordance with § 180.509 of the HMR. Rail carriers, users, and the FRA use this information to ensure that rail tank cars are properly maintained and are in safe condition for transporting hazardous materials.
Bogalusa Bayou Railroad, L.L.C. d/b/a Geaux Geaux Railroad (BBRR), a Class III rail carrier indirectly controlled by Watco Holdings, Inc., has filed a verified notice of exemption under 49 CFR 1150.41 to operate approximately 21.95 miles of rail line (the Lines) owned by Geaux Geaux Railroad, LLC (GGRL), located: (1) Between milepost 0.00 at or near Slaughter, and milepost 9.69 at or near Zee, and (2) between milepost 345.84 at or near Slaughter, and milepost 358.10 at or near Maryland, in East Baton Rouge Parish, La.
BBRR states it has entered into an operating agreement with GGRL and that the agreement does not contain any provision that prohibits BBRR from interchanging, or limits BBRR's ability to interchange, traffic with a third party. BBRR also states that operation of the Lines will not result in significant changes in carrier operations.
BBRR certifies that its projected annual revenues as a result of this transaction will not exceed those that would qualify it as a Class II or Class I rail carrier and will not exceed $5 million.
The transaction may be consummated on or after February 28, 2015, the effective date of the exemption (30 days after the verified notice was filed).
If the verified notice contains false or misleading information, the exemption is void
An original and 10 copies of all pleadings, referring to Docket No. FD 35904, must be filed with the Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423-0001. In addition, one copy of each pleading must be served on Karl Morell, Ball Janik LLP, 655 Fifteenth St. NW., Suite 225, Washington, DC 20005.
Board decisions and notices are available on our Web site at “
By the Board, Rachel D. Campbell, Director, Office of Proceedings.
The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 on or after the publication date of this notice.
Comments should be received on or before March 16, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of the information collection, including suggestion for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Treasury, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling (202) 927-5331, email at
In support of this mission, IRS is seeking a standard clearance to conduct a one-month pilot test in preparation for a nation-wide consumer tipping survey. There exists a substantial difference in the cost per response between a probability and non-probability sample. Pilot tests are therefore necessary to determine the relative accuracy and selection bias of tipping data that are collected using these different sampling methodologies in order to determine if there is tradeoff between accuracy and cost. The results of the pilot will be used to determine the sampling method employed in a nation-wide survey.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning Form 8957, Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) Registration, Form 8966, FATCA Report, Form 8966-C, Cover Sheet for Form 8966 Paper Submissions, Form 8508-I, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns Electronically, and Form 8809-I, Application for Extension of Time To File Information Returns.
Written comments should be received on or before April 14, 2015 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Christie Preston, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information, or copies of the information collection and instructions should be addressed to Allan Hopkins, at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the Internet, at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information, unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission
Notice of open public hearing—February 18, 2015, Washington, DC.
Notice is hereby given of the following hearing of the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission.
Any member of the public seeking further information concerning the hearing should contact Reed Eckhold, 444 North Capitol Street NW., Suite 602, Washington, DC 20001; phone: 202-624-1496, or via email at
Congress created the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission in 2000 in the National Defense Authorization Act (Pub. L. 106-398), as amended by Division P of the Consolidated Appropriations Resolution, 2003 (Pub. L. 108-7), as amended by Public Law 109-108 (November 22, 2005), as amended by Public Law 113-291 (December 19, 2014).
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and Development, HUD.
Notice.
This Notice identifies unutilized, underutilized, excess, and surplus Federal property reviewed by HUD for suitability for possible use to assist the homeless.
Juanita Perry, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 7262, Washington, DC 20410; telephone (202) 402-3970; TDD number for the hearing- and speech-impaired (202) 708-2565 (these telephone numbers are not toll-free), or call the toll-free Title V information line at 800-927-7588.
In accordance with 24 CFR part 581 and section 501 of the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11411), as amended, HUD is publishing this Notice to identify Federal buildings and other real property that HUD reviewed in 2014 for suitability for use to assist the homeless. The properties were reviewed using information provided to HUD by Federal landholding agencies regarding unutilized and underutilized buildings and real property controlled by such agencies or by GSA regarding its inventory of excess or surplus Federal property.
In accordance with 24 CFR part 581.3(b) landholding agencies were required to notify HUD by December 31, 2014, the current availability status and classification of each property controlled by the Agencies that were published by HUD as suitable and available which remain available for application for use by the homeless.
Pursuant to 24 CFR part 581.8(d) and (e) HUD is required to publish a list of those properties reported by the Agencies and a list of suitable/unavailable properties including the reasons why they are not available.
Where property is described as for “off-site use only” recipients of the property will be required to relocate the building to their own site at their own expense. Homeless assistance providers interested in any such property should send a written expression of interest to HHS, addressed to Theresa Ritta, Division of Property Management, Program Support Center, HHS, room 5B-17, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857; (301) 443-2265. (This is not a toll-free number.) HHS will mail to the interested provider an application packet, which will include instructions for completing the application. In order to maximize the opportunity to utilize a suitable property, providers should submit their written expressions of interest as soon as possible. For complete details concerning the processing of applications, the reader is encouraged to refer to the interim rule governing this program, 24 CFR part 581.
For more information regarding particular properties identified in this Notice (
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Proposed rule; request for comments.
NMFS' Office of Protected Resources has received a request from NMFS' Southwest Fisheries Science Center (SWFSC) for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to fisheries research conducted in multiple specified geographical regions, over the course of five years from the date of issuance. As required by the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is proposing regulations to govern that take, specific to each geographical region, and requests comments on the proposed regulations.
Comments and information must be received no later than March 16, 2015.
You may submit comments on this document, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2015-0026, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Ben Laws, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
A copy of SWFSC's application and any supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained by visiting the Internet at:
These proposed regulations, under the Marine Mammal Protection Act (16 U.S.C. 1361
The SWFSC collects a wide array of information necessary to evaluate the status of exploited fishery resources and the marine environment. SWFSC scientists conduct fishery-independent research onboard NOAA-owned and operated vessels or on chartered vessels. A few surveys are conducted onboard commercial fishing vessels, but the SWFSC designs and executes the studies and funds vessel time.
We received an application from the SWFSC requesting five-year regulations and authorization to take multiple species of marine mammals. Take would occur by Level B harassment incidental to the use of active acoustic devices in each of the three specified geographical regions, as well as by visual disturbance of pinnipeds in the Antarctic only, and by Level A harassment, serious injury, or mortality incidental to the use of fisheries research gear in the California Current and Eastern Tropical Pacific only. For each specified geographical region, the regulations would be valid from 2015 to 2019. Please see “Background” below for definitions of harassment.
Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA directs the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional taking of small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if, after notice and public comment, the agency makes certain findings and issues regulations. These proposed regulations would contain mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements.
Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA and the implementing regulations at 50 CFR part 216, subpart I provide the legal basis for issuing the five-year regulations and any subsequent Letters of Authorization.
The following provides a summary of some of the major provisions within these proposed rulemakings for the SWFSC fisheries research activities in the three specified geographical regions. We have preliminarily determined that the SWFSC's adherence to the proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures listed below would achieve the least practicable adverse impact on the affected marine mammals. They include:
• Required monitoring of the sampling areas to detect the presence of marine mammals before deployment of pelagic trawl nets or pelagic longline gear.
• Required use of marine mammal excluder devices on one type of pelagic trawl net and required use of acoustic deterrent devices on all pelagic trawl nets.
• Required implementation of the mitigation strategy known as the “move-on rule,” which incorporates best professional judgment, when necessary during pelagic trawl and pelagic longline operations.
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth. NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as “an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.”
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering [Level B harassment].
On April 25, 2013, we received an adequate and complete request from SWFSC for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to fisheries research activities. We received an initial draft of the request on February 11, 2012, followed by revised drafts on June 29 and December 21, 2012. On May 2, 2013 (78 FR 25703), we published a notice of receipt of SWFSC's application in the
SWFSC proposes to conduct fisheries research using pelagic trawl gear used at various levels in the water column, pelagic longlines with multiple hooks, bottom-contact trawls, and other gear. If a marine mammal interacts with gear deployed by SWFSC, the outcome could potentially be Level A harassment, serious injury (
The SWFSC conducts fisheries research surveys in the California Current Ecosystem (CCE), the Eastern Tropical Pacific (ETP), and the Antarctic Marine Living Resources Ecosystem (AMLR). As required by the MMPA, SWFSC's request is considered separately for each specified geographical region. In the CCE, SWFSC requests authorization to take individuals of seventeen species by Level A harassment, serious injury, or mortality (hereafter referred to as M/SI + Level A) and of 34 species by Level B harassment. In the ETP, SWFSC requests authorization to take individuals of eleven species by M/SI + Level A and of 31 species by Level B harassment. In the AMLR, SWFSC requests authorization to take individuals of seventeen species by Level B harassment. No takes by M/SI + Level A are anticipated in the AMLR.
The SWFSC collects a wide array of information necessary to evaluate the status of exploited fishery resources and the marine environment. SWFSC scientists conduct fishery-independent research onboard NOAA-owned and operated vessels or on chartered vessels. A few surveys are conducted onboard commercial fishing vessels, but the SWFSC designs and executes the studies and funds vessel time. The SWFSC proposes to administer and conduct approximately fourteen survey programs over the five-year period. The gear types used fall into several categories: Pelagic trawl gear used at various levels in the water column, pelagic longlines, bottom-contact trawls, and other gear. Only use of pelagic trawl and pelagic longline gears are likely to result in interaction with marine mammals. The majority of these surveys also use active acoustic devices.
The federal government has a responsibility to conserve and protect living marine resources in U.S. waters and has also entered into a number of international agreements and treaties related to the management of living marine resources in international waters outside the United States. NOAA has the primary responsibility for managing marine fin and shellfish species and their habitats, with that responsibility delegated within NOAA to NMFS.
In order to direct and coordinate the collection of scientific information needed to make informed fishery management decisions, Congress created six Regional Fisheries Science Centers, each a distinct organizational entity and the scientific focal point within NMFS for region-based federal fisheries-related research. This research is aimed at monitoring fish stock recruitment, abundance, survival and biological rates, geographic distribution of species and stocks, ecosystem process changes, and marine ecological research. The SWFSC is the research arm of NMFS in the southwest region of the U.S. The SWFSC conducts research and provides scientific advice to manage fisheries and conserve protected species in the three geographic research areas described below and provides scientific information to support the Pacific Fishery Management Council and numerous other domestic and international fisheries management organizations.
The specified activity may occur at any time during the five-year period of validity of the proposed regulations. Dates and duration of individual surveys are inherently uncertain, based on congressional funding levels for the SWFSC, weather conditions, or ship contingencies. In addition, the cooperative research program is designed to provide flexibility on a yearly basis in order to address issues as they arise. Some cooperative research projects last multiple years or may continue with modifications. Other projects only last one year and are not continued. Most cooperative research projects go through an annual competitive selection process to determine which projects should be funded based on proposals developed by many independent researchers and fishing industry participants. SWFSC survey activity does occur during most months of the year; however, trawl surveys occur during May through June and September and longline surveys are completed during June-July and September.
Please see Figure 1 for a map of the three research areas described below. In addition to general knowledge and other citations contained herein, this section relies upon the descriptions found in Sherman and Hempel (2009) and Wilkinson
The California Current determines the general hydrography off the coast of California. The current is part of the North Pacific Gyre, related to the anticyclonic circulation of the central North Pacific, and brings cool waters southward. In general, an area of divergence parallels the coast of California, with a zone of convergence 200-300 km from the coastline. The current moves south along the western coast of North America, beginning off southern British Columbia and flowing southward past Washington, Oregon and California, before ending off southern Baja California (Bograd
On the shoreward side of the California Current, the California Current Front separates cold, low-salinity upwelled waters from the warmer, saltier waters close to shore. Offshore frontal filaments transport the frontal water across the entire ecosystem. In winter, the wind-driven Davidson Current is the dominant nearshore system, and its associated front forms along the boundary between inshore subtropical waters and colder offshore temperate and subarctic waters. Surface flow of the California Current appears to be diverted offshore at Point Conception and again at Punta Eugenia, while semi-permanent eddies exist south of these headlands.
Located generally within the Pacific Trade Wind Biome, between the subtropical gyres of the North and South Pacific, the ETP contains some of the most productive tropical ocean waters in the world. Cool, low-salinity eastern
This region is considered to be of moderate to high productivity in coastal regions, as a result of equatorial upwelling, open ocean and coastal upwellings, and nutrient inputs from river runoff in more tropical areas, while the open ocean portions of the ETP are considered to be of low productivity (Longhurst
Cold waters flowing north from Antarctica mix with warm sub-Antarctic waters in the Antarctic Ocean. The Antarctic Circumpolar Current moves eastward around Antarctica, providing a partial return of water to northern ocean basins. There are only limited areas of shallow waters in the Southern Ocean, where the average depth is between 4,000 and 5,000 m over most of its extent, although the southern Weddell Sea is one of the largest shelf areas around the Antarctic continent.
Antarctic waters are considered of moderate productivity. Seasonal production is linked with extreme weather conditions and limited light penetration of winter ice and is strongly influenced by ice formation in the fall and melting in the spring and summer. Antarctic krill is the keystone species of the Antarctic ecosystem, providing an important food source for marine mammals, seabirds, and fishes. Mean SST is approximately −1 °C (Locarnini
The federal government has a trust responsibility to protect living marine resources in waters of the United States. These waters extend to 200 nm from the shoreline and include the EEZ. The U.S. government has also entered into a number of international agreements and treaties related to the management of living marine resources in international waters outside of the U.S. EEZ (
Within NMFS, six Regional Fisheries Science Centers direct and coordinate the collection of scientific information needed to inform fisheries management decisions. Each Fisheries Science Center is a distinct entity and is the scientific focal point for a particular region. SWFSC conducts research and provides scientific advice to manage fisheries and conserve protected species along the U.S. west coast, throughout the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean, and in the Southern Ocean off Antarctica. SWFSC provides scientific information to support the Pacific Fishery Management Council and other domestic and international fisheries management organizations.
The SWFSC collects a wide array of information necessary to evaluate the status of exploited fishery resources and the marine environment. SWFSC scientists conduct fishery-independent research onboard NOAA-owned and operated vessels or on chartered vessels. A few surveys are conducted onboard commercial fishing vessels, but the SWFSC designs and executes the studies and funds vessel time. The SWFSC proposes to administer and conduct approximately fourteen survey programs over the five-year period.
The gear types used fall into several categories: Pelagic trawl gear used at various levels in the water column, pelagic longlines with multiple hooks, bottom-contact trawls, and other gear. Only pelagic trawl and pelagic longline gears are likely to interact with marine mammals. The majority of these surveys also use active acoustic devices. These surveys may be conducted aboard NOAA-operated research vessels (R/V), including the
In the following discussion, we first summarily describe various gear types used by SWFSC and then describe specific fisheries and ecosystem research activities conducted by the SWFSC, separated by specified geographical region. This is not an exhaustive list of gear and/or devices that may be utilized by SWFSC but is representative of gear categories and is complete with regard to all gears with potential for interaction with marine mammals. Additionally, relevant active acoustic devices, which are commonly used in SWFSC survey activities, are described separately in a subsequent section.
The trawl net is usually deployed over the stern of the vessel and attached with two cables (or warps) to winches on the deck of the vessel. The cables are played out until the net reaches the fishing depth. Commercial trawl vessels travel at speeds of 2-5 kn while towing the net for time periods up to several hours. The duration of the tow depends on the purpose of the trawl, the catch rate, and the target species. At the end of the tow the net is retrieved and the contents of the codend are emptied onto the deck. For research purposes, the speed and duration of the tow and the characteristics of the net must be standardized to allow meaningful comparisons of data collected at different times and locations. Active acoustic devices (described later) incorporated into the research vessel and the trawl gear monitor the position and status of the net, speed of the tow, and other variables important to the research design. Most SWFSC research trawling activities utilize pelagic (or midwater) trawls, which are designed to operate at various depths within the water column but not to contact the seafloor.
1. NETS Nordic 264—Several SWFSC research programs utilize a Nordic 264 two-warp rope trawl, manufactured by Net Systems, Inc. (Bainbridge Island, WA). The forward portion of this large two-warp rope trawl is constructed of a series of ropes that function to gather fish into the body of the net. The effective mouth opening of the Nordic 264 is approximately 380 m
2. Modified-Cobb—A modified-Cobb midwater trawl net has a headrope length of approximately 26 m, a mouth of 80 m
3. NETS Hard-Bottom Snapper Trawl—The lower edge of this bottom trawl net is normally protected by a thick footrope ballasted with heavy rubber discs or bobbins, often called roller gear or tire gear. Flotation devices attached to the headrope hold the net open vertically as it is towed through the water. Bottom trawl nets used for commercial purposes can be up to 100 m wide. This net has a headrope length of 28 m and a footrope length of approximately 39 m (Stauffer, 2004). Please see Figure A-2 of SWFSC's EA for a schematic diagram of the net.
Conductivity is measured as a proxy for salinity, which is expressed in practical salinity units representing the sum of the concentrations of several different ions. Temperature is generally measured using a high-sensitivity thermistor protected inside a thin-walled stainless steel tube. The resistance across the thermistor is measured as the CTD profiler is lowered through the water column to give a continuous profile of the water temperature at all water depths. The depth of the CTD sensor array is continuously monitored using an electronic pressure sensor. Salinity, temperature, and depth data measured by the CTD instrument are essential for characterization of seawater properties.
The XBT probes consist of a metal weight surrounding a temperature probe, attached to a copper wire that conducts the signal to the vessel. The copper wire is protected within a plastic housing (see Figure A-13 of SWFSC's EA for a photograph). Probes are generally launched from the leeward side of the vessel and as far aft as possible. Launching from these locations helps obtain high reliability and minimizes the chances that the fine copper probe wire will come in contact with the ship's hull which may cause spikes in the data or a catastrophic wire break. A portable shipboard data acquisition system records, processes, and interprets the data the probes collect.
XBT drops occur at predetermined times along with surface chlorophyll sampling. Opportunistic drops may also occur. Typically, three XBT drops are made per survey day. XBT drops may be repeated if the displayed profile does not show a well-defined mixed layer and thermocline. Deep Blue probes are preferred, as they survey to a depth of 760 m and take approximately two minutes per drop. Probes are launched using a hand-held launcher. As the XBT probes are expendable, they are not retrieved and are left on the seafloor after data collection.
1. The Oozeki net is a frame trawl with a 5 m
2. The Isaacs-Kidd midwater trawl (IKMT) is used to collect deepwater biological specimens larger than those taken by standard plankton nets. The mouth of the net is approximately 1.5 × 1.8 m, and is attached to a wide, V-shaped, rigid diving vane that keeps the mouth of the net open and maintains the net at depth for extended periods. The IKMT is a long, round net approximately 6.5 m long, with a series of hoops decreasing in size from the mouth of the net to the codend, which maintain the shape of the net during towing (Yasook
3. The Multiple Opening/Closing Net and Environmental Sensing System (MOCNESS) uses a stepping motor to sequentially control the opening and closing of the net. The MOCNESS uses underwater and shipboard electronics to control the device. The electronics system continuously monitors the functioning of the nets, frame angle, horizontal velocity, vertical velocity, volume filtered, and selected environmental parameters, such as salinity and temperature. The MOCNESS is used for specialized zooplankton surveys.
4. The Tucker trawl is a medium-sized single-warp net used to study pelagic fish and zooplankton. The Tucker trawl, similar to the MOCNESS, consists of a series of nets that can be opened and closed sequentially via stepping motor without retrieving the net from the fishing depth. It is designed for deep oblique tows where up to three replicate nets can be sequentially operated by a double release mechanism and is typically equipped with a full suite of instruments, including inside and outside flow meters, CTD, and pitch sensor.
The remainder of nets described here are plankton nets, which usually consist of fine mesh attached to a weighted frame which spreads the mouth of the net to cover a known surface area in order to sample plankton and fish eggs from various parts of the water column.
5. Bongo nets are towed through the water at an oblique angle to sample plankton over a range of depths. The Bongo nets used by SWFSC have openings 71 cm in diameter and employ a 505-μm mesh. The nets are 3 m in length with a 1.5 m cylindrical section coupled to a 1.5 m conical portion that tapers to a detachable codend constructed of 333-μm or 505-μm nylon mesh (see Figure A-6 of SWFSC's EA for a schematic diagram). During each plankton tow, the bongo nets are deployed to a depth of approximately 210 m and are then retrieved at a controlled rate so that the volume of water sampled is uniform across the range of depths. In shallow areas, sampling protocol is adjusted to prevent contact between the bongo nets and the seafloor. A collecting bucket, attached to the codend of the net, is used to contain the plankton sample. When the net is retrieved, the collecting bucket can be detached and easily transported to a laboratory. Some bongo nets can be opened and closed using remote control to enable the collection of samples from particular depth ranges. A group of depth-specific bongo net samples can be used to establish the vertical distribution of zooplankton species in the water column at a site. Bongo nets are generally used to collect zooplankton for research purposes, and are not used for commercial harvest.
6. The Pairovet is a bongo-type device consisting of two nets. The Pairovet frame was designed to facilitate comparison of nets constructed of various materials and to provide replicate observations when using similar nets. The frame is constructed of aluminum with stainless steel fittings. The nets are nylon mesh attached to the frame with adjustable stainless steel strapping.
7. Manta nets are towed horizontally at the surface of the water to sample neuston (organisms living at or near the water surface). The frame of the Manta net is supported at the ocean surface by aquaplanes (wings) that provide lift as the net is towed horizontally through the water (see Figure A-7 of SWFSC's EA for a schematic diagram). To ensure repeatability between samples, the towing speed, angle of the wire, and tow duration must be carefully controlled. The Manta nets used by SWFSC employ 505-μm nylon mesh in the body of the net and 303-μm mesh in the codend. The frame has a mouth area of 0.13 m
A commercial pelagic longline can be over 100 km long and have thousands of hooks attached, although longlines used for research surveys are shorter. The pelagic longline gear used for SWFSC research surveys typically use 200-400 hooks attached to a steel or monofilament mainline from 3-19 km long. For SWFSC research the gangions are 3-11 m long and are attached to the mainline at intervals of 15-30 m. There are no internationally recognized standard measurements for hook size, and a given size may be inconsistent between manufacturers. Larger hooks, as are used in longlining, are referenced by increasing whole numbers followed by a slash and a zero as size increases (
The time period between deployment and retrieval of the longline gear is the soak time. Soak time is an important parameter for calculating fishing effort. For commercial fisheries the goal is to optimize the soak time in order to maximize catch of the target species while minimizing the bycatch rate and minimizing damage to target species that may result from predation by sharks or other predators.
1. Deep-set buoy gear is a particular type of pelagic longline, targeting swordfish (
SWFSC operates a Phantom DS4 ROV to collect video and still camera images. The Phantom DS4 platform is driven horizontally by four
The SWFSC has also designed and constructed a custom high-definition high-voltage (HDHV) ROV for surveying deepwater environments. The HDHV ROV is powered by six 300-V brushless DC thrusters, which are efficient and quiet to maximize bottom time while minimizing behavioral disturbance to target species. The HDHV ROV platform is equipped with video and still cameras, an illumination system, scanning sonar, CTD, a dissolved oxygen sensor, laser rangefinding and laser caliper systems, and has the capability to process data while underway to facilitate real-time georeferenced collection of oceanographic data.
1.
2.
The protocol for the sardine survey includes deployment of the NETS Nordic 264 two-warp rope trawl in the upper 10 m of the water column at night in order to sample adult sardines. The trawl is deployed for thirty-minute tows at the target depth at 3 kn during dark hours when sardines are dispersed and near the surface. Estimates of daily fecundity are derived from the samples and combined with estimates of daily egg production to produce an estimate of spawning stock biomass. Additional protocols for this survey are similar to the CalCOFI surveys described previously.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Primary effort of these surveys includes line transect surveys of marine mammals and seabirds. Observations are made of schools or aggregations of marine mammals and, for a subset of observations, survey effort is suspended and aggregations are approached for estimation of aggregation size and species composition. This work constitutes research directed at marine mammals, meaning that any take of marine mammals resulting from the survey effort would not be considered incidental. Separate scientific research permits are obtained from NMFS under the MMPA for this component of these surveys; this directed research is therefore not considered further in this document.
However, additional scientific effort during marine mammal ecosystem surveys (
12.
13.
14.
15.
1.
2.
1.
Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is the distance between two peaks or corresponding points of a sound wave (length of one cycle). Higher frequency sounds have shorter wavelengths than lower frequency sounds, and typically attenuate (decrease) more rapidly, except in certain cases in shallower water. Amplitude is the height of the sound pressure wave or the “loudness” of a sound and is typically described using the relative unit of the decibel (dB). A sound pressure level (SPL) in dB is described as the ratio between a measured pressure and a reference pressure (for underwater sound, this is 1 microPascal [μPa]), and is a logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations in amplitude; therefore, a relatively small change in dB corresponds to large changes in sound pressure. The source level (SL) represents the SPL referenced at a distance of 1 m from the source (referenced to 1 μPa), while the received level is the SPL at the listener's position (referenced to 1 μPa).
Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over the duration of an impulse. Rms is calculated by squaring all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the square root of the average (Urick, 1983). Rms accounts for both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of pressure levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often used in the context of discussing behavioral effects,
Sound exposure level (SEL; represented as dB re 1 μPa
When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in a manner similar to ripples on the surface of a pond and may be either directed in a beam or beams (as for the sources considered here) or may radiate in all directions (omnidirectional sources). The compressions and decompressions associated with sound waves are detected as changes in pressure by aquatic life and man-made sound receptors such as hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound. Ambient sound is defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a single source or point (Richardson
• Wind and waves: The complex interactions between wind and water surface, including processes such as breaking waves and wave-induced bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a main source of naturally occurring ambient sound for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50 kHz (Mitson, 1995). In general, ambient sound levels tend to increase with increasing wind speed and wave height. Surf sound becomes important near shore, with measurements collected at a distance of 8.5 km from shore showing an increase of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band during heavy surf conditions.
• Precipitation: Sound from rain and hail impacting the water surface can become an important component of total sound at frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet times.
• Biological: Marine mammals can contribute significantly to ambient sound levels, as can some fish and shrimp. The frequency band for biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz.
• Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient sound related to human activity include transportation (surface vessels), dredging and construction, oil and gas drilling and production, seismic surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean acoustic studies. Vessel noise typically dominates the total ambient sound for frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In general, the frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz and, if higher frequency sound levels are created, they attenuate rapidly. Sound from identifiable anthropogenic sources other than the activity of interest (
The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at any given location and time—which comprise “ambient” or “background” sound—depends not only on the source levels (as determined by current weather conditions and levels of biological and human activity) but also on the ability of sound to propagate through the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales. Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB from day to day (Richardson
Sounds are often considered to fall into one of two general types: Pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the following). The distinction between these two sound types is important because they have differing potential to cause physical effects, particularly with regard to hearing (
Pulsed sound sources (
Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief or prolonged, and may be either continuous or non-continuous (ANSI, 1995; NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-pulsed sounds can be transient signals of short duration but without the essential properties of pulses (
We use generic sound exposure thresholds (see Table 1) to determine when an activity that produces sound might result in impacts to a marine mammal such that a take by harassment might occur. These thresholds should be considered guidelines for estimating when harassment may occur (
A wide range of active acoustic devices are used in SWFSC fisheries surveys for remotely sensing bathymetric, oceanographic, and biological features of the environment. Most of these sources involve relatively high frequency, directional, and brief repeated signals tuned to provide sufficient focus and resolution on specific objects. SWFSC also uses passive listening sensors (
Mid- and high-frequency underwater acoustic sources typically used for scientific purposes operate by creating an oscillatory overpressure through rapid vibration of a surface, using either electromagnetic forces or the piezoelectric effect of some materials. A vibratory source based on the piezoelectric effect is commonly referred to as a transducer. Transducers are usually designed to excite an acoustic wave of a specific frequency, often in a highly directive beam, with the directional capability increasing with operating frequency. The main parameter characterizing directivity is the beam width, defined as the angle subtended by diametrically opposite “half power” (−3 dB) points of the main lobe. For different transducers at a single operating frequency the beam width can vary from 180° (almost omnidirectional) to only a few degrees. Transducers are usually produced with either circular or rectangular active surfaces. For circular transducers, the beam width in the horizontal plane (assuming a downward pointing main beam) is equal in all directions, whereas rectangular transducers produce more complex beam patterns with variable beam width in the horizontal plane. Please see Zykov and Carr (2014) for further discussion of electromechanical sound sources.
The types of active sources employed in fisheries acoustic research and monitoring may be considered in two broad categories here, based largely on their respective operating frequency (
Category 1 active fisheries acoustic sources include those with high output frequencies (>180 kHz) that are outside the known functional hearing capability of any marine mammal. Sounds that are above the functional hearing range of marine animals may be audible if sufficiently loud (
Category 2 acoustic sources, which are present on most SWFSC fishery research vessels, include a variety of single, dual, and multi-beam echosounders (many with a variety of modes), sources used to determine the orientation of trawl nets, and several current profilers with lower output frequencies than Category 1 sources. Category 2 active acoustic sources have moderate to high output frequencies (10 to 180 kHz) that are generally within the functional hearing range of marine mammals and therefore have the potential to cause behavioral harassment. However, while likely potentially audible to certain species, these sources have generally short ping durations and are typically focused (highly directional) to serve their intended purpose of mapping specific objects, depths, or environmental features. These characteristics reduce the likelihood of an animal receiving or perceiving the signal. A number of these sources, particularly those with relatively lower output frequencies coupled with higher output levels can be operated in different output modes (
We now describe specific acoustic sources used by SWFSC. The acoustic system used during a particular survey is optimized for surveying under specific environmental conditions (
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
An ADCP anchored to the seafloor can measure current speed not just at the bottom, but at equal intervals to the surface. An ADCP instrument may be anchored to the seafloor or can be mounted to a mooring or to the bottom of a boat. ADCPs that are moored need an anchor to keep them on the bottom, batteries, and a data logger. Vessel-mounted instruments need a vessel with power, a shipboard computer to receive the data, and a GPS navigation system so the ship's movements can be subtracted from the current velocity data. ADCPs operate at frequencies between 75 and 300 kHz.
(5)
In order to issue an incidental take authorization under section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, “and other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for subsistence uses.” Note that taxonomic information for certain species mentioned in this section is provided in the following section (“Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity”).
Since 2008, the SWFSC has invested significant time and effort in identifying technologies, practices, and equipment to minimize the impact of the proposed activities on marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. These efforts have resulted in the consideration of many potential mitigation measures, including those the SWFSC has determined to be feasible and has implemented since 2009 as a standard part of sampling protocols. These measures include the “move-on rule,” protected species visual watches and use of acoustic pingers on trawl gear, as well as use of a marine mammal excluder device (MMED) in Nordic 264 midwater trawls.
In survey year 2008 in the CCE, there were dramatically more incidental takes of marine mammals in research gear, in terms of both interactions and animals captured, than in any other year (historical incidents are detailed below in “Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment, Serious Injury, or Mortality”). The SWFSC had previously conducted over a thousand midwater trawl survey tows over more than 25 years, with very few incidents of marine mammal interactions (Hewitt, 2009), but the number of incidental takes in 2008 exceeded the aggregate total over all preceding years. Following the first SWFSC survey cruise in April 2008, during which a number of marine mammals were captured in trawl gear, the SWFSC convened a workshop involving SWFSC staff with expertise in survey design and operations and marine mammal bycatch mitigation (Hewitt, 2009). Participants worked to determine appropriate mitigation measures and to consider changes to sampling protocols in an effort to reduce marine mammal interactions, and the SWFSC subsequently implemented an expanded mitigation protocol. The SWFSC also allocated resources towards the design, construction, and testing of a MMED that could be incorporated into the Nordic 264 trawl net.
During the 2008 meeting, survey results were reviewed, including all known circumstances associated with instances of marine mammal bycatch (
SWFSC staff will be provided with a guide to “Identification, Handling and Release of Protected Species” (see Appendix B.1 of the SWFSC's application) for more specific guidance on protected species handling and will be required to follow the protocols described therein. SWFSC staff will be instructed on how to identify different species; handle and bring marine mammals aboard a vessel; assess the level of consciousness; remove fishing gear; and return marine mammals to water.
The mitigation requirements described here are applicable to all midwater trawl operations conducted by the SWFSC (currently conducted using the Nordic 264 and modified-Cobb nets). Marine mammal watches (visual observation) will be initiated no less than thirty minutes prior to arrival on station to determine if marine mammals are in the vicinity of the planned sample location. Marine mammal watches will be conducted by scanning the surrounding waters with the naked eye and rangefinding binoculars (or monocular). During nighttime operations, visual observation will be conducted using the naked eye and available vessel lighting. The visual observation period typically occurs during transit leading up to arrival at the sampling station, rather than upon arrival on station. However, in some cases it may be necessary to conduct a bongo plankton tow or other small net cast prior to deploying trawl gear. In these cases, the visual watch will continue until trawl gear is ready to be deployed. Aside from this required thirty-minute minimum pre-trawl monitoring period, the OOD/CS and crew standing watch will visually scan for marine mammals during all daytime operations.
The primary purpose of conducting the pre-trawl visual monitoring period is to implement the “move-on rule.” If marine mammals are sighted within 1 nm of the planned set location in the thirty minutes before setting the trawl gear, the vessel will transit to a different section of the sampling area to maintain a minimum set distance of 1 nm from the observed marine mammals. If, after moving on, marine mammals remain within the 1 nm exclusion zone, the CS or watch leader may decide to move again or to skip the station. However, the effectiveness of visual monitoring may be limited depending on weather and lighting conditions, and it may not always be possible to conduct visual observations out to 1 nm radial distance. The OOD, CS or watch leader will determine the best strategy to avoid potential takes of marine mammals based on the species encountered and their numbers and behavior, position, and vector relative to the vessel, as well as any other factors. For example, a whale transiting through the sampling area in the distance may only require a short move from the designated station, whereas a pod of dolphins in close proximity to the vessel may require a longer move from the station or possibly cancellation of the planned tow if the group follows the vessel. In any case, no trawl gear will be deployed if marine mammals have been sighted within 1 nm of the planned set location during the thirty-minute watch period.
In general, trawl operations will be conducted immediately upon arrival on station (and on conclusion of the thirty-minute pre-watch period) in order to minimize the time during which marine mammals (particularly pinnipeds) may become attracted to the vessel. However, in some cases it will be necessary to conduct small net tows (
Once the trawl net is in the water, the OOD, CS, and/or crew standing watch will continue to visually monitor the surrounding waters and will maintain a lookout for marine mammal presence as far away as environmental conditions allow. If marine mammals are sighted before the gear is fully retrieved, the most appropriate response to avoid marine mammal interaction will be determined by the professional judgment of the CS, watch leader, OOD and other experienced crew as
If trawling operations have been suspended because of the presence of marine mammals, the vessel will resume trawl operations (when practicable) only when the animals are believed to have departed the 1 nm exclusion zone. This decision is at the discretion of the OOD/CS and is dependent on the situation.
Standard survey protocols that are expected to lessen the likelihood of marine mammal interactions include standardized tow durations and distances. Standard tow durations of not more than thirty minutes at the target depth will be implemented, excluding deployment and retrieval time (which may require an additional thirty minutes, depending on target depth), to reduce the likelihood of attracting and incidentally taking marine mammals. Short tow durations decrease the opportunity for marine mammals to find the vessel and investigate. Trawl tow distances will be less than 3 nm—typically 1-2 nm, depending on the specific survey and trawl speed—which is expected to reduce the likelihood of attracting and incidentally taking marine mammals. In addition, care will be taken when emptying the trawl to avoid damage to marine mammals that may be caught in the gear but are not visible upon retrieval. The gear will be emptied as quickly as possible after retrieval in order to determine whether or not marine mammals are present. The vessel's crew will clean trawl nets prior to deployment to remove prey items that might attract marine mammals. Catch volumes are typically small with every attempt made to collect all organisms caught in the trawl.
Similar to TEDs, MMEDs generally consist of a large aluminum grate positioned in the intermediate portion of the net forward of the codend and below an escape opening constructed into the upper net panel above the grate. These devices enable target species to pass through a grid or mesh barrier and into the codend while preventing the passage of marine mammals, which are ejected out through an escape opening or swim back out of the mouth of the net. The angled aluminum grate is intended to guide marine mammals through the escape opening. For full details of design and testing of the SWFSC MMED designed for the Nordic 264 net, please see Dotson
MMEDs have not been proven to be fully effective at preventing marine mammal capture in trawl nets (
Two types of nets are used in SWFSC pelagic trawl surveys: The Nordic 264 and the modified-Cobb midwater trawls. As noted, all Nordic 264 nets are outfitted with excluder devices developed specifically for SWFSC survey operations. Modified-Cobb trawl nets are considerably smaller than Nordic 264 trawl nets (80 m
To be effective, a pinger must emit a signal that is sufficiently aversive to deter the species of concern, which requires that the signal is perceived while also deterring investigation. In rare cases, aversion may be learned as a warning when an animal has survived interaction with gear fitted with pingers (Dawson, 1994). The mechanisms by which pingers work in operational settings are not fully understood, but field trials and captive studies have shown that sounds produced by pingers are aversive to harbor porpoises (
Palka
If one assumes that use of a pinger is effective in deterring marine mammals from interacting with fishing gear, one must therefore assume that receipt of the acoustic signal has a disturbance effect on those marine mammals (
Pingers will be deployed during all pelagic trawl operations and on all types of midwater trawl nets (
Visual monitoring requirements for all pelagic longline surveys are the same as those described above for trawl surveys. Please see that section for full details of the visual monitoring and “move-on”
We propose one exception to these requirements for longline gear. If five or fewer California sea lions are sighted within the 1-nm exclusion zone during the thirty-minute pre-clearance period, longline gear may be deployed (observations of more than five California sea lions would trigger the “move-on rule” or suspension of gear deployment or retrieval, as appropriate and, for the latter, as indicated by best professional judgment). This exception has been defined in an effort to strike a balance between the rarity of past interactions between longline gear and California sea lions and the increasing abundance of the species in order to preserve practicability of implementation. Given the anecdotally-observed density of California sea lions in the areas where longline surveys are conducted, the SWFSC believes that implementation of, for example, the “move-on rule” upon observation of five or fewer California sea lions would preclude sampling in some areas and introduce significant bias into survey results. The SWFSC believes that a group size threshold of six represents a reasonable trigger that would allow sampling in areas where target species are likely to be caught without increasing the number of interactions between California sea lions and longline gear.
As for trawl surveys, some standard survey protocols are expected to minimize the potential for marine mammal interactions. Typical soak times are two to four hours, measured from the time the last hook is in the water to when the first hook is brought out of the water (but may be as long as eight hours when targeting swordfish). SWFSC longline protocols specifically prohibit chumming (releasing additional bait to attract target species to the gear). However, spent bait may be discarded during gear retrieval while gear is still in the water. SWFSC believes from prior experience that this practice increases survey efficiency and notes that it has not resulted in marine mammal interactions. Anecdotal observations indicate that pinnipeds do not gather immediately aft of the survey vessel as a result of discarding spent bait. However, if marine mammal interactions with longline gear increase or if SWFSC staff observe that this practice may contribute to increased potential for interactions, we will consider the need to retain spent bait until all gear is retrieved.
We have carefully evaluated the SWFSC's proposed mitigation measures and considered a range of other measures in the context of ensuring that we prescribed the means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. Our evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the following factors in relation to one another: (1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize adverse impacts to marine mammals, (2) the proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to minimize adverse impacts as planned; and (3) the practicability of the measure for applicant implementation.
Any mitigation measure(s) we prescribe should be able to accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of the general goals listed below:
(1) Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
(2) A reduction in the number (total number or number at biologically important time or location) of individual marine mammals exposed to stimuli expected to result in incidental take (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing takes by behavioral harassment only).
(3) A reduction in the number (total number or number at biologically important time or location) of times any individual marine mammal would be exposed to stimuli expected to result in incidental take (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing takes by behavioral harassment only).
(4) A reduction in the intensity of exposure to stimuli expected to result in incidental take (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing the severity of behavioral harassment only).
(5) Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal habitat, paying particular attention to the prey base, blockage or limitation of passage to or from biologically important areas, permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary disturbance of habitat during a biologically important time.
(6) For monitoring directly related to mitigation, an increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation.
Based on our evaluation of the SWFSC's proposed measures, as well as other measures we considered, we have preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on marine mammal species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
We have reviewed SWFSC's species descriptions—which summarize available information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, behavior and life history, and auditory capabilities of the potentially affected species—for accuracy and completeness and refer the reader to Sections 3 and 4 of SWFSC's application, as well as to NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SARs;
For status of species, we provide information regarding U.S. regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA but also provide International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN) status for some species in the ETP and AMLR, where stocks are generally not defined by NMFS. The IUCN systematically assesses the relative risk of extinction for terrestrial and aquatic plant and animal species via a classification scheme using five designations, including three threatened categories (Critically Endangered, Endangered, and Vulnerable) and two non-threatened categories (Near Threatened and Least Concern) (IUCN, 2014). These assessments are generally made relative to the species' global status, and therefore may have limited applicability when marine mammal stocks are defined because we analyze the potential population-level effects of the specified activity to the relevant stock. However, where stocks are not defined, IUCN status can provide a useful reference.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or the total number estimated within a particular study area. NMFS' stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend beyond U.S. waters. Survey abundance (as compared to stock or species abundance) is the total number of individuals estimated within the survey area, which may or may not align completely with a stock's geographic range as defined in the SARs. These surveys may also extend beyond U.S. waters.
In the CCE, 34 species (with forty managed stocks) are considered to have the potential to co-occur with SWFSC activities. Extralimital species or stocks in the CCE include the Bryde's whale (
Two populations of gray whales are recognized, eastern and western North Pacific (ENP and WNP). WNP whales are known to feed in the Okhotsk Sea and off of Kamchatka before migrating south to poorly known wintering grounds, possibly in the South China Sea. The two populations have historically been considered geographically isolated from each other; however, recent data from satellite-tracked whales indicate that there is some overlap between the stocks. Two WNP whales were tracked from Russian foraging areas along the Pacific rim to Baja California (Mate
However, the SWFSC does not believe that any gray whale (WNP or ENP) would be likely to interact with its research gear, and the likelihood of a WNP gray whale being exposed to underwater sound produced by the specified activity is so low as to be discountable. For example, of the approximately 20,000 gray whales migrating annually through the Southern California Bight, it is extremely unlikely that one in close proximity to SWFSC research activity would be one of the approximately twenty WNP whales that have been documented in the eastern Pacific (less than one percent probability). The likelihood that a WNP whale would interact with SWFSC research gear or be exposed to elevated levels of sound from the specified activities is insignificant and discountable, and WNP gray whales are omitted from further analysis.
For marine mammals in the California Current Ecosystem, there is currently one take reduction plan in effect (Pacific Offshore Cetacean Take Reduction Plan). The goal of this plan is to reduce M/SI of several marine mammal stocks incidental to the California thresher shark/swordfish drift gillnet fishery (CA DGN). A team was convened in 1996 and a final plan produced in 1997 (62 FR 51805; October 3, 1997). Marine mammal stocks of concern initially included the California, Oregon, and Washington stocks for all CCE beaked whales, short-finned pilot whales, pygmy sperm whales, sperm whales, and humpback whales. The most recent five-year averages of M/SI for these stocks are below PBR, and none of these species were taken in the fishery in 2012-13. More information is available on the Internet at:
Additional UMEs in the past ten years include those involving harbor porpoises in California (2008; cause determined to be ecological factors); Guadalupe fur seals in the northwest (2007; undetermined); large whales in California (2007; human interaction); cetaceans in California (2007; undetermined); and harbor porpoises in the Pacific Northwest (2006; undetermined). For more information on UMEs, please visit the Internet at:
In the ETP, 32 species—including multiple stocks for some species—are considered to have the potential to co-occur with SWFSC activities. As in the CCE, an undifferentiated stock of Mesoplodont beaked whales (
The SWFSC's Antarctic Research Area (ARA) comprises a portion of the AMLR ecosystem. In the ARA, seventeen species are considered to have the potential to co-occur with SWFSC activities. Marine mammals in the AMLR do not constitute stocks under U.S. jurisdiction; therefore, the stocks are not managed by NMFS, there are no SARs, and substantially less information is available for these species in relation to the stocks or populations and their occurrence in the ARA than is available for CCE stocks (
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that components of the specified activity (
Vessel collisions with marine mammals, or ship strikes, can result in death or serious injury of the animal. Wounds resulting from ship strike may include massive trauma, hemorrhaging, broken bones, or propeller lacerations (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001). An animal at the surface may be struck directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal may hit the bottom of a vessel, or an animal just below the surface may be cut by a vessel's propeller. More superficial strikes may not kill or result in the death of the animal. These interactions are typically associated with large whales (
Pace and Silber (2005) found that the probability of death or serious injury increased rapidly with increasing vessel speed. Specifically, the predicted probability of serious injury or death increased from 45 to 75 percent as vessel speed increased from 10 to 14 kn, and exceeded ninety percent at 17 kn. Higher speeds during collisions result in greater force of impact, but higher speeds also appear to increase the chance of severe injuries or death through increased likelihood of collision by pulling whales toward the vessel (Clyne, 1999; Knowlton
In an effort to reduce the number and severity of strikes of the endangered North Atlantic right whale (
For vessels used in SWFSC research activities, transit speeds average 10 kn (but vary from 6-14 kn), while vessel speed during active sampling is typically only 2-4 kn. At sampling speeds, both the possibility of striking a marine mammal and the possibility of a strike resulting in serious injury or mortality are discountable. At average transit speed, the probability of serious injury or mortality resulting from a strike is less than fifty percent. However, the likelihood of a strike actually happening is again discountable. Ship strikes, as analyzed in the studies cited above, generally involve commercial shipping, which is much more common in both space and time than is research activity. Jensen and Silber (2004) summarized ship strikes of large whales worldwide from 1975-2003 and found that most collisions occurred in the open ocean and involved large vessels (
It is possible for ship strikes to occur while traveling at slow speeds. For example, a NOAA-chartered survey vessel traveling at low speed (5.5 kn) while conducting multi-beam mapping surveys off the central California coast struck and killed a blue whale in 2009. The State of California determined that the whale had suddenly and unexpectedly surfaced beneath the hull, with the result that the propeller severed the whale's vertebrae, and that this was an unavoidable event. This strike represents the only such incident in approximately 540,000 hours of similar coastal mapping activity (
In summary, we anticipate that vessel collisions involving SWFSC research vessels, while not impossible, represent unlikely, unpredictable events for which there are no preventive measures. No ship strikes have been reported from any fisheries research activities conducted or funded by the SWFSC in any of the three research areas. Given
The types of research gear used by SWFSC were described previously under “Detailed Description of Activity.” Here, we broadly categorize these gears into those whose use we consider to have extremely unlikely potential to result in marine mammal interaction and those whose use we believe may result in marine mammal interaction. Gears in the former category are not considered further, while those in the latter category are carried forward for further analysis. Gears with likely potential for marine mammal interaction include midwater trawls, used in the CCE only, and pelagic longlines, used in the CCE and ETP. Bottom trawls, used in the AMLR only, and bottom longlines, used in the CCE only, are not considered to have the likely potential for marine mammal interaction and are addressed in the general trawl and longline sections below.
Trawl nets and longline gears deployed by SWFSC are similar to gear used in various commercial fisheries, and the potential for and history of marine mammal interaction with these gears through physical contact (
Marine mammals are widely regarded as being quite intelligent and inquisitive, and when their pursuit of prey coincides with human pursuit of the same resources, it should be expected that physical interaction with fishing gear may occur (
These interactions can result in injury or death for the animal(s) involved and/or damage to fishing gear. Coastal animals, including various pinnipeds, bottlenose dolphins, and harbor porpoises, are perhaps the most vulnerable to these interactions and set or passive fishing gear (
Capture or entanglement may occur whenever marine mammals are swimming near the gear, intentionally (
Marine mammal interactions with trawl nets, through capture or entanglement, are well-documented. Dolphins are known to attend operating nets in order to either benefit from disturbance of the bottom or to prey on discards or fish within the net. For example, Leatherwood (1975) reported that the most frequently observed feeding pattern for bottlenose dolphins in the Gulf of Mexico involved herds following working shrimp trawlers, apparently feeding on organisms stirred up from the benthos. Bearzi and di Sciara (1997) opportunistically investigated working trawlers in the Adriatic Sea from 1990-94 and found that ten percent were accompanied by
Globally, at least seventeen cetacean species are known to feed in association with trawlers and individuals of at least 25 species are documented to have been killed by trawl nets, including several large whales, porpoises, and a variety of delphinids (Karpouzli and Leaper, 2004; Hall
Of the three net types described previously under “Trawl Nets”, SWFSC has recorded marine mammal interactions with both midwater nets (NETS Nordic 264 and modified Cobb), which are used only in the CCE. No marine mammal interactions have been recorded for the bottom trawl (NETS Hard-Bottom Snapper Trawl), which is deployed only in the Antarctic. While a lack of historical interactions does not in and of itself indicate that future interactions are unlikely, we believe that the historical record for SWFSC operations in AMLR, considered in context with the frequency and timing of these bottom trawl surveys, as well as mitigation measures employed provide substantial support for a determination that future marine mammal interactions with this gear are extremely unlikely. In addition, as described above, bottom trawls generally involve less risk of interaction than do midwater trawls.
Incidental takes of fur seals have been documented in Antarctic krill fisheries using midwater trawls (Hooper
Marine mammals may be hooked or entangled in longline gear, with interactions potentially resulting in death due to drowning, strangulation, severing of carotid arteries or the esophagus, infection, an inability to evade predators, or starvation due to an inability to catch prey (Hofmeyr
Tables 8 and 9 display records of interactions between marine mammals and longlines by taxonomy and geography; please note this should not be considered exhaustive. A lack of recorded interactions where animals are present may indicate that longlining is absent or an insignificant component of fisheries in that region or that interactions were not observed, recorded, or reported.
Tables 8 and 9 are intended to illustrate the general vulnerability of marine mammals to interaction with longlines, without considering the
SWFSC has recorded marine mammal interactions with traditional pelagic longlines, which are used in the CCE and planned for use in the ETP, but not with vertical pelagic longlines or with bottom longlines (CCE only). While a lack of historical interactions does not in and of itself indicate that future interactions are unlikely, we believe that the historical record, considered in context with the frequency and timing of these activities, as well as mitigation measures employed provide substantial support for a determination that future marine mammal interactions with these gears are extremely unlikely. In addition, as described above, bottom longlines generally involve less risk of interaction than do pelagic longlines.
Vertical longline gear, planned for use in the deep-set buoy gear surveys, is similar to gear used in the Atlantic, and there are no recorded marine mammal interactions in either location. The only known U.S. fishery using similar gear is the Hawaii vertical longline fishery, which has nine participants (meaning there is likely greater effort than the minimal 54 sets and 2,200 hook hours logged by SWFSC), and is categorized as a Category III fishery (
The SWFSC deploys bottom longlines at an extremely limited scale for one survey (Sablefish Life History) in one location (near Bodega Bay in central California). The survey is conducted once per month, with approximately two to three sets of 75 hooks each per trip (approximately two hundred hooks per month). Commercial fisheries involving bottom longlines that have documented incidental M/SI operate at much larger spatio-temporal scales with much greater hook hours than this survey, which we consider de minimis. Neither vertical longlines nor bottom longlines are discussed further in this document.
Unlike trawl nets and longline gear, which are used in both scientific research and commercial fishing applications, these other gears are not considered similar or analogous to any commercial fishing gear and are not designed to capture any commercially salable species, or to collect any sort of sample in large quantities. They are not considered to have the potential to take marine mammals primarily because of their design how they are deployed. For example, CTDs are typically deployed in a vertical cast on a cable and have no loose lines or other entanglement hazards. A Bongo net is typically deployed on a cable, whereas neuston nets (these may be plankton nets or small trawls) are often deployed in the upper one meter of the water column; either net type has very small size (
We previously provided general background information on sound and the specific sources used by the SWFSC (see “Description of Active Acoustic Sound Sources”). Here, we first provide background information on marine mammal hearing before discussing the potential effects of SWFSC use of active acoustic sources on marine mammals.
• Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and 25 kHz (up to 30 kHz in some species), with best hearing estimated to be from 100 Hz to 8 kHz (Watkins, 1986; Ketten, 1998; Houser
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked whales, and most delphinids): functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz, with best hearing from 10 to less than 100 kHz (Johnson, 1967; White, 1977; Richardson
• High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and members of the genera
• Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true seals): functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 75 Hz to 100 kHz, with best hearing between 1-50 kHz (Møhl, 1968; Terhune and Ronald, 1971, 1972; Richardson
• Pinnipeds in water; Otariidae (eared seals): functional hearing is estimated to occur between 100 Hz and 40 kHz for Otariidae, with best hearing between 2-48 kHz (Schusterman
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall
Within the CCE, 34 marine mammal species (28 cetacean and six pinniped [four otariid and two phocid] species) have the potential to co-occur with SWFSC research activities. Please refer to Tables 3-5. Of the 28 cetacean species that may be present, six are classified as low-frequency cetaceans (
Richardson
We describe the more severe effects (
When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in the ear (
Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied in marine mammals—PTS data exists only for a single harbor seal (Kastak
Non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in marine mammals exposed to high level underwater sound or as a secondary effect of extreme behavioral reactions (
When a live or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto shore and is incapable of returning to sea, the event is termed a “stranding” (16 U.S.C. 1421h(3)). Marine mammals are known to strand for a variety of reasons, such as infectious agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery interaction, ship strike, unusual oceanographic or weather events, sound exposure, or combinations of these stressors sustained concurrently or in series (
1.
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree (elevation of threshold in dB), duration (
Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans (bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale [
2.
Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated events (Wartzok
Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be significant (
Changes in dive behavior can vary widely, and may consist of increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (
Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary indicators (
Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic sound exposure (
Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller
Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance in marine mammals (Richardson
A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in the intensity of the response (
Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to diversion of focus and attention (
Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall
3.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that are affected by stress—including immune competence, reproduction, metabolism, and behavior—are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune competence, and behavioral disturbance (
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does not normally place an animal at risk) and “distress” is the cost of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response, energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves sufficient to restore normal function.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals (
4.
Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment when disrupting or altering critical behaviors. It is important to distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking (without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological function, it is not considered a physiological effect, but rather a potential behavioral effect.
The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species. The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (
Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping (Hildebrand, 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially chronic and lower-frequency signals (
Many typically investigated acoustic sources (
As noted above, relatively high levels of sound are likely required to cause TTS in most pinnipeds and odontocete cetaceans. While dependent on sound exposure frequency, level, and duration, NMFS' acoustics experts believe that existing studies indicate that for the kinds of relatively brief exposures potentially associated with transient sounds such as those produced by the active acoustic sources used by the SWFSC, SPLs in the range of approximately 180-220 dB rms might be required to induce onset TTS levels for most species (SWFSC, 2013). However, it should be noted that there may be increased sensitivity to TTS for certain species generally (harbor porpoise; Lucke
Based on discussion provided by Southall
Various other studies have evaluated the environmental risk posed by use of specific scientific sonar systems. Burkhardt
Boebel
We have, however, considered the potential for severe behavioral responses such as stranding and associated indirect injury or mortality from SWFSC use of the multibeam echosounder, on the basis of a 2008 mass stranding of approximately one hundred melon-headed whales in a Madagascar lagoon system. An investigation of the event indicated that use of a high-frequency mapping system (12-kHz multibeam echosounder; it is important to note that all SWFSC sources operate at higher frequencies [see Table 2]) was the most plausible and likely initial behavioral trigger of the event, while providing the caveat that there is no unequivocal and easily identifiable single cause (Southall
The investigatory panel systematically excluded or deemed highly unlikely nearly all potential reasons for these animals leaving their typical pelagic habitat for an area extremely atypical for the species (
The panel also noted several site- and situation-specific secondary factors that may have contributed to the avoidance responses that led to the eventual entrapment and mortality of the whales. Specifically, shoreward-directed surface currents and elevated chlorophyll levels in the area preceding the event may have played a role (Southall
Characteristics of the sound sources predominantly used by SWFSC further reduce the likelihood of effects to marine mammals, as well as the intensity of effect assuming that an animal perceives the signal. Intermittent exposures—as would occur due to the brief, transient signals produced by these sources—require a higher cumulative SEL to induce TTS than would continuous exposures of the same duration (
We conclude here that, on the basis of available information on hearing and potential auditory effects in marine mammals, high-frequency cetacean species would be the most likely to potentially incur temporary hearing loss from a vessel operating high-frequency sonar sources, and the potential for PTS to occur for any species is so unlikely as to be discountable. Even for high-frequency cetacean species, individuals would have to make a very close approach and also remain very close to vessels operating these sources in order to receive multiple exposures at relatively high levels, as would be necessary to cause TTS. Additionally, given that behavioral responses typically include the temporary avoidance that might be expected (see below), the potential for auditory effects considered physiological damage (injury) is considered extremely low in relation to realistic operations of these devices. Given the fact that fisheries research survey vessels are moving, the likelihood that animals may avoid the vessel to some extent based on either its physical presence or due to aversive sound (vessel or active acoustic sources), and the intermittent nature of many of these sources, the potential for TTS is probably low for high-frequency cetaceans and very low to zero for other species.
Based on the source operating characteristics, most of these sources may be detected by odontocete cetaceans (and particularly high-frequency specialists such as porpoises) but are unlikely to be audible to mysticetes (
During AMLR surveys conducted during the southern hemisphere winter, pinnipeds are expected to be hauled out on ice and at times experience incidental close approaches by the survey vessel during the course of its fisheries research activities. SWFSC expects some of these animals will exhibit a behavioral response to the visual stimuli (
In areas where disturbance of haul-outs due to periodic human activity (
Upon the occurrence of low-severity disturbance (
In a popular tourism area of the Pacific Northwest where human disturbances occurred frequently, past studies observed stable populations of seals over a twenty-year period (Calambokidis
Level A harassment, serious injury, or mortality could likely only occur as a result of trampling in a stampede (a potentially dangerous occurrence in which large numbers of animals succumb to mass panic and rush away from a stimulus) or abandonment of pups. However, AMLR surveys that have the potential to disturb pinnipeds on ice occur during austral winter and are unlikely to overlap in time with the periods when pups would be vulnerable to extended separation or trampling. While data on Antarctic pinniped phenology are limited, available information supports the intuitive conclusion that winter surveys would not overlap with pupping or lactation periods. The range of earliest to latest phocid pup observation over the course of five research voyages in east Antarctica from 1985-1999 was October 2, while the latest was December 25 (Southwell
Disturbance of pinnipeds caused by SWFSC survey activities—which are sparsely distributed in space and time—would be expected to last for only short periods of time, separated by significant amounts of time in which no disturbance occurred. Because such disturbance is sporadic, rather than chronic, and of low intensity, individual marine mammals are unlikely to incur any detrimental impacts to vital rates or ability to forage and, thus, loss of fitness. Correspondingly, even local populations, much less the overall stocks of animals, are extremely unlikely to accrue any significantly detrimental impacts.
However, the total amount of these species taken in research surveys is very small relative to their overall biomass in the area (See Section 4.2.3 of the SWFSC EA for more information on fish catch during research surveys). For example, the average annual catch of Pacific sardines in the course of all SWFSC research surveys during 2007-11 was approximately 1.6 metric tons (mt). Research catch is therefore a very small fraction of the estimated biomass for Pacific sardines (157 million mt; Hill
In addition to the small total biomass taken, some of the size classes of fish targeted in research surveys are very small (
SWFSC research catches in the ETP are currently limited to tiny amounts of plankton (about 20 kg total) and juvenile fish (about 1 kg total) collected over vast areas of the ocean. The effects on marine mammals are therefore insignificant for all species in the ETP. The addition of a few longline sets would likely take some species and size classes used as prey by marine mammals, but the effort would be so small and distributed over such a large area that it would not change this conclusion.
In the AMLR, SWFSC surveys are primarily focused on Antarctic krill, which are a key component of the food web for numerous marine mammals (including fur seals and baleen whales) as well as penguins and other birds. Acoustic data are used to measure abundance and distribution of krill but very small amounts of krill and zooplankton are also captured in small-mesh nets (
Soundscapes are also defined by, and acoustic habitat influenced by, the total contribution of anthropogenic sound. This may include incidental emissions from sources such as vessel traffic, or may be intentionally introduced to the marine environment for data acquisition purposes (as in the SWFSC's use of active acoustic sources). Anthropogenic noise varies widely in its frequency content, duration, and loudness and these characteristics greatly influence the potential habitat-mediated effects to marine mammals (please see also the previous discussion on masking under “Acoustic Effects”), which may range from local effects for brief periods of time to chronic effects over large areas and for long durations. Depending on the extent of effects to habitat, animals may alter their communications signals (thereby potentially expending additional energy) or miss acoustic cues (either conspecific or adventitious). For more detail on these concepts see,
Problems arising from a failure to detect cues are more likely to occur when noise stimuli are chronic and overlap with biologically relevant cues used for communication, orientation, and predator/prey detection (Francis and Barber, 2013). As described above (“Acoustic Effects”), the signals emitted by SWFSC active acoustic sources are generally high frequency, of short duration, and transient. These factors mean that the signals will attenuate rapidly (not travel over great distances), may not be perceived or affect perception even when animals are in the vicinity, and would not be considered chronic in any given location. SWFSC use of these sources is widely dispersed in both space and time. In conjunction with the prior factors, this means that it is highly unlikely that SWFSC use of these sources would, on their own, have any appreciable effect on acoustic habitat. Sounds emitted by SWFSC vessels would be of lower frequency and continuous, but would also be widely dispersed in both space and time. SWFSC vessel traffic—including both sound from the vessel itself and from the active acoustic sources—is of very low density compared to commercial shipping traffic or commercial fishing vessels and would therefore be expected to represent an insignificant incremental increase in the total amount of anthropogenic sound input to the marine environment.
Aside from bottom trawling in the AMLR—which is conducted only every two to three years in a relatively limited portion of the overall region, and therefore represents an insignificant impact—SWFSC activities would not be expected to have any impact on physical habitat in any specified geographical region. As described in the preceding, the potential for SWFSC research to affect the availability of prey to marine mammals or to meaningfully impact the quality of acoustic habitat is considered to be insignificant for all species, in all three specified geographical regions. Effects to habitat will not be discussed further in this document.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering [Level B harassment]. Serious injury means any injury that will likely result in mortality (50 CFR 216.3).
Take of marine mammals incidental to SWFSC research activities could occur as a result of (1) injury or mortality due to gear interaction (CCE and ETP only; Level A harassment, serious injury, or mortality); (2) behavioral disturbance resulting from the use of active acoustic sources (Level B harassment only); or (3) behavioral disturbance of pinnipeds on ice resulting from close proximity of research vessels (AMLR only; Level B harassment only).
In order to estimate the number of potential incidents of take that could occur by M/SI + Level A through gear interaction, we first consider SWFSC's record of past such incidents, and then consider in addition other species that may have similar vulnerabilities to SWFSC midwater trawl and pelagic longline gear as those species for which we have historical interaction records. Historical interactions with SWFSC research gear are described in Tables 10 and 11. Available records are for the years 2006 through present. All historical interactions have taken place in the California Current Ecosystem. Please see Figures 4.2-1 and 4.2-2 in the SWFSC EA for specific locations of these incidents.
The SWFSC has no recorded interactions with any gear other than midwater trawl and pelagic longline. As noted previously in “Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals,” we do not anticipate any future interactions in any other gears, including the bottom trawl gear periodically employed by the SWFSC in the AMLR. Although some historical interactions resulted in the animal(s) being released alive, no serious injury determinations (NMFS, 2012a; 2012b) were made, and it is possible that some of these animals later died. In order to use these historical interaction records in a precautionary manner as the basis for the take estimation process, and because we have no specific information to indicate whether any given future interaction might result in M/SI versus Level A harassment, we conservatively assume that all interactions equate to mortality.
During trawl surveys, SWFSC has recorded interactions with northern fur seals (California and eastern Pacific stocks; six total interactions with six individual animals); California sea lions (seven total interactions with seventeen animals); Pacific white-sided dolphins (sixteen interactions with 39 animals); and northern right whale dolphins (one interaction with six animals). No northern fur seal has been captured since 2008, and northern right whale dolphins have been involved in only one incident, also in 2008. Therefore, California sea lions and Pacific white-sided dolphins are the species most likely to interact with SWFSC trawl gear. Averages of 2.4 sea lions and 2.4 dolphins have been captured per interaction; however, these numbers are skewed by separate, single incidents in which nine sea lions and eleven dolphins were captured. The latter of these was the same trawl in which six northern right whale dolphins were captured and is the only incident in which more than one species was captured. Excluding these likely outliers leaves an average of 1.3 sea lions and 1.8 dolphins captured per event. For longline gear, only California sea lions have been captured. Each longline incident involved a single animal and all animals have been released alive; however, as for incidents involving trawl gear, no serious injury determinations were made.
In order to produce the most precautionary take estimates possible, we use here the most recent five years of data that includes 2008 (
In order to estimate the potential number of incidents of M/SI + Level A that could occur incidental to the SWFSC's use of midwater trawl and pelagic longline gear in the CCE over the five-year period from 2015-19, we first look at the four species described that have been taken historically and then evaluate the potential vulnerability of additional species to these gears. Table 12 shows the five-year annual average captures of these four species and the projected five-year totals for this proposed rule, for both trawl and longline gear. In order to produce precautionary estimates, we calculate the annual average for the designated five-year period (2008-12), round up to the nearest whole number, and assume that this number may be taken in each future year. This is precautionary in part because we include 2008 in the five-year average, which skews the data for all species captured in trawl gear (though not for longline). These estimates are based on the assumption that annual effort (
As background to the process of determining which species not historically taken may have sufficient vulnerability to capture in SWFSC gear to justify inclusion in the take authorization request, we note that the SWFSC is NMFS' research arm in the southwest portion of the West Coast Region and may be considered as a leading source of expert knowledge regarding marine mammals (
In order to evaluate the potential vulnerability of additional species to midwater trawl and pelagic longline gear, we first consulted NMFS' List of Fisheries (LOF), which classifies U.S. commercial fisheries into one of three categories according to the level of incidental marine mammal M/SI that is known to occur on an annual basis over the most recent five-year period (generally) for which data has been analyzed: Category I, frequent incidental M/SI; Category II, occasional incidental M/SI; and Category III, remote likelihood of or no known incidental M/SI. We provide this information, as presented in the 2014 LOF (79 FR 14418; April 14, 2014), in Table 13 (note that Table 13 includes information for CCE and ETP species). In order to simplify information presented, and to encompass information related to other similar species from different locations, we group marine mammals by genus (where there is more than one member of the genus found in U.S. waters). Where there are documented incidents of M/SI incidental to relevant commercial fisheries, we note whether we believe those incidents provide sufficient basis upon which to infer vulnerability to capture in SWFSC research gear. More information is available on the Internet at:
Information related to incidental M/SI in relevant commercial fisheries is not, however, the sole determinant of whether it may be appropriate to authorize M/SI + Level A incidental to SWFSC survey operations. A number of factors (
In order to estimate a number of individuals that could potentially be captured in SWFSC research gear for those species not historically captured, we first determine which species may have vulnerability to capture in a given gear. Of those species, we then determine which may have a similar propensity to capture in a given gear as a historically captured species and which likely do not. For the former, we assume that, given similar propensity, it is possible that a worst-case scenario of take in a single trawl tow or longline set could occur while at the same time contending that, absent significant range shifts or changes in habitat usage, capture of a species not historically captured would likely be a very rare event. The former assumption also accounts for the likelihood that, for species that often travel in groups, an incident involving capture of that species is likely to involve more than one individual.
For example, we believe that the Risso's dolphin is potentially vulnerable to capture in midwater trawl gear and may have similar propensity to capture in that gear as does the Pacific white-sided dolphin. Because the greatest number of Pacific white-sided dolphins captured in any one trawl tow was eleven individuals (see Table 12), we assume that eleven Risso's dolphins could also be captured in a single incident. However, in recognition of the fact that any incident involving the
Separately, for those species that we believe may have a vulnerability to capture in given gear but that we do not believe may have a similar propensity to capture in that gear as a historically captured species, we assume that capture would be a rare event that could involve multiple individuals captured in a single incident or one or two individuals captured in one or two incidents. For example, from the LOF we infer vulnerability to capture in trawl gear for the Dall's porpoise but do not believe that this species has a similar propensity for interaction in trawl gear as any historically captured species. Therefore, we assume that capture would represent a rare event that could occur in any year of the five-year period of proposed authorization and may involve one or more individuals. For these species we propose to authorize a total taking by M/SI + Level A of five individuals over the five-year timespan. These examples are provided to illustrate the process while more detail specific to gear types is given below.
For some species, we believe that there is a reasonable likelihood of incidental take although there are no records of incidental M/SI in relevant commercial fisheries. The proposed take authorization for these species was determined to be appropriate based on analogy to other similar species that have been taken either in SWFSC operations or in analogous commercial fishery operations. Among species with no records of incidental M/SI in the LOF, we believe that the striped dolphin and bottlenose dolphin have a similar propensity for interaction with trawl gear as that demonstrated by the Pacific white-sided dolphin and that the harbor porpoise likely has vulnerability similar to that demonstrated by the Dall's porpoise. Note also that, while the current LOF has no documented incidents of M/SI for these species incidental to midwater trawl fisheries, all have been taken incidentally in fisheries using bottom trawl gear.
It is also possible that a captured animal may not be able to be identified to species with certainty. Certain pinnipeds and small cetaceans are difficult to differentiate at sea, especially in low-light situations or when a quick release is necessary. For example, a captured delphinid that is struggling in the net may escape or be freed before positive identification is made. Therefore, the SWFSC has requested the authorization of incidental M/SI + Level A for one unidentified pinniped and one unidentified small cetacean over the course of the five-year period of proposed authorization.
For large whales, beaked whales, and killer whales, observed M/SI is extremely rare for trawl gear and, for most of these species, only slightly more common in longline gear. Although large whale species could become captured or entangled in SWFSC gear, the probability of interaction is extremely low considering the lower level of effort relative to that of commercial fisheries. For example, there were estimated to be three total incidents of sperm whale M/SI in the Hawaii deep-set longline fishery from 2007-11. This fishery has 129 participants, and the fishery as a whole exerts substantially greater effort in a given year than does the SWFSC. In a very rough estimate, we can say that these three estimated incidents between 2007-11 represent an insignificant per-participant interaction rate of 0.005 per year, despite the greater effort. Similarly, there were zero documented interactions from 2007-11 in the Atlantic Ocean, Caribbean, Gulf of Mexico large pelagics longline fishery, despite a reported fishing effort of 8,044 sets and 5,955,800 hooks in 2011 alone (Garrison and Stokes, 2012). With an average soak time of ten to fourteen hours, this represents an approximate minimum of almost sixty million hook hours. For reference, an approximate maximum estimate of SWFSC effort is 135,000 hook hours per year. Other large whales, beaked whales and killer whales have similarly low rates of interaction with commercial fisheries, despite the significantly greater effort. In addition, large whales, beaked whales, and killer whales generally have, with few exceptions, very low densities in the CCE relative to other species (see Table 19). We believe it extremely unlikely that any large whale, beaked whale, or killer whale would be captured or entangled in SWFSC research gear. Finally, although pilot whales have demonstrated vulnerability to midwater trawl gear in Atlantic fisheries, we do not infer vulnerability to capture in SWFSC trawl gear in the CCE because of the very low density of short-finned pilot whales (Table 19).
The SWFSC does not currently conduct longline surveys in the ETP, but proposes to over the five-year period of this proposed rulemaking. The take estimates presented here reflect that likelihood. Assuming that longline surveys will be conducted in the ETP, the SWFSC anticipates that it will deploy an equal number (or less) of longline sets in the ETP relative to the number of sets currently being deployed in the CCE. The process described above for the CCE was used in determining vulnerability and appropriate take estimates for species in the ETP. We assume that a similar level of interaction with pelagic longline gear as that demonstrated by the California sea lion in the CCE could occur in the ETP, and also assume that the South American sea lion may have similar propensity for interaction with longline gear as that demonstrated by the California sea lion.
For all other species listed in Table 15, we infer vulnerability to pelagic longline gear in the ETP from the 2014 LOF (see Table 13), and assume that capture would likely be a rare event occurring at most once over the five-year period proposed for this rulemaking. We also propose to authorize incidental M/SI + Level A for one unidentified pinniped over the course of the five-year period of proposed authorization.
Those species with no records of historical interaction with SWFSC research gear and no documented M/SI in relevant commercial fisheries, and for which the SWFSC has not requested the authorization of incidental take, are not considered further in this section. Our rationale for excluding large whales, beaked whales, and killer whales from the species for which take is proposed to be authorized is the same as described previously for the CCE. As for the CCE, these species generally are estimated to have very low densities relative to other species (see Table 22). Finally, although
As described previously (“Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals”), we believe that SWFSC use of active acoustic sources has, at most, the potential to cause Level B harassment of marine mammals. In order to attempt to quantify the potential for Level B harassment to occur, NMFS (including the SWFSC and acoustics experts from other parts of NMFS) developed an analytical framework considering characteristics of the active acoustic systems described previously under “Description of Active Acoustic Sound Sources,” their expected patterns of use in each of the three SWFSC operational areas, and characteristics of the marine mammal species that may interact with them. We believe that this quantitative assessment benefits from its simplicity and consistency with current NMFS acoustic guidance regarding Level B harassment but caution that, based on a number of deliberately precautionary assumptions, the resulting take estimates should be seen as a likely substantial overestimate of the potential for behavioral harassment to occur as a result of the operation of these systems. Additional details on the approach used and the assumptions made that result in conservative estimates are described below.
The assessment paradigm for active acoustic sources used in SWFSC fisheries research is relatively straightforward and has a number of key simplifying assumptions. NMFS' current acoustic guidance requires in most cases that we assume Level B harassment occurs when a marine mammal receives an acoustic signal at or above a simple step-function threshold. For use of these active acoustic systems, the appropriate threshold is 160 dB re 1 μPa (rms). Estimating the number of exposures at the specified received level requires several determinations, each of which is described sequentially below:
(1) A detailed characterization of the acoustic characteristics of the effective sound source or sources in operation;
(2) The operational areas exposed to levels at or above those associated with Level B harassment when these sources are in operation;
(3) A method for quantifying the resulting sound fields around these sources; and
(4) An estimate of the average density for marine mammal species in each area of operation.
Quantifying the spatial and temporal dimension of the sound exposure footprint (or “swath width”) of the active acoustic devices in operation on moving vessels and their relationship to the average density of marine mammals enables a quantitative estimate of the number of individuals for which sound levels exceed the relevant threshold for each area. The number of potential incidents of Level B harassment is ultimately estimated as the product of the volume of water ensonified at 160 dB rms or higher and the volumetric density of animals determined from simple assumptions about their vertical stratification in the water column. Specifically, reasonable assumptions based on what is known about diving behavior across different marine mammal species were made to segregate those that predominately remain in the upper 200 m of the water column versus those that regularly dive deeper during foraging and transit. Methods for estimating each of these calculations are described in greater detail in the following sections, along with the simplifying assumptions made, and followed by the take estimates for each specified geographical region.
Many of these sources can be operated in different modes and with different output parameters. In modeling their potential impact areas, those features among those given previously in Table 2 (
Among Category 2 sources (Table 2), five predominant sources (Table 16) were identified as having the largest potential impact zones during operations, based on their relatively lower output frequency, higher output power, and their operational pattern of use. Estimated effective cross-sectional areas of exposure were estimated for each of the five predominant sources using a commercial software package (MATLAB) and key input parameters including source-specific operational characteristics (
In determining the effective line-kilometers for each of these predominant sources, the operational patterns of use relative to one another were further applied to determine which source was the predominant one operating at any point in time for each survey. When multiple sound sources are used simultaneously, the one with the largest potential impact zone in each relevant depth strata is considered for use in estimating exposures. For example, when species (
Following the determination of effective sound exposure area for transmissions considered in two dimensions, the next step was to determine the effective volume of water ensonified at or above 160 dB rms for the entirety of each survey in each region. For each of the three predominant sound sources, the volume of water ensonified is estimated as the athwartship cross-sectional area (in square kilometers) of sound at or above 160 dB rms (as illustrated in Figure 6.1 of SWFSC's application) multiplied by the total distance traveled by the ship. Where different sources operating simultaneously would be predominant in each different depth strata (
First, typical two-dimensional marine mammal density estimates (animals/km
(1) They are often calculated using visual sighting data collected during one season rather than throughout the year. The time of year when data were collected and from which densities were estimated may not always overlap with the timing of SWFSC fisheries surveys (detailed previously in “Detailed Description of Activities”). ETP and CCE marine mammal densities are calculated from sightings collected from August through November. Antarctic densities were calculated from sightings collected from January through March.
(2) The densities used for purposes of estimating acoustic exposures do not take into account the patchy distributions of marine mammals in an ecosystem, at least on the moderate to fine scales over which they are known to occur. Instead, animals are considered evenly distributed throughout the assessed area and seasonal movement patterns are not taken into account.
In addition, and to account for at least some coarse differences in marine mammal diving behavior and the effect this has on their likely exposure to these kinds of often highly directional sound sources, a volumetric density of marine mammals of each species was determined. This value is estimated as the abundance averaged over the two-dimensional geographic area of the surveys and the vertical range of typical habitat for the population. Habitat ranges were categorized in two generalized depth strata (0-200 m and 0 to greater than 200 m) based on gross differences between known generally surface-associated and typically deep-diving marine mammals (
The volumetric densities are estimates of the three-dimensional distribution of animals in their typical depth strata. For shallow-diving species the volumetric density is the area density divided by 0.2 km (
Table 18 then shows that, for example, the EK60 is the dominant source for sixty percent of total annual survey line-kilometers in the CCE in the 0-200 m depth stratum and is the dominant source for 75 percent of total annual survey line-kilometers in the CCE in the deeper depth stratum.
Next, we provide volumetric densities for marine mammals in the CCE and total estimated takes by Level B harassment, by dominant source and total, for each species in the CCE (Table 19). We also provide a sample calculation.
We first determine the source-specific ensonified volume of water (
To illustrate the process, we focus on the EK60 and the sperm whale.
(1) EK60 ensonified volume; 0-200 m: 0.013072 km
(2) EK60 ensonified volume; >200 m: (0.135404 km
(3) Estimated exposures to sound ≥160 dB rms; sperm whale; EK60: (0.0034 sperm whales/km
Table 24 displays year-by-year sightings data for SWFSC AMLR surveys from the most recent five seasons for which data is available (note that not all species expected to potentially be present in the AMLR have been observed during these surveys). Due to a general lack of abundance information in the Antarctic, and because these data are from the same area where the SWFSC proposes to continue survey operations, we believe that this is the best available information for use in estimating potential exposures to sound from SWFSC active acoustic sources. These surveys are generally conducted using standard line-transect theory by trained observers; however, the surveys are not conducted for the purpose of generating abundance estimates and effective strip width is not defined, nor are sightings data corrected for various biases (
Estimated take due to physical disturbance could potentially happen in the AMLR only as a result of the unintentional approach of SWFSC vessels to pinnipeds hauled out on ice, and would result in no greater than Level B harassment. During Antarctic ecosystem surveys conducted in the austral winter (
The SWFSC has estimated potential incidents of Level B harassment due to physical disturbance (Table 27) using the vessel distance traveled (20,846 km) during a typical AMLR survey, an effective strip width of 200 m (animals are assumed to react if they are less than 100 m from the vessel; see below), and the estimated population density for each species (Table 25). Although there is likely to be variation between individuals and species in reactions to a passing research vessel—that is, some animals assumed to react in this calculation will not react, and others assumed not to react because they are outside the effective strip width may in fact react—we believe that this approach is a reasonable effort towards accounting for this potential source of disturbance and have no information to indicate that the approach is biased either negatively or positively. SWFSC used an effective strip width of 200 m (
Here we provide summary tables detailing the total proposed incidental take authorization on an annual basis for each specified geographical region, as well as other information relevant to the negligible impact analyses.
Here we provide separate negligible impact analyses and small numbers analyses for each of the three specified geographical regions for which we propose rulemaking.
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as “. . . an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.” A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
In 1988, Congress amended the MMPA, with provisions for the
PBR, which is defined by the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1362(20)) as “the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population,” is one tool that can be used to help evaluate the effects of M/SI on a marine mammal stock. OSP is defined by the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1362(9)) as “the number of animals which will result in the maximum productivity of the population or the species, keeping in mind the carrying capacity of the habitat and the health of the ecosystem of which they form a constituent element.” A primary goal of the MMPA is to ensure that each stock of marine mammal either does not have a level of human-caused M/SI that is likely to cause the stock to be reduced below its OSP level or, if the stock is depleted (
PBR appears within the MMPA only in section 117 (relating to periodic stock assessments) and in portions of section 118 describing requirements for take reduction plans for reducing marine mammal bycatch in commercial fisheries. PBR was not designed as an absolute threshold limiting human activities, but as a means to evaluate the relative impacts of those activities on marine mammal stocks. Specifically, assessing M/SI relative to a stock's PBR may signal to NMFS the need to establish take reduction teams in commercial fisheries and may assist NMFS and existing take reduction teams in the identification of measures to reduce and/or minimize the taking of marine mammals by commercial fisheries to a level below a stock's PBR. That is, where the total annual human-caused M/SI exceeds PBR, NMFS is not required to halt fishing activities contributing to total M/SI but rather may prioritize working with a take reduction team to further mitigate the effects of fishery activities via additional bycatch reduction measures.
Since the introduction of PBR, NMFS has used the concept almost entirely within the context of implementing sections 117 and 118 and other commercial fisheries management-related provisions of the MMPA, including those within section 101(a)(5)(E) related to the taking of ESA-listed marine mammals incidental to commercial fisheries (64 FR 28800; May 27, 1999). The MMPA requires that PBR be estimated in stock assessment reports and that it be used in applications related to the management of take incidental to commercial fisheries (
We have produced what we believe to be conservative estimates of potential incidents of Level B harassment. The procedure for producing these estimates, described in detail in “Estimated Take Due to Acoustic Harassment,” represents NMFS' best effort towards balancing the need to quantify the potential for occurrence of Level B harassment due to production of underwater sound with a general lack of information related to the specific way that these acoustic signals, which are generally highly directional and transient, interact with the physical environment and to a meaningful understanding of marine mammal perception of these signals and occurrence in the areas where SWFSC operates. The sources considered here have moderate to high output frequencies (10 to 180 kHz), generally short ping durations, and are typically focused (highly directional) to serve their intended purpose of mapping specific objects, depths, or environmental features. In addition, some of these sources can be operated in different output modes (
In particular, low-frequency hearing specialists (
However, for purposes of this analysis, we assume that the take levels
We now consider the level of taking by M/SI + Level A proposed for authorization. First, it is likely that required injury determinations will show some undetermined number of gear interactions to result in Level A harassment rather than serious injury and that, therefore, our authorized take numbers are overestimates with regard solely to M/SI. In addition, we note that these proposed take levels are likely precautionary overall when considering that: (1) Estimates for historically taken species were developed assuming that the annual average number of takes from 2008-12, which is heavily influenced by inclusion of a year where dramatically more marine mammals were incidentally taken than any other year on record, would occur in each year from 2015-19; and that (2) the majority of species for which take authorization is proposed have never been taken in SWFSC surveys.
However, assuming that all of the takes proposed for authorization actually occur, we assess these quantitatively by comparing to the calculated PBR for each stock. Estimated M/SI for all stocks is significantly less than PBR (below ten percent, even when making the unlikely assumption that all takes for species with multiple stocks would accrue to the stock with the lowest PBR) with the exception of the two bottlenose dolphin stocks. The annual average take by M/SI + Level A for these stocks—which for each assumes that the single take of a bottlenose dolphin in longline gear that is proposed for authorization occurs for that stock, as well as that the single take of an unidentified cetacean proposed for authorization occurs—is, however, well below the PBR (takes representing 36 and 42 percent). We also note that, for the California coastal stock, the PBR is likely biased low because the population abundance estimate, which is based on photographic mark-recapture surveys, does not reflect that approximately 35 percent of dolphins encountered lack identifiable dorsal fin marks (Defran and Weller, 1999). If 35 percent of all animals lack distinguishing marks, then the true population size (and therefore PBR) would be approximately 450-500 animals (
For certain species of greater concern, we also evaluate the proposed take authorization for Level B harassment in conjunction with that proposed for M/SI + Level A. For the bottlenose dolphin, if all acoustic takes occurred to a single stock, it would comprise 9.9 percent of the California coastal stock and only 3.2 percent of the offshore stock. However, it is unlikely that all of these takes would accrue to a single stock and the significance of this magnitude of Level B harassment is even lower. We do not consider the proposed level of acoustic take for bottlenose dolphin to represent a significant additional population stressor when considered in context with the proposed level of take by M/SI + Level A. Harbor porpoise are known to demonstrate increased sensitivity to acoustic signals in the frequency range produced by some SWFSC active acoustic sources (see discussion above under “Acoustic Effects”). The total annual taking by Level B harassment proposed for authorization for harbor porpoise would likely be distributed across all five stocks of this species that occur in the CCE. Moreover, because the SWFSC does not regularly operate the surveys described above within the confines of Morro Bay, Monterey Bay, or San Francisco Bay, and because SWFSC survey effort is sparsely distributed in space and time, we would expect any incidents of take occurring to animals of those stocks to be transient events, largely occurring to individuals of those populations occurring outside those bays but within the general limit of harbor porpoise occurrence (
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the planned mitigation measures, we preliminarily find that the total marine mammal take from SWFSC's fisheries research activities will have a negligible impact on the affected marine mammal species or stocks in the California Current Ecosystem. In summary, this finding of negligible impact is founded on the following factors: (1) The possibility of injury, serious injury, or mortality from the use of active acoustic devices may reasonably be considered discountable; (2) the anticipated incidents of Level B harassment from the use of active acoustic devices consist of, at worst, temporary and relatively minor modifications in behavior; (3) the predicted number of incidents of combined Level A harassment, serious injury, and mortality are at insignificant levels relative to all affected stocks but two; (4) the predicted number of incidents of both Level B harassment and potential M/SI likely represent overestimates; and (5) the presumed efficacy of the planned mitigation measures in reducing the effects of the specified activity to the
In the ETP, yellowfin tuna are known to associate with several species of dolphin, including spinner, spotted, and common dolphins. As the ETP tuna purse-seine fishery began in the late 1950s, incidental take of dolphins increased to very high levels and continued through the 1960s and into the 1970s (Perrin, 1969). Through a series of combined actions, including passage of the MMPA in 1972, subsequent amendments, regulations, and mitigation measures, dolphin bycatch in the ETP has since decreased 99 percent in the international fishing fleet, and was eliminated by the U.S. fleet (Gerrodette and Forcada, 2005). However, the northeastern offshore and coastal stocks of spotted dolphin are believed to have declined roughly eighty and sixty percent, respectively, from pre-exploitation abundance estimates (Perrin, 2009). Although incidental take by the international fishing fleet is believed to have declined to the low hundreds of individuals annually (Perrin, 2009), the populations have not grown toward recovery as rapidly as expected (
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the planned mitigation measures, we preliminarily find that the total marine mammal take from SWFSC's fisheries research activities will have a negligible impact on the affected marine mammal species or stocks in the Eastern Tropical Pacific. In summary, this finding of negligible impact is founded on the following factors: (1) The possibility of injury, serious injury, or mortality from the use of active acoustic devices may reasonably be considered discountable; (2) the anticipated incidents of Level B harassment from the use of active acoustic devices consist of, at worst, temporary and relatively minor modifications in behavior; (3) the predicted number of incidents of combined Level A harassment, serious injury, and mortality are at insignificant levels relative to all affected stocks; (4) the predicted number of incidents of both Level B harassment and potential M/SI likely represent overestimates; and (5) the presumed efficacy of the planned mitigation measures in reducing the effects of the specified activity to the level of least practicable adverse impact. In addition, no M/SI is proposed for authorization for any species or stock that is listed under the ESA. In combination, we believe that these factors demonstrate that the specified activity will have only short-term effects on individuals (resulting from Level B harassment) and that the total level of taking will not impact rates of recruitment or survival sufficiently to result in population-level impacts.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the planned mitigation measures, we preliminarily find that the total marine mammal take from SWFSC's fisheries research activities will have a negligible impact on the affected marine mammal species or stocks in the Antarctic Marine Living Resources Ecosystem. In summary, this finding of negligible impact is founded on the following factors: (1) The possibility of injury, serious injury, or mortality from the use of active acoustic devices may reasonably be considered discountable; (2) the anticipated incidents of Level B harassment from the use of active acoustic devices consist of, at worst, temporary and relatively minor modifications in behavior; (3) no incidental take by Level A harassment, serious injury, or mortality is proposed; (4) the predicted number of incidents of Level B harassment likely represent overestimates; and (5) the presumed efficacy of the planned mitigation measures in reducing the effects of the specified activity to the level of least practicable adverse impact. In combination, we believe that these factors demonstrate that the specified activity will have only short-term effects on individuals. The specified activity is not expected to impact rates of recruitment or survival and will therefore not result in population-level impacts.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures, we preliminarily find that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the populations of the affected species or stocks in the California Current Ecosystem.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures, we preliminarily find that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the populations of the affected species or stocks in the Eastern Tropical Pacific.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures, we preliminarily find that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the populations of the affected species or stocks in the Antarctic Marine Living Resources Ecosystem.
In order to issue an incidental take authorization for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth “requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking.” The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for incidental take authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area.
Any monitoring requirement we prescribe should improve our understanding of one or more of the following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal species in action area (
• Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment (
• Individual responses to acute stressors, or impacts of chronic exposures (behavioral or physiological).
• How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) Long-term fitness and survival of an individual; or (2) population, species, or stock.
• Effects on marine mammal habitat and resultant impacts to marine mammals.
• Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
SWFSC plans to make more systematic its training, operations, data collection, animal handling and sampling protocols, etc. in order to improve its ability to understand how mitigation measures influence interaction rates and ensure its research operations are conducted in an informed manner and consistent with lessons learned from those with experience operating these gears in close proximity to marine mammals. It is in this spirit that we propose the monitoring requirements described below.
Marine mammal watches are a standard part of conducting fisheries research activities, and are implemented as described previously in “Proposed Mitigation.” Dedicated marine mammal visual monitoring occurs as described (1) for a minimum of thirty minutes prior to deployment of midwater trawl and pelagic longline gear; (2) throughout deployment and active fishing of all research gears; (3) for a minimum of thirty minutes prior to retrieval of pelagic longline gear; and (4) throughout retrieval of all research gear. This visual monitoring is performed by trained SWFSC personnel with no other responsibilities during the monitoring period. Observers record the species and estimated number of animals present and their behaviors, which may be valuable information towards an understanding of whether certain species may be attracted to vessels or certain survey gears. Separately, marine mammal watches are conducted by watch-standers (those navigating the vessel and other crew; these will typically not be SWFSC personnel) at all times when the vessel is being operated. The primary focus for this type of watch is to avoid striking marine mammals and to generally avoid navigational hazards. These watch-standers typically have other duties associated with navigation and other vessel operations and are not required to record or report to the scientific party data on marine mammal sightings, except when gear is being deployed or retrieved.
In the Antarctic only, the SWFSC will monitor any potential disturbance of pinnipeds on ice, paying particular attention to the distance at which different species of pinniped are disturbed. Disturbance will be recorded according to the three-point scale, representing increasing seal response to disturbance, shown in Table 26.
SWFSC will log passive acoustic data before and during the conduct of each trawl (either pelagic trawl in the CCE or bottom trawl in the AMLR). These data would not be used to decide whether to trawl but may be useful in comparing the level of vocalization present in the event of a marine mammal interaction for post hoc analyses of patterns that may indicate when marine mammal interactions are likely.
The SWFSC proposes to evaluate development of an MMED suitable for use in the modified-Cobb midwater trawl. Modified-Cobb trawl nets are
A reduction in target catch rates is an issue that has arisen from preliminary analyses of MMED use in Nordic 264 gear. Although sample sizes are small, these results have cast some doubt as to whether the MMED would be suitable for surveys with a primary objective of estimating abundance, as opposed to collecting biological samples. If data collected during testing of the modified-Cobb MMED continues to indicate reduced catch rates, SWFSC would continue testing to explore whether it is possible to calculate reliable conversion factors to equate catches when using the MMED to catches when it was not. If this is not possible, then use of the MMED for certain surveys may compromise primary research objectives. Therefore, use of the MMED may be considered not practicable.
In addition, SWFSC plans to explore patterns in past marine mammal bycatch in its fisheries research surveys to better understand what factors (
SWFSC anticipates that additional information on practices to avoid marine mammal interactions can be gleaned from training sessions and more systematic data collection standards. The SWFSC will conduct annual trainings for all chief scientists and other personnel who may be responsible for conducting dedicated marine mammal visual observations to explain mitigation measures and monitoring and reporting requirements, mitigation and monitoring protocols, marine mammal identification, recording of count and disturbance observations (relevant to AMLR surveys), completion of datasheets, and use of equipment. Some of these topics may be familiar to SWFSC staff, who may be professional biologists; the SWFSC shall determine the agenda for these trainings and ensure that all relevant staff have necessary familiarity with these topics.
SWFSC will also dedicate a portion of training to discussion of best professional judgment (which is recognized as an integral component of mitigation implementation; see “Proposed Mitigation”), including use in any incidents of marine mammal interaction and instructive examples where use of best professional judgment was determined to be successful or unsuccessful. We recognize that many factors come into play regarding decision-making at sea and that it is not practicable to simplify what are inherently variable and complex situational decisions into rules that may be defined on paper. However, it is our intent that use of best professional judgment be an iterative process from year to year, in which any at-sea decision-maker (
Improved standardization of handling procedures were discussed previously in “Proposed Mitigation.” In addition to the benefits implementing these protocols are believed to have on the animals through increased post-release survival, SWFSC believes adopting these protocols for data collection will also increase the information on which “serious injury” determinations (NMFS, 2012a, b) are based and improve scientific knowledge about marine mammals that interact with fisheries research gears and the factors that contribute to these interactions. SWFSC personnel will be provided standard guidance and training regarding handling of marine mammals, including how to identify different species, bring an individual aboard a vessel, assess the level of consciousness, remove fishing gear, return an individual to water and log activities pertaining to the interaction.
SWFSC will record interaction information on either existing data forms created by other NMFS programs (
Finally, for any marine mammals that are killed during fisheries research activities, scientists will collect data and samples pursuant to the SWFSC MMPA and ESA research and salvage permit and to the “Detailed Sampling Protocol for Marine Mammal and Sea Turtle Incidental Takes on SWFSC Research Cruises” (see Appendix B.4 of SWFSC's application).
As is normally the case, SWFSC will coordinate with the relevant stranding coordinators for any unusual marine mammal behavior and any stranding, beached live/dead, or floating marine mammals that are encountered during field research activities. The SWFSC will follow a phased approach with regard to the cessation of its activities and/or reporting of such events, as described in the proposed regulatory texts following this preamble. In addition, Chief Scientists (or cruise leader, CS) will provide reports to SWFSC leadership and to the Office of Protected Resources (OPR) by event, survey leg, and cruise. As a result, when marine mammals interact with survey gear, whether killed or released alive, a report provided by the CS will fully describe any observations of the animals, the context (vessel and conditions), decisions made and rationale for decisions made in vessel and gear handling. The circumstances of these events are critical in enabling SWFSC and OPR to better evaluate the conditions under which takes are most likely occur. We believe in the long term
The SWFSC will submit annual summary reports to OPR including: (1) Annual line-kilometers surveyed during which the EK60, ME70, SX90 (or equivalent sources) were predominant (see “Estimated Take by Acoustic Harassment” for further discussion), specific to each region; (2) summary information regarding use of all longline (including bottom and vertical lines) and trawl (including bottom trawl) gear, including number of sets, hook hours, tows, etc., specific to each region and gear; (3) accounts of all incidents of marine mammal interactions, including circumstances of the event and descriptions of any mitigation procedures implemented or not implemented and why; (4) summary information related to any on-ice disturbance of pinnipeds, including event-specific total counts of animals present, counts of reactions according to the three-point scale shown in Table 26, and distance of closest approach; (5) a written evaluation of the effectiveness of SWFSC mitigation strategies in reducing the number of marine mammal interactions with survey gear, including best professional judgment and suggestions for changes to the mitigation strategies, if any; and (6) updates as appropriate regarding the development/implementation of MMEDs and analysis of bycatch patterns. The period of reporting will be a calendar year and the report must be submitted not less than ninety days following the end of a calendar year. Submission of this information is in service of an adaptive management framework allowing NMFS to make appropriate modifications to mitigation and/or monitoring strategies, as necessary, during the proposed five-year period of validity for these regulations.
NMFS has established a formal incidental take reporting system, the Protected Species Incidental Take (PSIT) database, requiring that incidental takes of protected species be reported within 48 hours of the occurrence. The PSIT generates automated messages to NMFS leadership and other relevant staff, alerting them to the event and to the fact that updated information describing the circumstances of the event has been inputted to the database. The PSIT and CS reports represent not only valuable real-time reporting and information dissemination tools, but also serve as an archive of information that may be mined in the future to study why takes occur by species, gear, region, etc.
SWFSC will also collect and report all necessary data, to the extent practicable given the primacy of human safety and the well-being of captured or entangled marine mammals, to facilitate serious injury (SI) determinations for marine mammals that are released alive. SWFSC will require that the CS complete data forms (already developed and used by commercial fisheries observer programs) and address supplemental questions, both of which have been developed to aid in SI determinations. SWFSC understands the critical need to provide as much relevant information as possible about marine mammal interactions to inform decisions regarding SI determinations. In addition, the SWFSC will perform all necessary reporting to ensure that any incidental M/SI is incorporated as appropriate into relevant SARs.
The final regulations governing the take of marine mammals incidental to SWFSC fisheries research survey operations in three specified geographical regions would contain an adaptive management component. The inclusion of an adaptive management component will be both valuable and necessary within the context of five-year regulations for activities that have been associated with marine mammal mortality.
The reporting requirements associated with these proposed rules are designed to provide OPR with monitoring data from the previous year to allow consideration of whether any changes are appropriate. OPR and the SWFSC will meet annually to discuss the monitoring reports and current science and whether mitigation or monitoring modifications are appropriate. The use of adaptive management allows OPR to consider new information from different sources to determine (with input from the SWFSC regarding practicability) on an annual or biennial basis if mitigation or monitoring measures should be modified (including additions or deletions). Mitigation measures could be modified if new data suggests that such modifications would have a reasonable likelihood of reducing adverse effects to marine mammals and if the measures are practicable.
The following are some of the possible sources of applicable data to be considered through the adaptive management process: (1) Results from monitoring reports, as required by MMPA authorizations; (2) results from general marine mammal and sound research; and (3) any information which reveals that marine mammals may have been taken in a manner, extent, or number not authorized by these regulations or subsequent LOAs.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of marine mammals implicated by these actions, in any of the three specified geographical regions for which we propose rulemakings. Therefore, we have determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
There are multiple marine mammal species listed under the ESA with confirmed or possible occurrence in the proposed specified geographical regions (see Tables 3-5). The proposed authorization of incidental take pursuant to the SWFSC's specified activity would not affect any designated critical habitat. OPR has initiated consultation with NMFS' West Coast Regional Office under section 7 of the ESA on the promulgation of five-year regulations and the subsequent issuance of LOAs to SWFSC under section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA. This consultation will be concluded prior to issuing any final rule.
The SWFSC has prepared a Draft Environmental Assessment (EA;
NMFS requests interested persons to submit comments, information, and suggestions concerning the SWFSC request and the proposed regulations (see
Pursuant to the procedures established to implement Executive Order 12866, the Office of Management and Budget has determined that this proposed rule is not significant.
Pursuant to section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), the Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce has certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration that this proposed rule, if adopted, would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. NMFS is the sole entity that would be subject to the requirements in these proposed regulations, and NMFS is not a small governmental jurisdiction, small organization, or small business, as defined by the RFA. Because of this certification, a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required and none has been prepared.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required to respond to nor shall a person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number. This proposed rule contains collection-of-information requirements subject to the provisions of the PRA. These requirements have been approved by OMB under control number 0648-0151 and include applications for regulations, subsequent LOAs, and reports. Send comments regarding any aspect of this data collection, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to NMFS and the OMB Desk Officer (see
Exports, Fish, Imports, Indians, Labeling, Marine mammals, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Seafood, Transportation.
For reasons set forth in the preamble, 50 CFR part 219 is proposed to be added as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1361
(a) Regulations in this subpart apply only to the National Marine Fisheries Service's (NMFS) Southwest Fisheries Science Center (SWFSC) and those persons it authorizes or funds to conduct activities on its behalf for the taking of marine mammals that occurs in the area outlined in paragraph (b) of this section and that occurs incidental to research survey program operations.
(b) The taking of marine mammals by SWFSC may be authorized in a Letter of Authorization (LOA) only if it occurs within the California Current Ecosystem.
(a) Under LOAs issued pursuant to §§ 216.106 and 219.7 of this chapter, the Holder of the LOA (hereinafter “SWFSC”) may incidentally, but not intentionally, take marine mammals within the area described in § 219.1(b) of this chapter, provided the activity is in compliance with all terms, conditions, and requirements of the regulations in this subpart and the appropriate LOA.
(b) The incidental take of marine mammals under the activities identified in § 219.1(a) of this chapter is limited to the indicated number of takes on an annual basis (by Level B harassment) or over the five-year period of validity of these regulations (by mortality) of the following species:
(1) Level B harassment:
(i) Cetaceans:
(A) Gray whale (
(B) Humpback whale (
(C) Minke whale (
(D) Sei whale (
(E) Fin whale (
(F) Blue whale (
(G) Sperm whale (
(H) Pygmy or dwarf sperm whale (
(I) Cuvier's beaked whale (
(J) Baird's beaked whale (
(K) Hubbs', Blainville's, ginkgo-toothed, Perrin's, lesser, or Stejneger's beaked whales (
(L) Bottlenose dolphin (
(M) Striped dolphin (
(N) Long-beaked common dolphin (
(O) Short-beaked common dolphin (
(P) Pacific white-sided dolphin (
(Q) Northern right whale dolphin (
(R) Risso's dolphin (
(S) Killer whale (
(T) Short-finned pilot whale (
(U) Harbor porpoise (
(V) Dall's porpoise (
(ii) Pinnipeds:
(A) Guadalupe fur seal (
(B) Northern fur seal (
(C) Northern fur seal, Pribilof Islands/Eastern Pacific stock—11,555;
(D) California sea lion (
(E) Steller sea lion (
(F) Harbor seal (
(G) Northern elephant seal (
(2) Mortality (midwater trawl gear only):
(i) Cetaceans:
(A) Bottlenose dolphin (California, Oregon, and Washington offshore stock)—8;
(B) Bottlenose dolphin (California coastal stock)—3;
(C) Striped dolphin—11;
(D) Long-beaked common dolphin—11;
(E) Short-beaked common dolphin—11;
(F) Pacific white-sided dolphin—35;
(G) Northern right whale dolphin—10;
(H) Risso's dolphin—11;
(I) Harbor porpoise—5;
(J) Dall's porpoise—5;
(K) Unidentified cetacean (Family Delphinidae or Family Phocoenidae)—1.
(ii) Pinnipeds:
(A) Northern fur seal—5;
(B) California sea lion—20;
(C) Steller sea lion—9;
(D) Harbor seal—9;
(E) Northern elephant seal—5; and
(F) Unidentified pinniped—1.
(3) Mortality (pelagic longline gear only):
(i) Cetaceans:
(A) Pygmy or dwarf sperm whale—1;
(B) Bottlenose dolphin—1;
(C) Striped dolphin—1;
(D) Long-beaked common dolphin—1;
(E) Short-beaked common dolphin—1;
(F) Risso's dolphin—1; and
(G) Short-finned pilot whale—1.
(ii) Pinnipeds:
(A) California sea lion—5;
(B) Steller sea lion—1; and
(C) Unidentified pinniped—1.
Notwithstanding takings contemplated in § 219.1 of this chapter and authorized by a LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.7 of this chapter, no person in connection with the activities described in § 219.1 of this chapter may:
(a) Take any marine mammal not specified in § 219.3(b) of this chapter;
(b) Take any marine mammal specified in § 219.3(b) of this chapter in any manner other than as specified;
(c) Take a marine mammal specified in § 219.3(b) of this chapter if NMFS determines such taking results in more than a negligible impact on the species or stocks of such marine mammal;
(d) Take a marine mammal specified in § 219.3(b) of this chapter if NMFS determines such taking results in an unmitigable adverse impact on the species or stock of such marine mammal for taking for subsistence uses; or
(e) Violate, or fail to comply with, the terms, conditions, and requirements of this subpart or a LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.7 of this chapter.
When conducting the activities identified in § 219.1(a) of this chapter, the mitigation measures contained in any LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.7 of this chapter must be implemented. These mitigation measures shall include but are not limited to:
(a) General conditions:
(1) SWFSC shall take all necessary measures to coordinate and communicate in advance of each specific survey with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's (NOAA) Office of Marine and Aviation Operations (OMAO) or other relevant parties on non-NOAA platforms to ensure that all mitigation measures and monitoring requirements described herein, as well as the specific manner of implementation and relevant event-contingent decision-making processes, are clearly understood and agreed upon.
(2) SWFSC shall coordinate and conduct briefings at the outset of each survey and as necessary between ship's crew (Commanding Officer/master or designee(s), as appropriate) and scientific party in order to explain responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal monitoring protocol, and operational procedures.
(3) SWFSC shall coordinate as necessary on a daily basis during survey cruises with OMAO personnel or other relevant personnel on non-NOAA platforms to ensure that requirements, procedures, and decision-making processes are understood and properly implemented.
(4) When deploying any type of sampling gear at sea, SWFSC shall at all times monitor for any unusual circumstances that may arise at a sampling site and use best professional judgment to avoid any potential risks to marine mammals during use of all research equipment.
(5) SWFSC shall implement handling and/or disentanglement protocols as specified in the guidance provided to SWFSC survey personnel (“Identification, Handling and Release of Protected Species”).
(b) Midwater trawl survey protocols:
(1) SWFSC shall conduct trawl operations as soon as is practicable upon arrival at the sampling station.
(2) SWFSC shall initiate marine mammal watches (visual observation) no less than thirty minutes prior to sampling. Marine mammal watches shall be conducted by scanning the surrounding waters with the naked eye and rangefinding binoculars (or monocular). During nighttime operations, visual observation shall be conducted using the naked eye and available vessel lighting.
(3) SWFSC shall implement the “move-on rule.” If one or more marine mammals are observed within 1 nm of the planned location in the thirty minutes before setting the trawl gear, SWFSC shall transit to a different section of the sampling area to maintain a minimum set distance of 1 nm from the observed marine mammals. If, after moving on, marine mammals remain within 1 nm, SWFSC may decide to move again or to skip the station. SWFSC may use best professional judgment in making this decision but may not elect to conduct midwater trawl survey activity when animals remain within the 1-nm zone.
(4) SWFSC shall maintain visual monitoring effort during the entire period of time that midwater trawl gear is in the water (
(5) If trawling operations have been suspended because of the presence of marine mammals, SWFSC may resume trawl operations when practicable only when the animals are believed to have departed the 1 nm area. SWFSC may use best professional judgment in making this determination.
(6) SWFSC shall implement standard survey protocols, including maximum tow durations of thirty minutes at target depth and maximum tow distance of 3 nm and shall carefully empty the trawl
(7) SWFSC must install and use a marine mammal excluder device at all times when the Nordic 264 trawl net or other net for which the device is appropriate is used.
(8) SWFSC must install and use acoustic deterrent devices whenever any midwater trawl net is used, with two to four devices placed along the footrope and/or headrope of the net. SWFSC must ensure that the devices are operating properly before deploying the net.
(c) Pelagic longline survey protocols:
(1) SWFSC shall deploy longline gear as soon as is practicable upon arrival at the sampling station.
(2) SWFSC shall initiate marine mammal watches (visual observation) no less than thirty minutes prior to both deployment and retrieval of the longline gear. Marine mammal watches shall be conducted by scanning the surrounding waters with the naked eye and rangefinding binoculars (or monocular). During nighttime operations, visual observation shall be conducted using the naked eye and available vessel lighting.
(3) SWFSC shall implement the “move-on rule.” If one or more marine mammals are observed within 1 nm of the planned location in the thirty minutes before gear deployment, SWFSC shall transit to a different section of the sampling area to maintain a minimum set distance of 1 nm from the observed marine mammals. If, after moving on, marine mammals remain within 1 nm, SWFSC may decide to move again or to skip the station. SWFSC may use best professional judgment in making this decision but may not elect to conduct pelagic longline survey activity when animals remain within the 1-nm zone. Implementation of the “move-on rule” is not required upon observation of five or fewer California sea lions.
(4) SWFSC shall maintain visual monitoring effort during the entire period of gear deployment or retrieval. If marine mammals are sighted before the gear is fully deployed or retrieved, SWFSC shall take the most appropriate action to avoid marine mammal interaction. SWFSC may use best professional judgment in making this decision.
(5) If deployment or retrieval operations have been suspended because of the presence of marine mammals, SWFSC may resume such operations when practicable only when the animals are believed to have departed the 1 nm area. SWFSC may use best professional judgment in making this decision.
(6) SWFSC shall implement standard survey protocols, including maximum soak duration of four hours and a prohibition on chumming.
(a) Visual monitoring program:
(1) Dedicated marine mammal visual monitoring, conducted by trained SWFSC personnel with no other responsibilities during the monitoring period, shall occur (1) for a minimum of thirty minutes prior to deployment of midwater trawl and pelagic longline gear; (2) throughout deployment of gear and active fishing of all research gears; (3) for a minimum of thirty minutes prior to retrieval of pelagic longline gear; and (4) throughout retrieval of all research gear.
(2) Marine mammal watches shall be conducted by watch-standers (those navigating the vessel and/or other crew) at all times when the vessel is being operated.
(b) Acoustic monitoring—SWFSC shall log passive acoustic data before and during the conduct of each midwater trawl.
(c) Marine mammal excluder device (MMED)—SWFSC shall conduct an evaluation of the feasibility of MMED development for the modified-Cobb midwater trawl net.
(d) Analysis of bycatch patterns—SWFSC shall conduct an analysis of past bycatch patterns in order to better understand what factors might increase the likelihood of incidental take in research survey gear. This shall include an analysis of research trawl data for any link between trawl variables and observed marine mammal bycatch, as well as a review of historical fisheries research data to determine whether sufficient data exist for similar analysis.
(e) Training:
(1) SWFSC must conduct annual training for all chief scientists and other personnel who may be responsible for conducting dedicated marine mammal visual observations to explain mitigation measures and monitoring and reporting requirements, mitigation and monitoring protocols, marine mammal identification, completion of datasheets, and use of equipment. SWFSC may determine the agenda for these trainings.
(2) SWFSC shall also dedicate a portion of training to discussion of best professional judgment, including use in any incidents of marine mammal interaction and instructive examples where use of best professional judgment was determined to be successful or unsuccessful.
(f) Handling procedures and data collection:
(1) SWFSC must develop and implement standardized marine mammal handling, disentanglement, and data collection procedures. These standard procedures will be subject to approval by NMFS' Office of Protected Resources (OPR).
(2) When practicable, for any marine mammal interaction involving the release of a live animal, SWFSC shall collect necessary data to facilitate a serious injury determination.
(3) SWFSC shall provide its relevant personnel with standard guidance and training regarding handling of marine mammals, including how to identify different species, bring an individual aboard a vessel, assess the level of consciousness, remove fishing gear, return an individual to water, and log activities pertaining to the interaction.
(4) SWFSC shall record such data on standardized forms, which will be subject to approval by OPR. SWFSC shall also answer a standard series of supplemental questions regarding the details of any marine mammal interaction.
(g) Reporting:
(1) SWFSC shall report all incidents of marine mammal interaction to NMFS' Protected Species Incidental Take database within 48 hours of occurrence.
(2) SWFSC shall provide written reports to OPR following any marine mammal interaction (animal captured or entangled in research gear) and/or survey leg or cruise, summarizing survey effort on the leg or cruise. In the event of a marine mammal interaction, these reports shall include full descriptions of any observations of the animals, the context (vessel and conditions), decisions made and rationale for decisions made in vessel and gear handling.
(3) Annual reporting:
(i) SWFSC shall submit an annual summary report to OPR not later than ninety days following the end of a calendar year, with the reporting period being a given calendar year.
(ii) These reports shall contain, at minimum, the following:
(A) Annual line-kilometers surveyed during which the EK60, ME70, SX90 (or equivalent sources) were predominant;
(B) Summary information regarding use of all longline (including bottom and vertical lines) and trawl (including bottom trawl) gear, including number of sets, hook hours, tows, etc., specific to each gear;
(C) Accounts of all incidents of marine mammal interactions, including
(D) A written evaluation of the effectiveness of SWFSC mitigation strategies in reducing the number of marine mammal interactions with survey gear, including best professional judgment and suggestions for changes to the mitigation strategies, if any;
(E) Final outcome of serious injury determinations for all incidents of marine mammal interactions where the animal(s) were released alive; and
(F) Updates as appropriate regarding the development/implementation of MMEDs and analysis of bycatch patterns.
(h) Reporting of injured or dead marine mammals:
(1) In the unanticipated event that the activity defined in § 219.1(a) of this chapter clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a prohibited manner, SWFSC shall immediately cease the specified activities and report the incident to OPR and the West Coast Regional Stranding Coordinator, NMFS. The report must include the following information:
(i) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
(ii) Description of the incident;
(iii) Environmental conditions (
(iv) Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(v) Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
(vi) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(vii) Water depth;
(viii) Fate of the animal(s); and
(ix) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
Activities shall not resume until OPR is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. OPR shall work with SWFSC to determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. SWFSC may not resume their activities until notified by OPR.
(2) In the event that SWFSC discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
(3) In the event that SWFSC discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities defined in § 219.1(a) of this chapter (
(a) To incidentally take marine mammals pursuant to these regulations, SWFSC must apply for and obtain an LOA.
(b) An LOA, unless suspended or revoked, may be effective for a period of time not to exceed the expiration date of these regulations.
(c) If an LOA expires prior to the expiration date of these regulations, SWFSC may apply for and obtain a renewal of the LOA.
(d) In the event of projected changes to the activity or to mitigation and monitoring measures required by an LOA, SWFSC must apply for and obtain a modification of the LOA as described in § 219.18 of this chapter.
(e) The LOA shall set forth:
(1) Permissible methods of incidental taking;
(2) Means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact (
(3) Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
(f) Issuance of the LOA shall be based on a determination that the level of taking will be consistent with the findings made for the total taking allowable under these regulations.
(g) Notice of issuance or denial of an LOA shall be published in the
(a) An LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.7 of this chapter for the activity identified in § 219.1(a) of this chapter shall be renewed or modified upon request by the applicant, provided that:
(1) The proposed specified activity and mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures, as well as the anticipated impacts, are the same as those described and analyzed for these regulations (excluding changes made pursuant to the adaptive management provision in § 219.8(c)(1) of this chapter), and
(2) OPR determines that the mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures required by the previous LOA under these regulations were implemented.
(b) For an LOA modification or renewal requests by the applicant that include changes to the activity or the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting (excluding changes made pursuant to the adaptive management provision in § 219.8(c)(1) of this chapter) that do not change the findings made for the regulations or result in no more than a minor change in the total estimated number of takes (or distribution by species or years), OPR may publish a notice of proposed LOA in the
(c) An LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.7 of this chapter for the activity identified in § 219.11(a) of this chapter may be modified by OPR under the following circumstances:
(1) Adaptive Management—OPR may modify (including augment) the existing mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures (after consulting with SWFSC regarding the practicability of the modifications) if doing so creates a reasonable likelihood of more effectively accomplishing the goals of the mitigation and monitoring set forth in the preamble for these regulations.
(i) Possible sources of data that could contribute to the decision to modify the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures in an LOA:
(A) Results from SWFSC's monitoring from the previous year(s).
(B) Results from other marine mammal and/or sound research or studies.
(C) Any information that reveals marine mammals may have been taken in a manner, extent or number not authorized by these regulations or subsequent LOAs.
(ii) If, through adaptive management, the modifications to the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures are substantial, OPR will publish a notice of proposed LOA in the
(2) Emergencies—If OPR determines that an emergency exists that poses a significant risk to the well-being of the species or stocks of marine mammals specified in § 219.12(b) of this chapter, an LOA may be modified without prior
(a) Regulations in this subpart apply only to the National Marine Fisheries Service's (NMFS) Southwest Fisheries Science Center (SWFSC) and those persons it authorizes or funds to conduct activities on its behalf for the taking of marine mammals that occurs in the area outlined in paragraph (b) of this section and that occurs incidental to research survey program operations.
(b) The taking of marine mammals by SWFSC may be authorized in a Letter of Authorization (LOA) only if it occurs within the Eastern Tropical Pacific.
(a) Under LOAs issued pursuant to §§ 216.106 and 219.17 of this chapter, the Holder of the LOA (hereinafter “SWFSC”) may incidentally, but not intentionally, take marine mammals within the area described in § 219.11(b) of this chapter, provided the activity is in compliance with all terms, conditions, and requirements of the regulations in this subpart and the appropriate LOA.
(b) The incidental take of marine mammals under the activities identified in § 219.11(a) of this chapter is limited to the indicated number of takes on an annual basis (by Level B harassment) or over the five-year period of validity of these regulations (by mortality) of the following species:
(1) Level B harassment:
(i) Cetaceans:
(A) Humpback whale (
(B) Bryde's whale (
(C) Blue whale (
(D) Sperm whale (
(E) Dwarf sperm whale (
(F) Cuvier's beaked whale (
(G) Longman's beaked whale (
(H) Blainville's, ginkgo-toothed, or lesser beaked whales (
(I) Rough-toothed dolphin (
(J) Bottlenose dolphin (
(K) Striped dolphin (
(L) Pantropical spotted dolphin (
(M) Spinner dolphin (
(N) Long-beaked common dolphin (
(O) Short-beaked common dolphin (
(P) Fraser's dolphin (
(Q) Dusky dolphin (
(R) Risso's dolphin (
(S) Melon-headed whale (
(T) Pygmy killer whale (
(U) False killer whale (
(V) Killer whale (
(W) Short-finned pilot whale (
(ii) Pinnipeds:
(A) Guadalupe fur seal (
(B) California sea lion (
(C) South American sea lion (
(D) Northern elephant seal (
(2) Mortality (pelagic longline gear only):
(i) Cetaceans:
(A) Dwarf sperm whale—1;
(B) Rough-toothed dolphin—1;
(C) Bottlenose dolphin—1;
(D) Striped dolphin—1;
(E) Pantropical spotted dolphin—1;
(F) Long-beaked common dolphin—1;
(G) Short-beaked common dolphin—1;
(H) Risso's dolphin—1;
(I) False killer whale—1; and
(J) Short-finned pilot whale—1.
(ii) Pinnipeds:
(A) California sea lion—5;
(B) South American sea lion—5; and
(C) Unidentified pinniped—1.
Notwithstanding takings contemplated in § 219.11 of this chapter and authorized by a LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.17 of this chapter, no person in connection with the activities described in § 219.11 of this chapter may:
(a) Take any marine mammal not specified in § 219.13(b) of this chapter;
(b) Take any marine mammal specified in § 219.13(b) in any manner other than as specified;
(c) Take a marine mammal specified in § 219.13(b) of this chapter if NMFS determines such taking results in more than a negligible impact on the species or stocks of such marine mammal;
(d) Take a marine mammal specified in § 219.13(b) if NMFS determines such taking results in an unmitigable adverse impact on the species or stock of such marine mammal for taking for subsistence uses; or
(e) Violate, or fail to comply with, the terms, conditions, and requirements of this subpart or a LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.17 of this chapter.
When conducting the activities identified in § 219.11(a), the mitigation measures contained in any LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.17 of this chapter must be implemented. These mitigation measures shall include but are not limited to:
(a) General conditions:
(1) SWFSC shall take all necessary measures to coordinate and communicate in advance of each specific survey with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's (NOAA) Office of Marine and Aviation Operations (OMAO) or other relevant parties on non-NOAA platforms to ensure that all mitigation measures and monitoring requirements described herein, as well as the specific manner of implementation and relevant event-contingent decision-making processes, are clearly understood and agreed upon.
(2) SWFSC shall coordinate and conduct briefings at the outset of each survey and as necessary between ship's crew (Commanding Officer/master or designee(s), as appropriate) and scientific party in order to explain responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal monitoring protocol, and operational procedures.
(3) SWFSC shall coordinate as necessary on a daily basis during survey cruises with OMAO personnel or other relevant personnel on non-NOAA platforms to ensure that requirements, procedures, and decision-making processes are understood and properly implemented.
(4) When deploying any type of sampling gear at sea, SWFSC shall at all times monitor for any unusual circumstances that may arise at a sampling site and use best professional judgment to avoid any potential risks to
(5) SWFSC shall implement handling and/or disentanglement protocols as specified in the guidance provided to SWFSC survey personnel (“Identification, Handling and Release of Protected Species”).
(b) Pelagic longline survey protocols:
(1) SWFSC shall deploy longline gear as soon as is practicable upon arrival at the sampling station.
(2) SWFSC shall initiate marine mammal watches (visual observation) no less than thirty minutes prior to both deployment and retrieval of the longline gear. Marine mammal watches shall be conducted by scanning the surrounding waters with the naked eye and rangefinding binoculars (or monocular). During nighttime operations, visual observation shall be conducted using the naked eye and available vessel lighting.
(3) SWFSC shall implement the “move-on rule.” If one or more marine mammals are observed within 1 nm of the planned location in the thirty minutes before gear deployment, SWFSC shall transit to a different section of the sampling area to maintain a minimum set distance of 1 nm from the observed marine mammals. If, after moving on, marine mammals remain within 1 nm, SWFSC may decide to move again or to skip the station. SWFSC may use best professional judgment in making this decision but may not elect to conduct pelagic longline survey activity when animals remain within the 1-nm zone.
(4) SWFSC shall maintain visual monitoring effort during the entire period of gear deployment or retrieval. If marine mammals are sighted before the gear is fully deployed or retrieved, SWFSC shall take the most appropriate action to avoid marine mammal interaction. SWFSC may use best professional judgment in making this decision.
(5) If deployment or retrieval operations have been suspended because of the presence of marine mammals, SWFSC may resume such operations when practicable only when the animals are believed to have departed the 1 nm area. SWFSC may use best professional judgment in making this determination.
(6) SWFSC shall implement standard survey protocols, including maximum soak duration of four hours and a prohibition on chumming.
(a) Visual monitoring program:
(1) Dedicated marine mammal visual monitoring, conducted by trained SWFSC personnel with no other responsibilities during the monitoring period, shall occur (1) for a minimum of thirty minutes prior to deployment of pelagic longline gear; (2) throughout deployment of gear and active fishing of all research gears; (3) for a minimum of thirty minutes prior to retrieval of pelagic longline gear; and (4) throughout retrieval of all research gear.
(2) Marine mammal watches shall be conducted by watch-standers (those navigating the vessel and/or other crew) at all times when the vessel is being operated.
(b) Training:
(1) SWFSC must conduct annual training for all chief scientists and other personnel who may be responsible for conducting dedicated marine mammal visual observations to explain mitigation measures and monitoring and reporting requirements, mitigation and monitoring protocols, marine mammal identification, completion of datasheets, and use of equipment. SWFSC may determine the agenda for these trainings.
(2) SWFSC shall also dedicate a portion of training to discussion of best professional judgment, including use in any incidents of marine mammal interaction and instructive examples where use of best professional judgment was determined to be successful or unsuccessful.
(c) Handling procedures and data collection:
(1) SWFSC must develop and implement standardized marine mammal handling, disentanglement, and data collection procedures. These standard procedures will be subject to approval by NMFS' Office of Protected Resources (OPR).
(2) When practicable, for any marine mammal interaction involving the release of a live animal, SWFSC shall collect necessary data to facilitate a serious injury determination.
(3) SWFSC shall provide its relevant personnel with standard guidance and training regarding handling of marine mammals, including how to identify different species, bring an individual aboard a vessel, assess the level of consciousness, remove fishing gear, return an individual to water, and log activities pertaining to the interaction.
(4) SWFSC shall record such data on standardized forms, which will be subject to approval by NMFS' Office of Protected Resources (OPR). SWFSC shall also answer a standard series of supplemental questions regarding the details of any marine mammal interaction.
(d) Reporting:
(1) SWFSC shall report all incidents of marine mammal interaction to NMFS' Protected Species Incidental Take database within 48 hours of occurrence.
(2) SWFSC shall provide written reports to OPR following any marine mammal interaction (animal captured or entangled in research gear) and/or survey leg or cruise, summarizing survey effort on the leg or cruise. In the event of a marine mammal interaction, these reports shall include full descriptions of any observations of the animals, the context (vessel and conditions), decisions made and rationale for decisions made in vessel and gear handling.
(3) Annual reporting:
(i) SWFSC shall submit an annual summary report to OPR not later than ninety days following the end of a calendar year, with the reporting period being a given calendar year.
(ii) These reports shall contain, at minimum, the following:
(A) Annual line-kilometers surveyed during which the EK60, ME70, SX90 (or equivalent sources) were predominant;
(B) Summary information regarding use of all longline gear, including number of sets, hook hours, etc.;
(C) Accounts of all incidents of marine mammal interactions, including circumstances of the event and descriptions of any mitigation procedures implemented or not implemented and why;
(D) A written evaluation of the effectiveness of SWFSC mitigation strategies in reducing the number of marine mammal interactions with survey gear, including best professional judgment and suggestions for changes to the mitigation strategies, if any; and
(E) Final outcome of serious injury determinations for all incidents of marine mammal interactions where the animal(s) were released alive.
(e) Reporting of injured or dead marine mammals:
(1) In the unanticipated event that the activity defined in § 219.11(a) of this chapter clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a prohibited manner, SWFSC shall immediately cease the specified activities and report the incident to OPR. Activities shall not resume until OPR is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. OPR shall work with SWFSC to determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. SWFSC may not resume their activities until notified by OPR. The report must include the following information:
(i) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
(ii) Description of the incident;
(iii) Environmental conditions (
(iv) Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(v) Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
(vi) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(vii) Water depth;
(viii) Fate of the animal(s); and
(ix) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
(2) In the event that SWFSC discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
(3) In the event that SWFSC discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities defined in § 219.11(a) of this chapter (
(a) To incidentally take marine mammals pursuant to these regulations, SWFSC must apply for and obtain an LOA.
(b) An LOA, unless suspended or revoked, may be effective for a period of time not to exceed the expiration date of these regulations.
(c) If an LOA expires prior to the expiration date of these regulations, SWFSC may apply for and obtain a renewal of the LOA.
(d) In the event of projected changes to the activity or to mitigation and monitoring measures required by an LOA, SWFSC must apply for and obtain a modification of the LOA as described in § 219.18 of this chapter.
(e) The LOA shall set forth:
(1) Permissible methods of incidental taking;
(2) Means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact (
(3) Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
(f) Issuance of the LOA shall be based on a determination that the level of taking will be consistent with the findings made for the total taking allowable under these regulations.
(g) Notice of issuance or denial of an LOA shall be published in the
(a) An LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.17 of this chapter for the activity identified in § 219.11(a) of this chapter shall be renewed or modified upon request by the applicant, provided that:
(1) The proposed specified activity and mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures, as well as the anticipated impacts, are the same as those described and analyzed for these regulations (excluding changes made pursuant to the adaptive management provision in § 219.18(c)(1) of this chapter), and
(2) OPR determines that the mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures required by the previous LOA under these regulations were implemented.
(b) For an LOA modification or renewal requests by the applicant that include changes to the activity or the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting (excluding changes made pursuant to the adaptive management provision in § 219.18(c)(1) of this chapter) that do not change the findings made for the regulations or result in no more than a minor change in the total estimated number of takes (or distribution by species or years), OPR may publish a notice of proposed LOA in the
(c) An LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.17 of this chapter for the activity identified in § 219.11(a) of this chapter may be modified by OPR under the following circumstances:
(1) Adaptive Management—OPR may modify (including augment) the existing mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures (after consulting with SWFSC regarding the practicability of the modifications) if doing so creates a reasonable likelihood of more effectively accomplishing the goals of the mitigation and monitoring set forth in the preamble for these regulations.
(i) Possible sources of data that could contribute to the decision to modify the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures in an LOA:
(A) Results from SWFSC's monitoring from the previous year(s).
(B) Results from other marine mammal and/or sound research or studies.
(C) Any information that reveals marine mammals may have been taken in a manner, extent or number not authorized by these regulations or subsequent LOAs.
(ii) If, through adaptive management, the modifications to the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures are substantial, OPR will publish a notice of proposed LOA in the
(2) Emergencies—If OPR determines that an emergency exists that poses a significant risk to the well-being of the species or stocks of marine mammals specified in § 219.12(b) of this chapter, an LOA may be modified without prior notice or opportunity for public comment. Notice would be published in the
(a) Regulations in this subpart apply only to the National Marine Fisheries Service's (NMFS) Southwest Fisheries Science Center (SWFSC) and those persons it authorizes or funds to conduct activities on its behalf for the taking of marine mammals that occurs in the area outlined in paragraph (b) of this section and that occurs incidental to research survey program operations.
(b) The taking of marine mammals by SWFSC may be authorized in a Letter of Authorization (LOA) only if it occurs within the Antarctic Marine Living Resources Ecosystem.
(a) Under LOAs issued pursuant to §§ 216.106 and 219.27 of this chapter, the Holder of the LOA (hereinafter “SWFSC”) may incidentally, but not intentionally, take marine mammals within the area described in § 219.21(b) of this chapter, provided the activity is in compliance with all terms,
(b) The incidental take of marine mammals under the activities identified in § 219.21(a) of this chapter is limited to the indicated number of takes on an annual basis of the following species and is limited to Level B harassment:
(1) Cetaceans:
(i) Southern right whale (
(ii) Humpback whale (
(iii) Antarctic minke whale (
(iv) Fin whale (
(v) Sperm whale (
(vi) Arnoux' beaked whale (
(vii) Southern bottlenose whale (
(viii) Hourglass dolphin (
(ix) Killer whale (
(x) Long-finned pilot whale (
(xi) Spectacled porpoise (
(2) Pinnipeds:
(i) Antarctic fur seal (
(ii) Southern elephant seal (
(iii) Weddell seal (
(iv) Crabeater seal (
(v) Leopard seal (
Notwithstanding takings contemplated in § 219.21 of this chapter and authorized by a LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.27 of this chapter, no person in connection with the activities described in § 219.21 of this chapter may:
(a) Take any marine mammal not specified in § 219.23(b) of this chapter;
(b) Take any marine mammal specified in § 219.23(b) in any manner other than as specified;
(c) Take a marine mammal specified in § 219.23(b) of this chapter if NMFS determines such taking results in more than a negligible impact on the species or stocks of such marine mammal;
(d) Take a marine mammal specified in § 219.23(b) if NMFS determines such taking results in an unmitigable adverse impact on the species or stock of such marine mammal for taking for subsistence uses; or
(e) Violate, or fail to comply with, the terms, conditions, and requirements of this subpart or a LOA issued under § 216.106 and § 219.27 of this chapter.
When conducting the activities identified in § 219.21(a), the mitigation measures contained in any LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.27 of this chapter must be implemented. These mitigation measures shall include but are not limited to:
(a) General conditions:
(1) SWFSC shall take all necessary measures to coordinate and communicate in advance of each specific survey with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's (NOAA) Office of Marine and Aviation Operations (OMAO) or other relevant parties on non-NOAA platforms to ensure that all mitigation measures and monitoring requirements described herein, as well as the specific manner of implementation and relevant event-contingent decision-making processes, are clearly understood and agreed upon.
(2) SWFSC shall coordinate and conduct briefings at the outset of each survey and as necessary between ship's crew (Commanding Officer/master or designee(s), as appropriate) and scientific party in order to explain responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal monitoring protocol, and operational procedures.
(3) SWFSC shall coordinate as necessary on a daily basis during survey cruises with OMAO personnel or other relevant personnel on non-NOAA platforms to ensure that requirements, procedures, and decision-making processes are understood and properly implemented.
(4) When deploying any type of sampling gear at sea, SWFSC shall at all times monitor for any unusual circumstances that may arise at a sampling site and use best professional judgment to avoid any potential risks to marine mammals during use of all research equipment.
(5) SWFSC shall implement handling and/or disentanglement protocols as specified in the guidance provided to SWFSC survey personnel (“Identification, Handling and Release of Protected Species”).
(b) Trawl survey protocols—SWFSC shall conduct trawl operations as soon as is practicable upon arrival at the sampling station.
(a) Visual monitoring program:
(1) Marine mammal watches shall be conducted by watch-standers (those navigating the vessel and/or other crew) at all times when the vessel is being operated.
(2) SWFSC shall monitor any potential disturbance of pinnipeds on ice, paying particular attention to the distance at which different species of pinniped are disturbed. Disturbance shall be recorded according to a three-point scale representing increasing seal response to disturbance.
(b) Acoustic monitoring—SWFSC shall log passive acoustic data before and during the conduct of each trawl.
(c) Training:
(1) SWFSC must conduct annual training for all chief scientists and other personnel who may be responsible for conducting dedicated marine mammal visual observations to explain mitigation measures and monitoring and reporting requirements, mitigation and monitoring protocols, marine mammal identification, recording of count and disturbance observations, completion of datasheets, and use of equipment. SWFSC may determine the agenda for these trainings.
(2) SWFSC shall also dedicate a portion of training to discussion of best professional judgment, including use in any incidents of marine mammal interaction and instructive examples where use of best professional judgment was determined to be successful or unsuccessful.
(d) Handling procedures and data collection:
(1) SWFSC must develop and implement standardized marine mammal handling, disentanglement, and data collection procedures. These standard procedures will be subject to approval by NMFS' Office of Protected Resources (OPR).
(2) When practicable, for any marine mammal interaction involving the release of a live animal, SWFSC shall collect necessary data to facilitate a serious injury determination.
(3) SWFSC shall provide its relevant personnel with standard guidance and training regarding handling of marine mammals, including how to identify different species, bring an individual aboard a vessel, assess the level of consciousness, remove fishing gear, return an individual to water, and log activities pertaining to the interaction.
(4) SWFSC shall record such data on standardized forms, which will be subject to approval by OPR. SWFSC shall also answer a standard series of supplemental questions regarding the details of any marine mammal interaction.
(e) Reporting:
(1) SWFSC shall report all incidents of marine mammal interaction to NMFS'
(2) SWFSC shall provide written reports to OPR following any marine mammal interaction (animal captured or entangled in research gear) and/or survey leg or cruise, summarizing survey effort on the leg or cruise. In the event of a marine mammal interaction, these reports shall include full descriptions of any observations of the animals, the context (vessel and conditions), decisions made and rationale for decisions made in vessel and gear handling.
(3) Annual reporting:
(i) SWFSC shall submit an annual summary report to OPR not later than ninety days following the end of a calendar year, with the reporting period being a given calendar year.
(ii) These reports shall contain, at minimum, the following:
(A) Annual line-kilometers surveyed during which the EK60, ME70, SX90 (or equivalent sources) were predominant;
(B) Summary information regarding use of all trawl gear, including number of tows, etc.;
(C) Accounts of all incidents of marine mammal interactions, including circumstances of the event and descriptions of any mitigation procedures implemented or not implemented and why;
(D) Summary information related to any on-ice disturbance of pinnipeds, including event-specific total counts of animals present, counts of reactions according to a three-point scale of response severity (1 = alert; 2 = movement; 3 = flight), and distance of closest approach;
(E) A written evaluation of the effectiveness of SWFSC mitigation strategies in reducing the number of marine mammal interactions with survey gear, including best professional judgment and suggestions for changes to the mitigation strategies, if any; and
(F) Final outcome of serious injury determinations for all incidents of marine mammal interactions where the animal(s) were released alive.
(f) Reporting of injured or dead marine mammals:
(1) In the unanticipated event that the activity defined in § 219.21(a) of this chapter clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a prohibited manner, SWFSC shall immediately cease the specified activities and report the incident to OPR. The report must include the following information:
(i) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
(ii) Description of the incident;
(iii) Environmental conditions (
(iv) Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(v) Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
(vi) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(vii) Water depth;
(viii) Fate of the animal(s); and
(ix) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
Activities shall not resume until OPR is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. OPR shall work with SWFSC to determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. SWFSC may not resume their activities until notified by OPR.
(2) In the event that SWFSC discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
(3) In the event that SWFSC discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities defined in § 219.21(a) of this chapter (
(a) To incidentally take marine mammals pursuant to these regulations, SWFSC must apply for and obtain an LOA.
(b) An LOA, unless suspended or revoked, may be effective for a period of time not to exceed the expiration date of these regulations.
(c) If an LOA expires prior to the expiration date of these regulations, SWFSC may apply for and obtain a renewal of the LOA.
(d) In the event of projected changes to the activity or to mitigation and monitoring measures required by an LOA, SWFSC must apply for and obtain a modification of the LOA as described in § 219.28 of this chapter.
(e) The LOA shall set forth:
(1) Permissible methods of incidental taking;
(2) Means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact (
(3) Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
(f) Issuance of the LOA shall be based on a determination that the level of taking will be consistent with the findings made for the total taking allowable under these regulations.
(g) Notice of issuance or denial of an LOA shall be published in the
(a) An LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.27 of this chapter for the activity identified in § 219.21(a) of this chapter shall be renewed or modified upon request by the applicant, provided that:
(1) The proposed specified activity and mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures, as well as the anticipated impacts, are the same as those described and analyzed for these regulations (excluding changes made pursuant to the adaptive management provision in § 219.28(c)(1) of this chapter), and
(2) OPR determines that the mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures required by the previous LOA under these regulations were implemented.
(b) For an LOA modification or renewal requests by the applicant that include changes to the activity or the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting (excluding changes made pursuant to the adaptive management provision in § 219.28(c)(1) of this chapter) that do not change the findings made for the regulations or result in no more than a minor change in the total estimated number of takes (or distribution by species or years), OPR may publish a notice of proposed LOA in the
(c) An LOA issued under §§ 216.106 and 219.27 of this chapter for the activity identified in § 219.21(a) of this chapter may be modified by OPR under the following circumstances:
(1) Adaptive Management—OPR may modify (including augment) the existing
(i) Possible sources of data that could contribute to the decision to modify the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures in an LOA:
(A) Results from SWFSC's monitoring from the previous year(s).
(B) Results from other marine mammal and/or sound research or studies.
(C) Any information that reveals marine mammals may have been taken in a manner, extent or number not authorized by these regulations or subsequent LOAs.
(ii) If, through adaptive management, the modifications to the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures are substantial, OPR will publish a notice of proposed LOA in the
(2) Emergencies—If OPR determines that an emergency exists that poses a significant risk to the well-being of the species or stocks of marine mammals specified in § 219.22(b) of this chapter, an LOA may be modified without prior notice or opportunity for public comment. Notice would be published in the
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |